Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-166096

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3674   94-3253730
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

2911 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 232-9200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Timothy S. Jenks

Chief Executive Officer

c/o NeoPhotonics Corporation

2911 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 232-9200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John H. Sellers, Esq.   William B. Brentani, Esq.
Cooley LLP   Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
3175 Hanover Street   2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, California 94304   Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 843-5000   (650) 251-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” “non-accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨

  Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer  þ   Smaller reporting company ¨
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated November 22, 2010

Preliminary Prospectus

             shares

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock by NeoPhotonics Corporation. We are offering              shares of our common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NPTN.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 12.

 

     
       Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $     
   

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase from us up to             additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver shares of common stock to purchasers on             , 2010.

 

J.P. Morgan   Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Piper Jaffray     Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   
Morgan Keegan     ThinkEquity LLC   

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Conventions that apply in this prospectus

     ii   

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     12   

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

     43   

Use of proceeds

     45   

Dividend policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected consolidated financial data

     50   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     53   

Business

     90   

Management

     110   

Compensation discussion and analysis

     123   

Executive compensation

     136   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     161   

Principal stockholders

     164   

Description of capital stock

     168   

Shares eligible for future sale

     173   

Material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

     176   

Underwriting

     180   

Legal matters

     185   

Experts

     185   

Where you can find more information

     185   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us and delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

Conventions that apply in this prospectus

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to:

 

 

“3D” refer to three dimensional or other multiview technology;

 

 

“3G” refer to third generation wireless architecture;

 

 

“AWG” refer to arrayed waveguide grating;

 

 

“China” or “Chinese” refer to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

 

 

“design win” refer to a confirmation by a customer that a product or group of products may be used as part of a customer’s solution and we have a purchase order for such products;

 

 

“doping” refer to altering the physical properties of a material by adding a different element to the material;

 

 

“DQPSK” refer to dual quadrature phase shift keying;

 

 

“Gbps” refer to gigabits per second;

 

 

“HD” refer to high definition;

 

 

“IP” refer to Internet protocol;

 

 

“LTE” refer to long-term evolution wireless architecture;

 

 

“MEMS” refer to micro electro-mechanical systems;

 

 

“OADM” refer to optical add drop multiplexer;

 

 

“PIC” refer to photonic integrated circuit;

 

 

“PON” refer to a passive optical network;

 

 

“product family” refer to one or more of our products with similar functionality deployed in similar optical network segments;

 

 

“RMB” refer to the legal currency of the People’s Republic of China;

 

 

“ROADM” refer to reconfigurable optical add drop multiplexer;

 

 

“service provider” refer to companies that maintain networks to provide communications services to businesses and consumers;

 

 

“Tier 1 customers” refer to a list of our key network equipment customers first set forth in “Prospectus summary—Overview;”

 

 

“U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” refer to the legal currency of the United States;

 

 

“U.S. GAAP” refer to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States;

 

 

“VMUX” refer to a variable optical attenuator multiplexer;

 

 

“WDM-PON” refer to a wavelength division multiplexing passive optical network; and

 

 

“well-characterized” refer to our ability to predict the outcome of our manufacturing processes based upon known statistics of various manufacturing inputs.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, we use the terms “NeoPhotonics,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to NeoPhotonics Corporation and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of photonic integrated circuit, or PIC, based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. The rapid growth of bandwidth-intensive content, including HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia, is driving the demand for high-bandwidth products. The demand for bandwidth capacity is further intensified by the proliferation of network-attached devices, such as smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablet computers, PCs, e-readers, televisions and gaming devices, that are enabling consumers to access bandwidth-intensive content anytime and anywhere over fixed and wireless networks, including 3G, and increasingly, LTE networks.

Our products enable cost-effective, high-speed data transmission and efficient allocation of bandwidth over communications networks. We have a broad portfolio of over 300 products, including high-speed products that enable data transmission at 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, agility products such as ROADMs that dynamically allocate bandwidth to adjust for volatile traffic patterns, and access products that provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks.

Our innovative PIC technology utilizes proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon chip. PIC devices integrate many more functional elements than discretely packaged components, enabling increased functionality in a small form factor while reducing packaging and interconnection costs. In addition, the cost advantages of PIC-based components are driven by the economics of semiconductor wafer mass manufacturing, where the marginal cost of producing an incremental chip is much less than that of a discrete component.

We sell our products to the leading network equipment vendors globally, including ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd., Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation (including its recent acquisition of Nortel’s Metro Ethernet Networks business), Cisco Systems, Inc., FiberHome Technologies Group, ECI Telecom Ltd., Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Fujitsu Limited, Harmonic, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, NEC Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. and ZTE Corporation. We refer to these companies as our Tier 1 customers. According to Infonetics Research, or Infonetics, an independent research firm, the top 12 optical network hardware vendors supplied over 90% of the worldwide market for optical network hardware in 2009. Each of these vendors is one of our Tier 1 customers. In 2009, we had revenue of $155.1 million and a net loss of $6.8 million. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we had revenue of $132.9 million and a net income of $2.9 million. We have grown our revenue at a 45.1% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2005 to 2009 due to organic growth and acquisitions.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry background

Network traffic is continuing to experience rapid growth driven primarily by bandwidth-intensive content, such as HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia. This growth is intensified by the proliferation of fixed and wireless network-attached devices, and the widespread and growing use of Cloud-based services, IP-based video, including user-generated video, IPTV, streaming web video, video conferencing and mobile video, enabled by 3G and increasingly by LTE networks. These factors have accelerated and are expected to continue to accelerate growth in network traffic and place significant strains on existing communications networks. According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index, global IP-based traffic is expected to grow from 14.7 petabytes per month in 2009 to 55.6 petabytes per month in 2013, representing a 39.3% CAGR.

Service providers are increasingly moving beyond their traditional markets to deliver a broad suite of converged services, including voice, video, broadband and mobile offerings. As a result, competition has increased, placing pressure on revenues, driving consolidation and creating increasingly complex networks with multiple bottlenecks. Consequently, service providers are seeking solutions that improve profitability by increasingly utilizing and investing in scalable, low-cost, high-bandwidth network architectures that deploy increased bandwidth capacity closer to the rapidly expanding base of fixed and mobile end users.

Optical networking has emerged as a key technology to support the increasing demand for bandwidth capacity due to its ability to provide the speed, agility and access required by service providers. The market for high-bandwidth solutions presents a compelling opportunity for optical technology providers. According to Infonetics, global optical network hardware revenue is projected to increase from $13.4 billion in 2009 to $15.3 billion in 2014.

Existing communications networks face many challenges. Most currently available solutions consist of multiple discrete components which result in a high degree of complexity, creating challenges to cost-effectively operate with the precision and performance necessary to deliver high-speed data transmission. In addition, approaches to increase bandwidth capacity that cannot efficiently leverage existing infrastructure, or are not otherwise backward compatible, are less attractive to service providers.

Given these challenges, we believe that existing discrete optical solutions and certain alternative PIC-based solutions are sub-optimal and do not allow service providers to cost-effectively deliver scalable bandwidth capacity to their customers. We believe this provides multiple opportunities for vendors that provide PIC-based modules and subsystems that address these challenges.

Our solutions

The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

 

Enabling service providers to cost-effectively deploy and rapidly scale high-bandwidth capacity networks.     Our solutions are compatible with existing network architectures and enable incremental system upgrades, allowing service providers to rapidly scale network capacity and cost-effectively deploy enhanced services to their customers over existing optical fiber infrastructure.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

Simplifying communications networks implementation through large scale integration.     We are able to simplify communications networks deployments by delivering high levels of functional integration through our PIC solutions, which combine multiple discrete elements, in some cases over 100 elements on a single silicon chip.

 

 

Enabling acceleration of time-to-market for network equipment vendors.     We believe our technology is attractive to leading service providers and network equipment vendors because it enables them to implement new features and scale network capacity rapidly, cost-effectively and predictably to meet demanding time-to-market requirements.

 

 

Satisfying our customers’ quality and volume requirements.     We believe we are one of the highest volume PIC manufacturers in the world and have the ability to grow our capacity to meet increasing customer demand. Our Silicon Valley and China-based manufacturing facilities utilize semiconductor manufacturing techniques, such as statistical processing control and wafer scale fabrication, which enable us to provide repeatable, well-characterized performance at nanoscale tolerances with high yields.

Our strengths

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

 

 

Leading provider of PIC technology.     Our differentiated PIC technology is a key enabler for delivering the speed, agility and access necessary to meet the increasing performance requirements of high-speed communications networks, including 100Gbps, at low costs.

 

 

Tier 1 global customer base and leading supplier to fast growing Asian markets.     We are focused on serving our global Tier 1 customer base of network equipment vendors in the United States, Europe and Asia. In addition, we are a leading global supplier of PIC-based and other communications products to the largest markets in Asia, and we sell to each of the leading optical network hardware vendors, including Huawei Technologies. According to Infonetics, Huawei Technologies had the leading market share with 22.0% of the optical network hardware market in 2009.

 

 

Broad portfolio of products that address bandwidth bottlenecks across various network segments.     Our products range from single function devices to modules and subsystems that enable speed, agility and access across communications networks, such as wireless backhaul, fiber-to-the-home, cable and transport.

 

 

Global, vertically integrated volume manufacturing platform.     Our vertically integrated design and manufacturing process in the United States and China encompasses all steps from wafer design and fabrication to module and subsystem assembly and test, and allows for rapid iterations in the development cycle and shorter time-to-market for our products.

 

 

Strong knowledge base and extensive intellectual property portfolio.     We have a significant intellectual property portfolio relating to PIC design and fabrication, methods for assembly and packaging and other product designs and technologies. In addition, we currently employ over 300 people in our research and development departments, with over 100 additional technically qualified engineering staff in manufacturing, process and product support functions, including over 45 professionals with Ph.D. degrees.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our strategy

Our goal is to become the leading global supplier of high-performance optical technologies that enable the speed, agility and access required to support the rapid growth in traffic over communications networks. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

 

Extending our leadership in photonic integration technologies.     We plan to strengthen our technology leadership and leading product performance by enhancing and extending our PIC capabilities across multiple product lines, including 40Gbps, 100Gbps, ROADM and PON products.

 

 

Strengthening our relationships with our Tier 1 customers and penetrating new customers and geographies.     We intend to deepen our relationships with our Tier 1 customers by increasing design wins in their systems, and by further collaborating to create new solutions with superior features and capabilities. Additionally, we intend to penetrate new high-growth network equipment vendors, particularly in emerging markets.

 

 

Expanding our product development and vertically integrated volume manufacturing capabilities.     We plan to continue innovating in our design and manufacturing process to shorten our product development cycles and enhance our ability to provide highly integrated PIC-based and other communications solutions.

 

 

Extending our product portfolio into additional segments of the network.     Given the demonstrated performance and reliability of our PIC-based products, we intend to leverage our technology to take advantage of new opportunities within communications networks.

 

 

Pursuing opportunistic acquisitions.     We intend to opportunistically pursue acquisitions that we believe provide complementary technology and can help accelerate our growth and strengthen our market position.

Risk factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, such as those highlighted in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary, including:

 

 

our history of losses that may continue in the future;

 

 

the overall condition of the highly cyclical communications network industry, including the impact of any future downturn;

 

 

the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, our key customers, including Huawei Technologies;

 

 

our ability to continually achieve new design wins and enhance our existing products; and

 

 

our ability to anticipate and respond to rapidly changing technologies and customer requirements.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Corporate information

We changed our name to NeoPhotonics Corporation in 2002 after having been incorporated as NanoGram Corporation in October 1996 in the State of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 2911 Zanker Road, San Jose, California 95134, USA, and our telephone number is +1 (408) 232-9200. Our website address is www.neophotonics.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Our name is a registered trademark of NeoPhotonics Corporation. This prospectus contains additional trade names and trademarks of ours and of other companies.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by NeoPhotonics Corporation

             shares

 

Over-allotment option

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for working capital, to continue to expand our existing business and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on management’s judgment regarding the application of these net proceeds. We also may use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, but we currently have no agreements or commitments relating to any material acquisitions. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, but we currently have no commitments or specific plans to repay any particular indebtedness in advance of its maturity date. As of September 30, 2010, our outstanding short-term loans and long-term debt totaled $15.1 million with interest rates ranging from 3.01% to 5.31% and maturity dates ranging from November 2010 through January 2013.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

NPTN

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2010, assuming the exercise of 4,482 stock warrants with an exercise price of $29.00 per share into an equal number of shares of common stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis, and excludes:

 

 

1,795,220 stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $5.61 per share outstanding as of September 30, 2010, exercisable into an equal number of shares of common stock; and

 

 

1,207,988 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of September 30, 2010 under our 2010 equity incentive plan and 2010 employee stock purchase plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

 

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

 

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and the amendment and restatement of our bylaws prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from us.

Unless otherwise noted, all of the information contained in this prospectus has been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-25 reverse stock split that we intend to effect prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The actual consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statement data as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 is derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statement data on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands, except percentages, share and
per share data)
           2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
   

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue

   $ 95,825      $ 133,989      $ 155,062      $ 112,014      $ 132,888   

Cost of goods sold (1)

     83,475        109,439        114,572        86,142        91,079   
                                        

Gross profit

     12,350        24,550        40,490        25,872        41,809   
                                        

Gross margin

     12.9%        18.3%        26.1%        23.1%        31.5%   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development (1)

     23,076        21,480        17,266        12,431        16,049   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,123        10,435        9,587        7,330        7,502   

General and administrative (1)

     13,142        14,581        15,448        11,230        12,397   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     1,826        1,665        1,136        852        855   

Asset impairment charges

     6,138        4,047        1,233                 

Restructuring charges

            1,383                        
                                        

Total operating expenses

     54,305        53,591        44,670        31,843        36,803   
                                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (41,955     (29,041     (4,180     (5,971     5,006   

Interest and other income (expense), net

     566        (812     (765     (451     (360
                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (41,389     (29,853     (4,945     (6,422     4,646   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

     (86     1,812        (1,902     (1,211     (1,725
                                        

Net income (loss)

     (41,475     (28,041     (6,847     (7,633     2,921   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     8        (13     (116     (63     (80
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

     (41,467     (28,054     (6,963     (7,696     2,841   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (428     (153     (122     (91
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

   $ (41,467   $ (28,482   $ (7,116   $ (7,818   $ 2,750   
                                        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                        

Diluted

   $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                        

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

          

Basic

     1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        1,932,998   
                                        

Diluted

     1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        3,036,756   
                                        

 

(footnotes on following pages)

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
             2007              2008              2009     2009      2010  
   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (2) :

             

Basic

         $ (0.51      $ 0.18   
                         

Diluted

         $ (0.51      $ 0.17   
                         

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (2) :

             

Basic

           13,599,967           15,883,606   
                         

Diluted

           13,599,967           16,987,364   
                         
   

 

       September 30, 2010  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro forma (3)      Pro forma  as
adjusted (4)(5)
 
   

Consolidated summary balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,353        

Working capital (6)

     43,833        

Total assets

     167,753        

Total debt (7)

     27,350        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     211,519        

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

     92,928        

Total equity (deficit)

     (115,633     
   

 

(1)   These expenses include stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options granted on or before December 31, 2005 was accounted for as the difference, if any, between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options granted on or after January 1, 2006 is accounted for at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options and was included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands)               2007                 2008                 2009     

             2009

                  2010  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 130       $ 125       $ 53       $ 53       $ 93   

Research and development

     435         314         228         174         283   

Sales and marketing

     226         177         180         131         292   

General and administrative

     545         512         520         381         572   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,336       $ 1,128       $ 981       $ 739       $ 1,240   
                                            
   

 

(2)   The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders calculations assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of issuance, if later, and a 1-for-25 reverse stock split that we intend to effect prior to the completion of this offering.

 

(3)   Pro forma basis reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock, other than our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis and reflects the recognition of a liability and the impact to accumulated deficit for the vested portion of the 263,020 stock appreciation units that become exercisable on this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders has not been adjusted for a potential charge upon completion of this offering which is triggered by the conversion of the Series X preferred stock, related to a beneficial conversion feature, which is described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4)   Pro forma as adjusted basis reflects the pro forma adjustments described above in footnote (3) and further reflects the exercise of 4,482 stock warrants with an exercise price of $29.00 per share into an equal number of shares of common stock and the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(5)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and common stock and additional paid-in capital by $             million, and would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted working capital and total equity by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

 

(6)   Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.

 

(7)   Total debt is defined as short-term loans, notes payable and total long-term debt.

Non-GAAP financial measures

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months  ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009              2009             2010  
   

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

   $ (28,980   $ (16,547   $ 3,254       $ (1,165   $ 9,032   

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

     (28,492     (15,560     140         (3,098     6,846   

Adjusted EBITDA

     (21,636     (8,521     11,428         5,025        15,473   
   

The following table reflects the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP financial measures to non-GAAP financial measures:

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009           2009            2010  
   

Income (loss) from operations

   $ (41,955   $ (29,041   $ (4,180   $ (5,971    $ 5,006   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

           

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

     5,501        5,936        5,220        4,067         2,786   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,336        1,128        981        739         1,240   

Asset impairment charges

     6,138        4,047        1,233                  

Restructuring charges

            1,383                         
                                         

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

   $ (28,980   $ (16,547   $ 3,254      $ (1,165    $ 9,032   
                                         

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

   $ (41,467   $ (28,054   $ (6,963   $ (7,696    $ 2,841   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

           

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

     5,501        5,936        5,220        4,067         2,786   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,336        1,128        981        739         1,240   

Asset impairment charges

     6,138        4,047        1,233                  

Restructuring charges

            1,383                         

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee

                                  176   

Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments

                   (331     (208      (197
                                         

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

   $ (28,492   $ (15,560   $ 140      $ (3,098    $ 6,846   
                                         

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

   $ (41,467   $ (28,054   $ (6,963   $ (7,696    $ 2,841   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

           

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

     5,501        5,936        5,220        4,067         2,786   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,336        1,128        981        739         1,240   

Asset impairment charges

     6,138        4,047        1,233                  

Restructuring charges

            1,383                         

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee

                                  176   

Interest (income) expense, net

     (247     1,244        701        506         402   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     86        (1,812     1,902        1,211         1,725   

Depreciation expense

     7,017        7,607        8,354        6,198         6,303   
                                         

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (21,636   $ (8,521   $ 11,428      $ 5,025       $ 15,473   
                                         
   
(1)   Reflects amortization of purchased intangible assets included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

We believe that the use of non-GAAP income (loss) from operations, non-GAAP net income (loss) and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor in determining whether to invest in our common stock. In computing our non-GAAP financial measures, we exclude certain items included under U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations excludes the amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, asset impairment charges and restructuring charges. Non-GAAP net income (loss) excludes these same items and, additionally, it excludes our share of loss of unconsolidated investee. Adjusted EBITDA excludes these same items and, additionally, it excludes interest (income) expense, net, provision for (benefit from) income taxes and depreciation expense.

We believe that excluding amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, asset impairment charges, restructuring charges and share of loss of unconsolidated investee helps investors compare our operating performance with our results in prior periods. We believe that it is appropriate to exclude these items as they are not necessarily indicative of ongoing operating performance and, therefore, limit comparability between periods and between us and similar companies. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. In addition, we believe that adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry because the calculation of adjusted EBITDA generally eliminates the effects of financing and income taxes and the accounting effects of capital spending and acquisitions, which items may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the operating performance of our business and aid in the period-to-period comparability. We also use the non-GAAP financial measures for planning and forecasting and measuring results against the forecast and in certain cases for bonus targets for certain of our employees. Using several measures to evaluate the business allows us and investors to (1) assess our relative performance against our competitors and (2) ultimately monitor our capacity to generate returns for our stockholders. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key metrics.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. If any of the following risks actually occur, we may be unable to conduct our business as currently planned and our financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to the occurrence of any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. See “Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data” beginning on page 43.

Risks related to our business

We have a history of losses which may continue in the future.

We have a history of losses and we may incur additional losses in future periods. We experienced a net loss of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As of September 30, 2010, our accumulated deficit was $216.1 million. We also expect to continue to make significant expenditures related to the development of our business. These include expenditures to hire additional personnel related to the sales, marketing and development of our products and to maintain and expand our manufacturing facilities and research and development operations.

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the markets in which we compete and any future downturn may reduce demand for our products and revenue.

The markets in which we compete are tied to the aggregate capital expenditures of service providers as they build out and upgrade their network infrastructure. These markets are highly cyclical and characterized by constant and rapid technological change, price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. In the past, these markets have experienced significant downturns, often connected with, or in anticipation of, the maturation of product cycles—for both manufacturers’ and their customers’ products—and with declining general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices.

Our historical results of operations have been subject to substantial fluctuations, and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future results of operations. Any future downturn in the markets in which we compete could significantly reduce the demand for our products and therefore may result in a significant reduction in revenue. It may also increase the volatility of the price of our common stock. Our revenue and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected in the future due to changes in demand from individual customers or cyclical changes in the markets utilizing our products.

In addition, the communications networks industry from time to time has experienced and may again experience a pronounced downturn. To respond to a downturn, many service providers may slow their capital expenditures, cancel or delay new developments, reduce their workforces and inventories and take a cautious approach to acquiring new equipment and technologies from original equipment manufacturers, which would have a negative impact on our business. Weakness in the global economy or a future downturn in the communications networks industry may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from year-to-year, harm our business, and may increase the volatility of the price of our common stock.

 

12


Table of Contents

If spending for communications networks does not continue to grow as expected, our business may suffer.

Our future success as a provider of modules and subsystems to leading network equipment vendors depends on their continued capital spending on global communications networks. Network traffic has experienced rapid growth driven primarily by bandwidth-intensive content, including HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia. This growth is intensified by the proliferation of fixed and wireless network-attached devices, including smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablet computers, PCs, e-readers, televisions and gaming devices, that are enabling consumers to access content at increasing data rates anytime and anywhere. Our future success depends on continued demand for high-bandwidth, high-speed communications networks and the ability of network equipment vendors to meet this demand. Growth in demand for communications networks is limited by several factors, including an evolving regulatory environment and uncertainty regarding long-term sustainable business models. We cannot be certain that demand for bandwidth-intensive content will continue to grow in the future. If expectations for growth of communications networks and bandwidth consumption are not realized and investment in communications networks does not grow as anticipated, our business could be harmed.

We are dependent on Huawei Technologies and our key customers for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Huawei Technologies or any of our other key customers may reduce our revenue and adversely impact our results of operations.

Historically, we have generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2009, our largest customer, Huawei Technologies, represented 52.9% of our total revenue and our top ten customers represented 82.9% of our total revenue. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Huawei Technologies or any of our other key customers would materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. Adverse events affecting our customers could also adversely affect our revenue and results of operations (for instance, in 2009, the filing of a voluntary petition for bankruptcy protection by one of our customers, Nortel Networks Limited, has prevented us from timely collection of our accounts receivable from that customer). In addition, network equipment vendors serving the communications networks industry may continue to consolidate, and we may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue arising from consolidation of our existing customers with revenue from new customers.

We have a limited history operating on a global basis, making it difficult to predict our future results of operations.

We have a limited history operating on a global basis, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and financial prospects. While our operations began in 1996, we did not begin commercial shipments of our PIC products until the second quarter of 2003 and we did not acquire our subsidiaries in China until 2005. Since then, our revenue, gross margin and results of operations have varied significantly and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. For instance, changes in gross margin may result from various factors, such as changes in our fixed costs and changes in the mix of our products sold. In making an investment decision, you should evaluate our business in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies operating on a global platform, particularly companies in the rapidly changing communications networks

 

13


Table of Contents

industry. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our future revenue and gross margin and plan expenses accordingly and, therefore, it is difficult for us to predict our future results of operations.

We must continually achieve new design wins and enhance existing products or our business may be harmed.

The markets for our products are characterized by frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. Our future performance will depend on our successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these challenges. The anticipated or actual introduction of new and enhanced products by us and by our competitors may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for our existing products. In addition, the introduction of new products by us or our competitors could result in a slowdown in demand for our existing products and could result in a write-down in the value of inventory. We have in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development, and such delays may occur in the future. To the extent customers defer or cancel orders for our products for any reason or we fail to achieve new design wins, our competitive position would be adversely affected and our ability to grow revenue would be impaired.

Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

 

 

changing product specifications and customer requirements;

 

 

unanticipated engineering complexities;

 

 

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and

 

 

changing market or competitive product requirements.

Furthermore, fast time-to-market with new products can be critical to success in our markets. It is difficult to displace an existing supplier for a particular type of product once a network equipment vendor has chosen a supplier, even if a later-to-market product provides superior performance or cost efficiency. If we are unable to make our new or enhanced products commercially available on a timely basis, we may lose existing and potential customers and our financial results would suffer.

The development of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring frequent innovation, highly-skilled engineering and development personnel and significant capital, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, license these technologies from third parties, or remain competitive in our markets.

Our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and quickly respond to rapidly changing technologies and customer requirements.

The communications networks industry is characterized by substantial investment in new technology and the development of diverse and changing technologies and industry standards.

 

14


Table of Contents

For example, new technologies are required to satisfy the emerging standards for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission in communications networks.

Our ability to anticipate and respond to rapid changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products and technologies, will be critical factors in our ability to succeed. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to such changes in the future, our competitive position could be adversely affected. In addition, the introduction of new products by other companies embodying new technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards, could render our existing products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or otherwise unmarketable.

If our customers do not qualify our products for use, then our results of operations may suffer.

Prior to placing volume purchase orders with us, most of our customers require us to obtain their approval—called qualification in our industry—of our new and existing products, and our customers often audit our manufacturing facilities and perform other vendor evaluations during this process. The qualification process involves product sampling and reliability testing and collaboration with our product management and engineering teams in the design and manufacturing stages. If we are unable to qualify our products with customers, then our revenue would be lower than expected and we may not be able to recover the costs associated with the qualification process which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, due to rapid technological changes in our markets, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we have qualified our product or begun volume manufacturing of a qualified product. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects. It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

In particular, we have developed new technologies and products that are key components in our customers’ systems for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission. While we are shipping certain products for 40Gbps and 100Gbps system designs today, many of our products for these systems are currently being qualified for use by our customers. Our ability to successfully qualify and scale capacity for these new technologies and products is important to our ability to grow our business and market presence. If we are unable to qualify and sell any of these products in volume on time, or at all, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We are under continuous pressure to reduce the prices of our products.

The communications networks industry has been characterized by declining product prices over time. We have reduced the prices of some of our products in the past and we expect to experience pricing pressure for our products in the future. When seeking to maintain or increase their market share, our competitors may also reduce the prices of their products. In addition, our customers may have the ability to internally develop and manufacture competing products at a lower cost than we would otherwise charge, which would add additional pressure on us to lower our selling prices. If we are unable to offset any future reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volume, reducing our costs and expenses or introducing new products, our gross margin would suffer.

 

15


Table of Contents

Customer demand is difficult to accurately forecast and, as a result, we may be unable to optimally match production with customer demand.

We make planning and spending decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimates of customer requirements. The short-term nature of commitments by many of our customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause our manufacturing to be negatively impacted by materials shortages, necessitate higher or more restrictive procurement commitments and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet the volume demands of our customers, or one or more of our suppliers may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our volume demands. Conversely, a downturn in the markets in which our customers compete can cause, and in the past have caused, our customers to significantly reduce the amount of products ordered from us or to cancel existing orders, leading to lower utilization of our facilities. Because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, reduction in customer demand would have an adverse effect on our gross margin, operating income and cash flow. During an industry downturn, there is also a higher risk that our trade receivables would be uncollectible.

The majority of our products are purchased pursuant to individual purchase orders. While our customers generally provide us with their demand forecasts, they are typically not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Many of our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short and long-term financial and operating goals.

We face intense competition which could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.

The communications networks industry is highly competitive. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in niche markets. In addition, we believe that a number of companies have developed or are developing planar lightwave or MEMS-based, PIC devices and other products that compete directly with our products. Current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing, research and manufacturing resources than we possess, and there can be no assurance that our current and future competitors will not be more successful than us in specific product lines or as a whole.

Some of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition, technical, financial, and marketing resources, and greater manufacturing capacity, as well as better-established relationships with customers, than we do. Some of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire, and more experience in developing or acquiring, new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for these products and technologies. Some of our competitors may be able to develop new products more quickly than us and may be able to develop products that are more reliable or which provide more functionality than ours. In addition, some of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below-market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and result in a loss of sales or market share or cause us to lower prices for our products.

 

16


Table of Contents

We also face competition from some of our customers who evaluate our capabilities against the merits of manufacturing products internally. Due to the fact that such customers are not seeking to make a profit directly from the manufacture of these products, they may have the ability to manufacture competitive products at a lower cost than we would charge such customers. As a result, these customers may purchase less of our products and there would be additional pressure to lower our selling prices which, accordingly, would negatively impact our revenue and gross margin.

In particular we have developed new technologies and products that are key components in our customers’ system designs for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission. The emergence of technologies and products from our competitors and their success in competing against our technologies and products for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission could render our existing products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or otherwise unmarketable.

Intense competition in our markets could result in aggressive business tactics by our competitors, including aggressively pricing their products or selling older inventory at a discount. If our current or future competitors utilize aggressive business tactics, including those described above, demand for our products could decline, we could experience delays or cancellations of customer orders, or we could be required to reduce our sales prices.

The communications networks industry has long product development cycles requiring us to incur product development costs without assurances of an acceptable investment return.

The communications networks industry is highly capital-intensive. Large volumes of equipment and support structures are installed with considerable expenditures of funds and other resources, and long investment return period expectations. At the component supplier level, this reluctance creates considerable, typically multi-year, gaps between the commencement of new product development and volume purchases. Accordingly, we and our competitors often incur significant research and development and sales and marketing costs for products that, at the earliest, will be purchased by our customers long after much of the cost is incurred and, in some cases, may never be purchased due to changes in industry or customer requirements in the interim.

Due to changing industry and customer requirements, we are constantly developing new products, including seeking to further integrate functions on PICs and developing and using new technologies in our products. These development activities can and are expected to necessitate significant investment of capital. Our new products often require a long time to develop because of their complexity and rigorous testing and qualification requirements. Additionally, developing a manufacturing approach with an acceptable cost structure and yield for new products can be expensive and time-consuming. Due to the costs and length of research and development and manufacturing process cycles, we may not recognize revenue from new products until long after such expenditures are incurred, if at all, and our gross margin may decrease if our costs are higher than expected.

Manufacturing problems could result in delays in product shipments to customers and could adversely affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations. For instance, we could experience a disruption in our fabrication facility for our PIC products due to any number of reasons, such as equipment failure, contaminated materials or process deviations, which could adversely impact manufacturing yields or delay product shipments. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect our gross

 

17


Table of Contents

margin, and product shipments to our customers could be delayed beyond the shipment schedules requested by our customers, which would negatively affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

Additionally, manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the stability and manufacturability of the product design, manufacturing improvements gained over cumulative production volumes, the quality and consistency of component parts and the nature and extent of customization requirements by customers. Capacity constraints, raw materials shortages, logistics issues, labor shortages, the introduction of new product lines and changes in customer requirements, manufacturing facilities or processes, or those of some third party contract manufacturers and suppliers of raw materials and components have historically caused, and may in the future cause, reduced manufacturing yields, negatively impacting the gross margin on, and our production capacity for, those products. Moreover, an increase in the rejection and rework rate of products during the quality control process before, during or after manufacture would result in our experiencing lower yields, gross margin and production capacity.

Our ability to maintain sufficient manufacturing yields is particularly challenging with respect to PICs due to the complexity and required precision of a large number of unique manufacturing process steps. Manufacturing yields for PICs can also suffer if contaminated materials or materials that do not meet highly precise composition requirements are inadvertently utilized. Because a large portion of our PIC manufacturing costs are fixed, PIC manufacturing yields have a substantial effect on our gross margin. Lower than expected manufacturing yields could also delay product shipments and decrease our revenue.

While we rely on many suppliers, there are a few which, if they stopped, decreased or delayed shipments to us, it could have an adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain components we have qualified to use in the manufacture of certain of our products. Some of these suppliers could disrupt our business if they stop, decrease or delay shipments or if the components they ship have quality or consistency issues. Some of these components are available only from a sole source or have been qualified only from a single supplier. Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there are a limited number of entities from whom we could obtain certain of these supplies. We may also face component shortages if we experience increased demand for components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver. We have recently experienced component shortages from certain key suppliers, which has resulted and may continue to result in an inability to meet customer demand, higher purchasing costs, or both. Although we engage in various actions to mitigate the impact of these shortages, any inability on our part to obtain sufficient quantities of critical components at reasonable costs could adversely affect our ability to meet demand for our products, which could cause our revenue, results of operations, or both to suffer.

Our customers generally restrict our ability to change the component parts in our modules without their approval. For more critical components, such as PICs, lasers and photodetectors, any changes may require repeating the entire qualification process. We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers and, therefore, our suppliers could stop supplying materials and equipment at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of component parts on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming and, on short notice, sometimes impossible for us to identify and qualify new component suppliers. The reliance on a sole supplier, single qualified vendor or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery and quality problems, reduced control over product pricing, reliability and performance and an inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a

 

18


Table of Contents

timely manner. We have in the past had to change suppliers, which has, in some instances, resulted in delays in product development and manufacturing and loss of revenue. Any such delays in the future may limit our ability to respond to changes in customer and market demands. Any supply deficiencies relating to the quality or quantities of components that we use to manufacture our products could adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customer orders and our results of operations.

Rapidly changing standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our revenue and results of operations to suffer.

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide, such as The American National Standards Institute, the European Telecommunications Standards Institute, the International Telecommunications Union and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards for elements used in 100Gbps systems. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we would have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or the industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our revenue and results of operations would suffer.

If we fail to retain our key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.

Our success and ability to implement our business strategy depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management team and others, including our technical employees. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including our senior management and others, and on the continued contributions of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of services of members of our senior management team or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. Competition for highly skilled technical people, both in the United States and China, is extremely intense, and we continue to face challenges identifying, hiring and retaining qualified personnel in many areas of our business. If we fail to retain our senior management and other key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, our business could suffer.

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patent registrations in the United States and in other foreign countries, some of which have been issued. In addition, we have registered the trademark “NeoPhotonics” in the United States. We cannot guarantee that our pending applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, our existing and future patents and trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary rights or may be held invalid or unenforceable in court. A failure to obtain patents or trademark registrations or a successful challenge to our

 

19


Table of Contents

registrations in the United States or other foreign countries may limit our ability to protect the intellectual property rights that these applications and registrations intended to cover.

Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation, unauthorized use or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights from misappropriation or other infringement in foreign countries where we have not applied for patent protections, and where effective patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws may be unavailable, or may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as U.S. law. Particularly, our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China, where we have substantial operations. We seek to secure, to the extent possible, comparable intellectual property protections in China. However, while we have issued patents and pending patent applications in China, portions of our intellectual property portfolio are not yet protected by patents in China. Moreover, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in China may not be comparable to that afforded in the United States.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property, including our trade secrets and know-how, through the use of trade secret and other intellectual property laws, and contractual provisions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and independent consultants. We also use non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and there can be no assurance that our confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, especially after our employees or those of our third-party contract manufacturers end their employment or engagement, and that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer our products or portions of our products, otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, or may independently develop similar or equivalent trade secrets or know-how. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or if such intellectual property and proprietary rights are infringed or misappropriated, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed.

In the future, we may need to take legal actions to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or from otherwise gaining access to our technology. Protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and determining their validity and scope could result in significant litigation costs and require significant time and attention from our technical and management personnel, which could significantly harm our business. In addition, we may not prevail in such proceedings. An adverse outcome of such proceedings may reduce our competitive advantage or otherwise harm our financial condition and our business.

We may be involved in intellectual property disputes in the future, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology.

Participants in the markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Numerous patents in these industries are held by others, including our competitors. In addition, from time to time, we have been notified that we may be infringing certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert

 

20


Table of Contents

management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. While we believe that our products do not infringe in any material respect upon intellectual property rights of other parties and/or meritorious defense would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, we cannot be certain that our products would not be found infringing the intellectual property rights of others. Intellectual property claims against us could invalidate our proprietary rights and force us to do one or more of the following:

 

 

obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

 

stop manufacturing, selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged intellectual property;

 

 

pay substantial monetary damages; or

 

 

expend significant resources to redesign the products that use the technology and to develop non-infringing technology.

Any of these actions could result in a substantial reduction in our revenue and could result in losses over an extended period of time.

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., Oplink Communications, Inc. and us, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the co-defendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale of or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products in the United States. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, we filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including us) except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each co-defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against us. We and Finisar had agreed to a 90 day tolling of our respective claims and not to refile any claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period.

At the end of the tolling period, Finisar may bring a new similar lawsuit against us, and if we are unsuccessful in our defense of the Finisar patent infringement claims, a license to use the allegedly infringing technology may not be available to us at all, and if it is, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms and therefore may limit or preclude us from competing in the market for optical transceivers in the United States, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, and otherwise materially harm our business.

Although we believe that we would have meritorious defenses to the infringement allegations and intend to defend any new similar lawsuit vigorously, there can be no assurance that we will

 

21


Table of Contents

be successful in our defense. Even if we are successful, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending the lawsuit. Further, a new lawsuit, if brought, would be likely to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel, which could harm our business.

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others which are necessary to operate our business, and to protect their intellectual property, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected.

From time to time we may choose to or be required to license technology or intellectual property from third parties in connection with the development of our products. We cannot assure you that third-party licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations. The inability to obtain a necessary third-party license required for our product offerings or to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards, or of greater cost, either of which could adversely affect our business. If we are not able to obtain licenses from third parties, if necessary, then we may also be subject to litigation to defend against infringement claims from these third parties. Our competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Also, we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with such third parties in which we agree to protect and maintain their proprietary and confidential information, including requiring our employees to enter into agreements protecting such information. There can be no assurance that the confidentiality agreements will not be breached by any of our employees or that such third parties will not make claims that their proprietary information has been disclosed.

Any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property could also include our customers using our products, which could trigger our indemnification obligations to them and result in substantial expenses to us.

In any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Because we often indemnify our customers for intellectual property claims made against them for products incorporating our technology, any claims against our customers could trigger indemnification obligations in some of our supply agreements, which could result in substantial expenses such as increased legal expenses, damages for past infringement or royalties for future use. While we have not incurred any indemnification expenses to date, any future indemnity claim could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and result in substantial costs to us. Our insurance does not cover intellectual property infringement.

It could be discovered that our products contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs, divert our attention, result in a loss of customers and result in product liability claims.

Our products are complex and undergo quality testing as well as formal qualification by our customers and us. However, defects may occur from time to time. Our customers’ testing procedures are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios and over varying amounts of time. For various reasons, such as the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable in testing or that are detected only when products age or are operated under peak stress conditions, our products may fail to perform as expected long after

 

22


Table of Contents

customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems in manufacturing or other unforeseen reasons. As a result, we could incur significant costs to repair or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. We have experienced such failures in the past and will continue to face this risk going forward, as our products are widely deployed throughout the world in multiple demanding environments and applications. In addition, we may in certain circumstances honor warranty claims after the warranty has expired or for problems not covered by warranty in order to maintain customer relationships. Any significant product failure could result in lost future sales of the affected product and other products, as well as customer relations problems, litigation and damage to our reputation.

In addition, our products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components, modules and subsystems and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur significant damages or warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relations problems or loss of customers, all of which would harm our business.

The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to liability for damages caused by such defects. They could, moreover, impair our customers’ acceptance of our products. Both could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Although we carry product liability insurance which covers this risk, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

If we fail to adequately manage our long-term growth and expansion requirements, our business will suffer.

In recent years, we have experienced significant growth through, among other things, internal expansion programs, product development and acquisitions of other companies. We expect to continue to grow, which could require us to expand our manufacturing operations, including hiring new personnel, purchasing additional equipment, leasing or purchasing additional facilities, developing the management infrastructure and developing our suppliers to manage any such expansion. If we fail to secure these expansion requirements or manage our future growth effectively, our business could suffer.

Potential future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies that we believe could accelerate our ability to compete in our existing markets or allow us to enter new markets.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

 

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

 

 

difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers, if any, of the target company;

 

 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

23


Table of Contents

 

 

the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity;

 

 

risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

 

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business;

 

 

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the target company’s products;

 

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs;

 

 

dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions;

 

 

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and

 

 

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different from applicable U.S. practices and requirements.

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments which have occurred in the past and which, were they to occur in the future, could harm our financial results. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

Covenants in our credit facilities may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities and competitive developments and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions.

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank in the United States, and our subsidiaries in China have several line of credit arrangements. Our U.S. loan and security agreement requires us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a liquidity ratio, and restricts our ability to take certain actions such as incurring additional debt, paying dividends, or engaging in certain transactions like mergers and acquisitions, investments and asset sales. These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry conditions. In addition, our obligations under our U.S. loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank are secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets other than intellectual property assets, which limits our ability to provide collateral for additional financing. A breach of any of these covenants, or a failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due under any of our credit facilities, could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness.

Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, primarily the RMB/U.S. dollar exchange rate.

We are exposed to foreign exchange risks. Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our revenue and our costs and expenses, and hence our results of operations. A substantial portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries based in China, whose functional currency is

 

24


Table of Contents

the RMB. The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Since July 21, 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged solely to the value of the U.S. dollar. Instead, the RMB is now pegged against a basket of currencies, determined by the People’s Bank of China, against which it can rise or fall by as much as 0.5% each day. This change in policy has resulted in approximately 19% appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar between July 21, 2005 and September 30, 2010. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which may result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending upon the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statements of operations. To the extent that transactions by our subsidiaries in China are denominated in currencies other than the RMB, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of the RMB in relation to other currencies could decrease our revenue or increase our costs and expenses, therefore having an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

While we generate the majority of our revenue in RMB, conversely, a majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. dollars. Therefore, depreciation in the RMB against the U.S. dollar would adversely impact our revenue upon translation to U.S. dollars, but the positive impact on operating expenses would be less. This would result in an overall adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

We face a variety of risks associated with international sales and operations.

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from international sales in various markets. In addition, a major portion of our operations is based in Shenzhen, China. Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to:

 

 

difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;

 

 

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

 

 

fewer legal protections for intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions;

 

 

foreign and U.S. taxation issues and international trade barriers;

 

 

general economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate;

 

25


Table of Contents

 

 

difficulties in obtaining any necessary governmental authorizations for the export of our products to certain foreign jurisdictions;

 

 

fluctuations in foreign economies;

 

 

fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

 

 

trade and travel restrictions;

 

 

outbreaks of avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, H1N1 swine flu or other contagious diseases;

 

 

domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future;

 

 

difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

 

 

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

Negative developments in any of these areas in China or other countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, difficulties in producing and delivering our products, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business. In addition, although we maintain an anti-corruption compliance program throughout the company, violations of our compliance program may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties and other costs against us or our employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We are subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our products, especially laser-dependent products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government agencies for some of our products in accordance with various statutory authorities, including but not limited to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Act of 1979, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977, the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917 and the Arms Export Control Act of 1976 and various country-specific trade sanctions legislation. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technologies and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export and import licenses. Failure to comply with these and similar laws on a timely basis, or at all, or any limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations,

 

26


Table of Contents

could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are subject to government regulations that could adversely impact our business.

The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has jurisdiction over the entire U.S. telecommunications industry and, as a result, our products and our U.S. customers are subject to FCC rules and regulations. Current and future FCC regulations affecting communications services, our products or our customers’ businesses could negatively affect our business. In addition, international regulatory standards could impair our ability to develop products for international customers in the future. Delays caused by our compliance with regulatory requirements could result in postponements or cancellations of product orders. Further, we may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining any regulatory approvals that may, in the future, be required to operate our business. Any failure to obtain such approvals could harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

Preparing our consolidated financial statements involves a number of complex manual and automated processes, which are dependent upon individual data input or review and require significant management judgment. One or more of these elements may result in errors that may not be detected and could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. In 2007, we implemented Oracle eBusiness suite software to automate certain business operations and internal reporting activities. While automation is intended to decrease the likelihood for error and enhance our ability to detect errors that could arise, we expect that for the foreseeable future we will have procedures that are manually intensive.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires, among other things, that as a publicly traded company we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. During 2009, we determined we had a significant deficiency related to policies, procedures and controls over maintaining adequate third party evidence of product shipment or delivery to support revenue recognition. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a company’s financial reporting. For certain quarters, our subsidiaries in China did not retain shipping documentation adequate under U.S. GAAP to enable us to determine whether to recognize revenue for certain shipments at the end of such periods. Specifically, we noted that in certain instances shipping documentation was not retained or did not clearly indicate the date on which shipment or delivery had occurred. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we developed and implemented a remediation plan designed to address this deficiency. The remediation plan includes training of our logistics personnel with a focus on adequate documentation and procedures necessary for satisfying revenue recognition criteria under U.S. GAAP, additional training of our employees with regard to our code of business conduct and ethics and revenue recognition criteria, and other policies and procedures. Although we have not noted any additional exceptions in the fourth quarter of 2009 or the first nine months of 2010, until we have further experience with the results of the remediation plan, we will not know if it will be successful in helping us avoid such errors in the future.

 

27


Table of Contents

If a material misstatement occurs in the future, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations, we may need to restate our financial results and the price of our common stock may decline. Any failure of our internal controls could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that will be required when the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, become applicable to us beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2011. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and results of operations could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

Potential changes in our effective tax rate could harm our future results.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our tax rate is affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses arising from the requirement to expense stock options and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, including our ability to utilize our net operating losses. Increases in our effective tax rate could harm our results of operations.

We may be unable to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards to reduce our income taxes.

As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for U.S. federal and state tax purposes of $130.8 million and $85.4 million, respectively, which are subject to valuation allowance. If not utilized, these NOL carryforwards expire, beginning in 2010. The utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryfowards are subject to a substantial limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state provisions. We recorded deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance for the NOL carryforwards currently available after considering the existing Section 382 limitation. If we incur an additional limitation under Section 382, then the NOL carryforwards, as disclosed, could be reduced by the impact of any future limitation that would result in existing NOL carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards expiring unutilized.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, imposes additional requirements on public companies, including specific corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit and compensation committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For

 

28


Table of Contents

example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We operate in an industry, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to:

 

 

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel;

 

 

expand our operating or manufacturing infrastructure;

 

 

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or

 

 

otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in this offering. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited.

In some instances, we rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products, and the failure of these representatives and distributors to perform as expected could reduce our future revenue.

Although we primarily sell our products through direct sales to systems vendors, we also sell our products to some of our customers through third-party sales representatives and distributors. Many of our third-party sales representatives and distributors also market and sell competing products from our competitors. Our third-party sales representatives and distributors may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives and distributors that will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our products. If our current third-party sales representatives and distributors fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

 

29


Table of Contents

Natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events could harm our operations.

Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For example, our corporate headquarters and wafer fabrication facility in Silicon Valley, California are located near major earthquake fault lines. In addition, our manufacturing facilities are located in Shenzhen, China, an area that is susceptible to typhoons. Further, a terrorist attack, including one aimed at energy or communications infrastructure suppliers, could hinder or delay the development and sale of our products. In the event that an earthquake, typhoon, terrorist attack or other natural or manmade catastrophe were to destroy any part of our facilities, destroy or disrupt vital infrastructure systems or interrupt our operations for any extended period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could subject us to liabilities, increase our costs, or restrict our business or operations in the future.

Our manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and international environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination, employee health and safety, and the use of hazardous materials in, and the recycling of, our products. Our failure to comply with present and future environmental, health or safety requirements, or the identification of contamination, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, civil or criminal penalties, or curtailment of operations. In addition, these laws and regulations have increasingly become more stringent over time. The identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement of current environmental, health and safety requirements by regulatory agencies, the enactment of more stringent laws and regulations, or other unanticipated events could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to install costly pollution control equipment or incur other additional expenses, or require us to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our manufacturing facilities use, store and dispose of hazardous substances in connection with their processes. In addition, our operations have grown through acquisitions, and it is possible that businesses that we have acquired may expose us to environmental liabilities that have not yet been discovered associated with historical site conditions or offsite locations. Some environmental laws impose liability for contamination on current and former owners and operators of affected sites, or on parties that generated wastes disposed of at off-site locations, regardless of fault. In the event we are found liable for any such contamination in the future, there can be no assurance that remediation costs, or potential claims for personal injury or property or natural resource damages resulting from contamination, will not be material.

Additionally, increasing efforts to control emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHG, may also impact us. For example California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act will require us to design and install additional pollution control equipment at our San Jose, California, manufacturing plant. Additional climate change or GHG control requirements are under consideration at the federal level in the United States and in China. Additional restrictions, limits, taxes, or other controls on GHG emissions could increase our operating costs and, while it is not

 

30


Table of Contents

possible to estimate the specific impact any final GHG regulations will have on our operations, there can be no assurance that these measures will not have significant additional impact on us.

Risks related to our operations in China

Our business operations conducted in China are critical to our success. $105.6 million, or 68.1%, of our revenue in 2009 was recognized from customers located in China. Additionally, a substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment, 78.0% as of December 31, 2009, is located in China. We expect to make further investments in China in the foreseeable future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China.

Adverse changes in economic and political policies in China, or Chinese laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on business conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Moreover, the laws, regulations and legal requirements in China, including the laws that apply to foreign-invested enterprises are relatively new and are subject to frequent changes. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws is uncertain. Any adverse changes to these laws, regulations and legal requirements or their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, while China’s economy has experienced rapid growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions, among various economic sectors and over time. China has also in the past and may in the future experience economic downturns due to, for example, government austerity measures, changes in government policies relating to capital spending, limitations placed on the ability of commercial banks to make loans, reduced levels of exports and international trade, inflation, lack of financial liquidity, stock market volatility and global economic conditions. Any of these developments could contribute to a decline in business and consumer spending in addition to other adverse market conditions, which could adversely affect our business.

The termination and expiration or unavailability of our preferential tax treatments in China may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, our subsidiaries in China enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all Chinese enterprises, including foreign-invested enterprises, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, our subsidiaries in China may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of

 

31


Table of Contents

25% unless we are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, we have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for new and high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to 2008, 2009 and 2010. We realized benefits from this 10% reduction in tax rate of $0.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.3 million for 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, or $0.08, $0.51 and $0.00 per basic and diluted share for 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. We intend to reapply for the preferential rate for 2011. If approved, the income tax rate will remain at 15%, otherwise, the income tax rate will be 24% for 2011 and 25% thereafter.

Our subsidiaries in China are subject to restrictions on dividend payments, on making other payments to us or any other affiliated company, and on borrowing or allocating tax losses among our subsidiaries.

Current Chinese regulations permit our subsidiaries in China to pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations, which are different than U.S. accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund their statutory common reserves until such reserves have reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. As of September 30, 2010, our Chinese subsidiaries’ common reserves had not reached this threshold and, accordingly, these entities are required to continue funding such reserves with accumulated net profits. The statutory common reserves are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. In addition, current Chinese regulations prohibit inter-company borrowings or allocation of tax losses among subsidiaries in China. Further, if our subsidiaries in China incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Accordingly, we may not be able to move our capital easily, which could harm our business.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue and cash effectively.

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is denominated in RMB, any restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use revenue generated in RMB to fund any business activities we may have outside China or to make dividend payments in U.S. dollars. Under relevant Chinese rules and regulations, the RMB is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans, without the prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE. Currently, our subsidiaries in China may purchase foreign exchange for settlement of “current account transactions,” including the payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE. Although Chinese government regulations now allow greater convertibility of the RMB for current account transactions, significant restrictions remain. For example, foreign exchange transactions under our primary Chinese subsidiary’s capital account, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, remain subject to significant foreign exchange controls and the approval of SAFE. These limitations could affect the ability of our subsidiaries in China to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contributions from us. We cannot be certain that Chinese regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of the RMB, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions. If such restrictions are imposed, our ability to adjust our capital structure or engage in foreign exchange transactions may be limited.

 

32


Table of Contents

In August 2008, SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises , or Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by foreign-invested enterprises of foreign currency into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. Circular 142 requires that RMB converted from the foreign currency-dominated capital of a FIE may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable government authority and may not be used for equity investments within China unless specifically provided for otherwise. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight over the flow and use of RMB funds converted from the foreign currency-dominated capital of a FIE. The use of such RMB may not be changed without approval from SAFE. As a result of Circular 142, our subsidiaries in China that are considered foreign-invested enterprises may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

Uncertainties with respect to China’s legal system could adversely affect the legal protection available to us.

Our operations in China are governed by Chinese laws and regulations. Our subsidiaries in China are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. China’s legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a legal system where decided legal cases have limited value as precedents. Since 1979, Chinese legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully-integrated legal system, and recently-enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection under contracts or law. However, since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contract terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we would receive compared to more developed legal systems. In addition, protections of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries or regions with more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the legal system in China is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. All the uncertainties described above could limit the legal protections available to us.

Chinese regulations relating to offshore investment activities by Chinese residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activity or otherwise adversely affect the implementation of our acquisition strategy. If our stockholders who are Chinese residents, or our Chinese employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings under such regulations, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under Chinese laws.

Chinese foreign exchange regulations require Chinese residents and corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. These regulations apply to our stockholders who are Chinese residents and may apply

 

33


Table of Contents

to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. Pursuant to these foreign exchange regulations, Chinese residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies, will be required to register those investments. In addition, any Chinese resident who is a direct or indirect stockholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any Chinese stockholder fails to make the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, subsidiaries in China of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into their subsidiaries in China. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liability under Chinese laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions. We cannot provide any assurances that all of our stockholders who are Chinese residents have made or obtained, or will make or obtain, any applicable registrations or approvals required by these foreign exchange regulations. The failure or inability of our stockholders in China to comply with the required registration procedures may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our Chinese subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends or obtain foreign-exchange-dominated loans. Moreover, because of the uncertainties in the interpretation and implementation of these foreign exchange regulations, we cannot predict how they will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we decide to acquire a domestic company in China, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by these foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas-Listed Company , or the Stock Option Rule. Under the Stock Option Rule, Chinese residents who are granted stock options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a Chinese agent or Chinese subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. We and our Chinese employees who have been granted stock options will be subject to the Stock Option Rule when we become an overseas publicly-listed company. If we or our optionees in China fail to comply with these regulations, we or our optionees in China may be subject to fines and legal sanctions. Several of our employees in China have exercised their stock options prior to our becoming an overseas publicly-listed company. Since there is not yet a clear regulation on how and whether Chinese employees can exercise their stock options granted by overseas private companies, it is unclear whether such exercises are permissible by Chinese laws and it is uncertain how SAFE or other government authorities will interpret or administer such regulations. Therefore, we cannot predict how such exercises will affect our business or operations. For example, we may be subject to more stringent review and approval processes with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

34


Table of Contents

We may be obligated to withhold and pay individual income tax in China on behalf of our employees who are subject to individual income tax in China arising from the exercise of stock options. If we fail to withhold or pay such individual income tax in accordance with applicable Chinese regulations, we may be subject to certain sanctions and other penalties and may become subject to liability under Chinese laws.

The State Administration of Taxation has issued several circulars concerning employee stock options. Under these circulars, our Chinese employees (which could include both employees in China and expatriate employees subject to individual income tax in China) who exercise stock options will be subject to individual income tax in China. Our subsidiaries in China have obligations to file documents related to employee stock options with relevant tax authorities and withhold and pay individual income taxes for those employees who exercise their stock options. However, since there is not yet a clear regulation on how and whether Chinese employees can exercise stock options granted by overseas private companies and how Chinese employers shall withhold and pay individual taxes, the relevant tax authority has verbally advised us that due to the difficulty in determining the fair market value of our shares as a private company, we need not withhold and pay the individual income tax for the exercises until after the completion of this offering. Thus, we have not withheld and paid the individual income tax for the option exercises. However, we cannot assure you that the Chinese tax authorities will not act otherwise and request us to withhold and pay the individual income tax immediately and impose sanctions on us.

If the Chinese government determines that we failed to obtain approvals of, or registrations with, the requisite Chinese government with respect to our current and past import and export of technologies, we could be subject to sanctions.

China imposes controls on technology import and export. The term “technology import and export” is broadly defined to include, without limitation, the transfer or license of patents, software and know-how, and the provision of services in relation to technology. Depending on the nature of the relevant technology, the import and export of technology to or from China requires either approval by, or registration with, the relevant Chinese governmental authorities.

If we are found to be, or to have been, in violation of Chinese laws or regulations, the relevant regulatory authorities have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including, but not limited to, issuing a warning, levying fines, restricting us from benefiting from these technologies inside or outside of China, confiscating our earnings generated from the import or export of such technology or even restricting our future export and import of any technology. If the Chinese government determines that our past import and export of technology were inconsistent with, or insufficient for, the proper operation of our business, we could be subject to similar sanctions. Any of these or similar sanctions could cause significant disruption to our business operations or render us unable to conduct a substantial portion of our business operations and may adversely affect our business and result of operations.

China regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to China entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds we receive from this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiaries.

In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering, we may make loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiaries. Any loans to our China subsidiaries are subject to China regulations and approvals. For example, any loans to our China subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, must be registered with SAFE, or its local counterpart, and

 

35


Table of Contents

must be approved by the relevant government authorities. Any capital contributions to our China subsidiaries must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. In addition, under Circular 142, our China subsidiaries, as foreign-invested enterprises, may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future loans or capital contributions to our China subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our China subsidiaries may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.

Dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries may be subject to Chinese withholding tax.

The EIT Law and the implementation regulations provide that a 10% withholding tax may apply to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within China. The comprehensive Double Taxation Arrangement between China and Hong Kong generally reduces the withholding tax on dividends paid from a Chinese company to a Hong Kong company to 5%. Dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries will be subject to Chinese withholding tax if, as expected, we are considered a “non-resident enterprise” under the EIT Law. If dividends from our Chinese subsidiaries are subject to Chinese withholding tax, our financial condition may be adversely impacted to the extent of such tax.

Our worldwide income may be subject to Chinese tax under the EIT Law.

The EIT Law provides that enterprises established outside of China whose “de facto management bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises” and are generally subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax on their worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations for the EIT Law issued by the State Council, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. If we are deemed to be a resident enterprise for Chinese tax purposes, we will be subject to Chinese tax on our worldwide income at the 25% uniform tax rate, which could have an impact on our effective tax rate and an adverse effect on our net income (loss), however, dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries may not be subject to withholding if we are deemed to be a resident enterprise.

Dividends payable by us to our investors and gains on the sale of our common stock by our foreign investors may be subject to tax under Chinese law.

Under the EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council, a 10% withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises.” Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of common stock by such investors is also subject to a 10% withholding tax if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within China. If we are determined to be a “resident enterprise,” dividends we pay on our common stock, or the gain you may realize from the transfer of our common stock, would be treated as income derived from sources within China. If we are required under the EIT Law to withhold tax from dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” or if a gain realized on the transfer of our common stock is subject to withholding, the value of your investment in our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

 

36


Table of Contents

Because a substantial portion of our business is located in China, we may have difficulty establishing adequate management, legal and financial controls, which we are required to do in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and securities laws, and which could cause a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements, the trading price of our common stock and our business.

Chinese companies have historically not adopted a western style of management and financial reporting concepts and practices, which includes strong corporate governance, internal controls and computer, financial and other control systems. Most of our middle and top management staff in China are not educated and trained in the western system, and we may have difficulty hiring new employees in China with experience and expertise relating to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and U.S. public-company reporting requirements. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management, legal and financial controls, collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet U.S. public-company reporting requirements. We may, in turn, experience difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may result in material weaknesses in our internal controls which could impact the reliability of our consolidated financial statements and prevent us from complying with SEC rules and regulations and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such material weaknesses or lack of compliance with SEC rules and regulations could result in restatements of our historical consolidated financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, have an adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock, adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets and our ability to recruit personnel, lead to the delisting of our securities from the stock exchange on which they are traded. This could lead to litigation claims, thereby diverting management’s attention and resources, and which may lead to the payment of damages to the extent such claims are not resolved in our favor, lead to regulatory proceedings, which may result in sanctions, monetary or otherwise, and have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.

See also “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.”

Our subsidiaries in China are subject to Chinese labor laws and regulations. Recently enacted Chinese labor laws may increase our operation costs in China.

China Labor Contract Law, effective January 1, 2008, together with its implementing rules, effective September 18, 2008, provides more protection to Chinese employees. Previously, an employer had discretionary power in deciding the probation period, not to exceed six months. Additionally, the employment contract could only be terminated for cause. Under the new rules, the probation period varies depending on contract terms and the employment contract can only be terminated during the probation period for cause upon three days notice. Additionally, an employer may not be able to terminate a contract during the probation period on the grounds of a material change of circumstances or a mass layoff. The new law also has specific provisions on conditions when an employer has to sign an employment contract with open-ended terms. If an employer fails to enter into an open-ended contract in certain circumstances, the employer must pay the employee twice their monthly wage beginning from the time the employer should have executed an open-ended contract. Additionally an employer must pay severance for nearly all terminations, including when an employer decides not to renew a fixed-term contract.

 

37


Table of Contents

On January 1, 2008, the Regulations on Paid Annual Leaves of Staff and Workers also took effect, followed by its implementing measures effective September 18, 2008. These regulations provide that employees who have worked consecutively for one year or more are entitled to paid annual leave. An employer must guarantee that employees receive the same wage income during the annual leave period as that for the normal working period. Where an employer cannot arrange annual leave for an employee due to production needs, upon agreement with the employee, the employer must pay daily wages equal to 300% of the employee’s daily salary for each day of annual leave forfeited by such employee. These newly introduced laws and regulations may materially increase the costs of our operations in China.

The turnover of direct labor in manufacturing industries in China is high, which could adversely affect our production, shipments, and results of operations.

Employee turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector in China is high and retention of such personnel is a challenge to companies located in or with operations in China. Although direct labor cost does not represent a high proportion of our overall manufacturing costs, direct labor is required for the manufacture of our products. If our direct labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our direct labor turnover rates, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Adoption of international labor standards may increase our direct labor costs.

International standards of corporate social responsibility include strict requirements on labor work practices and overtime. As global service providers and their network equipment vendors adopt these standards, we may be required to incur additional direct labor costs associated with our compliance with these standards.

If any of our subsidiaries in China becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation procedures, we may lose the ability to use its assets.

Because a substantial portion of our business and revenue are derived from China, if any of our subsidiaries in China goes bankrupt and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our operations in China. Any delay, interruption or cessation of all or a part of our operations in China would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and otherwise adversely affect our business.

We face risks related to health epidemics and outbreaks of contagious diseases.

Over the past several years, there have been recent reports of outbreaks of avian flu, SARS and H1N1 swine flu in Asia. Since a large portion of our operations and our customers’ and suppliers’ operations are currently based in Asia (mainly China), an outbreak of avian flu, SARS, H1N1 swine flu or other contagious diseases in Asia or elsewhere, or the perception that such outbreak could occur, and the measures taken by the governments of countries affected, including China, may result in material disruptions in our operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Risks related to this offering and our common stock

There is no existing market for our common stock and we do not know if one will develop to provide our stockholders adequate liquidity.

There has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock prior to this offering. An active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering.

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations have varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including:

 

 

fluctuations in demand for our products;

 

 

the timing, size and product mix of sales of our products;

 

 

changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;

 

 

our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products to our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner and that meet customer requirements;

 

 

quality control or yield problems in our manufacturing operations;

 

 

our ability to timely obtain adequate quantities of the components used in our products;

 

 

length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;

 

 

new product introductions and enhancements by our competitors and ourselves;

 

 

unanticipated increases in costs or expenses; and

 

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our quarterly and annual results of operations. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to our internal manufacturing, research and development, sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. Moreover, our results of operations may not meet our announced guidance or the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address these risks.

Our stock price may be volatile and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of this prospectus, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.

 

39


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more research analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our principal stockholders, executive officers and directors own a significant percentage of our stock and will continue to have significant control of our management and affairs after the offering, and they can take actions that may be against your best interests.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors, and entities that are affiliated with them, will beneficially own an aggregate of approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, on an as-converted basis, based on an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Also, as a result, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if such a change in control would benefit our other stockholders.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

 

40


Table of Contents

Assuming completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2010, we would have had an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, no exercise of outstanding options and exercise of all outstanding warrants. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

 

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering;

 

 

1,929,465 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act; and

 

 

6,665 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.

The number of shares eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to potential extension in the event we release earning results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs near the end of the lock-up period. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. After the completion of this offering, we intend to register approximately 3,619,791 shares of our common stock that have been issued or reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the expected total value of our total assets, less our goodwill and other intangible assets, less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share in the price you pay for our common stock as compared to the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010. Furthermore, investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will own only     % of our shares outstanding even though they will have contributed     % of the total consideration received by us in connection with our sales of common stock. To the extent outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Our management has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use the net proceeds effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to continue to maintain and expand our business.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Comerica restrict our ability to pay dividends. See “Dividend policy” for more information. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

 

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

 

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

 

authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock rights senior to those of common stock;

 

 

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

 

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

 

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.

In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law will govern us upon completion of this offering. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions. See “Description of capital stock—Preferred stock” and “Description of capital stock— Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law.”

 

42


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Business” and “Compensation discussion and analysis.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

 

our history of losses which may continue in the future;

 

 

the overall condition of the highly cyclical communications networks industry, including the impact of any future downturn;

 

 

overall capital spending for global information networks and adverse economic conditions;

 

 

the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, our key customers, including Huawei Technologies;

 

 

our limited operating history on a global basis;

 

 

our ability to continually achieve new design wins and enhance our existing products;

 

 

our ability to anticipate and quickly respond to rapidly changing technologies and customer requirements;

 

 

our customers’ qualification of our products;

 

 

potential future price reductions for our products;

 

 

our ability to optimally match production with customer demand;

 

 

competition in the markets we serve;

 

43


Table of Contents

 

 

long product development cycles in our industry;

 

 

manufacturing problems, including future potential product defects;

 

 

dependence on a limited number of suppliers of certain components used in our products;

 

 

rapidly changing standards and regulations in our industry;

 

 

our ability to retain key personnel and attract additional qualified personnel;

 

 

our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property, as well as our involvement in current or future intellectual property disputes;

 

 

our ability to manage our long-term growth and expansion requirements;

 

 

the impact of future potential acquisitions;

 

 

limitations resulting from covenants in our credit facilities;

 

 

currency fluctuations and foreign exchange risks;

 

 

risks associated with international sales and operations, including a number of specific risks related to our substantial operations in China; and

 

 

the other factors set forth under “Risk factors.”

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry and the communications networks industry, including market size and growth rates that we obtained from industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including the “Optical Network Hardware Quarterly Worldwide and Regional Market Share, Size, and Forecasts: 2Q10” generated by Infonetics Research, dated August 19, 2010, and the “Cisco Visual Networking Index: Forecast and Methodology, 2008-2013” generated by Cisco Systems, Inc. in June 2009. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. Although we believe the information in these industry publications, surveys and forecasts is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information.

 

44


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million or $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital, to continue to expand our existing business and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us for repayment of a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, but we currently have no commitments or specific plans to repay any particular indebtedness in advance of its maturity date. As of September 30, 2010, our outstanding short-term loans and long-term debt totaled $15.1 million with interest rates ranging from 3.01% to 5.31% and maturity dates ranging from November 2010 through January 2013. The repayment of our outstanding indebtedness may depend on the availability of future credit and the returns of alternative uses of the net proceeds compared to the interest rate charged by our lenders. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, but we currently have no agreements or commitments relating to any material acquisitions. We do not have any agreements or commitments which would require us to use the net proceeds from this offering in a specific manner.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short term, interest bearing obligations, investment grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

Dividend policy

To date, no dividends have been declared, accrued, paid or otherwise earned on our common stock or preferred stock and we do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock or preferred stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock or preferred stock would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank limits our ability to pay dividends.

 

45


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2010 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis, and to reflect the recognition of a liability and the impact to accumulated deficit for the vested portion of the 263,020 stock appreciation units that become exercisable on this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments described above and further reflect the exercise of 4,482 stock warrants with an exercise price of $29.00 per share into an equal number of shares of common stock and the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

46


Table of Contents

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      September 30, 2010  

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

  Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma
As adjusted
 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,353      $                       $                    
                       

Long-term debt (including current portion)

  $ 6,377      $        $     
                       

Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

     

Authorized 20,000 shares; Issued and outstanding 18,497.44 shares; Maximum liquidation preference $92,487; No shares outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    46,165       

Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

     

Authorized 7,400,000 shares; Issued and outstanding 6,639,513 shares; Liquidation preference $177,960; No shares outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    165,354       
                       
    211,519       

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Common stock, $0.0025 par value

     

Authorized 14,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding 1,936,130 shares; Issued and outstanding 15,974,619 shares pro forma; and issued and outstanding shares pro forma as adjusted

    5       

Additional paid-in capital

    92,923       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,588       

Accumulated deficit

    (216,149    
                       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (115,633    
                       

Total capitalization

  $ 102,263      $        $     
                       
   

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the above table excludes:

 

 

1,795,220 stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $5.61 per share outstanding as of September 30, 2010, exercisable into an equal number of shares of common stock; and

 

 

1,207,988 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of September 30, 2010 under our 2010 equity incentive plan and 2010 employee stock purchase plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would result in an approximately $             million increase (decrease) in pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, and an approximately $             million increase (decrease) in each of pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there would be a $             increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization.

 

47


Table of Contents

Dilution

At September 30, 2010, we had net tangible book value of $89.0 million. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets, less our goodwill and other intangible assets, less our total liabilities. At September 30, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our net tangible book value adjusted for the recognition of a liability for the vested portion of the 263,020 stock appreciation units that become exercisable on this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2010, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

After giving effect to the exercise of 4,482 stock warrants with an exercise price of $29.00 per share into an equal number of shares of common stock, and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2010 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

            $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2010 before giving effect to this offering

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
           

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
           
   

If all our outstanding options had been exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 would have been $             million, or $             per share, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             million, or $             per share, resulting in dilution to new investors of $             per share.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2010, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

       Shares purchased      Total consideration     

Average
price

per share

 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     
   

Existing stockholders

     15,974,619             %       $ 223,470,327             %       $ 13.99   

New investors

              
                                            

Total

        100%       $                      100%       $                
                                            
   

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and without deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be             , or     % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors will be             , or     % of the total shares outstanding.

The foregoing dilution calculations exclude:

 

 

1,795,220 stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $5.61 per share outstanding as of September 30, 2010, exercisable into an equal number of shares of common stock; and

 

 

1,207,988 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of September 30, 2010 under our 2010 equity incentive plan and 2010 employee stock purchase plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

49


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which do not appear elsewhere in this prospectus and have been revised to reflect the adoption of revised authoritative guidance relating to accounting and reporting for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

(in thousands, except share and per
share data)
  Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
  2005     2006     2007     2008     2009           2009           2010  
   

Consolidated statement of operations data:

             

Revenue

  $ 35,021      $ 83,357      $ 95,825      $ 133,989      $ 155,062      $ 112,014      $ 132,888   

Cost of goods sold (1)(2)

    33,552        71,453        83,475        109,439        114,572        86,142        91,079   
                                                       

Gross profit

    1,469        11,904        12,350        24,550        40,490        25,872        41,809   

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    12,475        20,315        23,076        21,480        17,266        12,431        16,049   

Sales and marketing (1)

    4,126        7,753        10,123        10,435        9,587        7,330        7,502   

General and administrative (1)

    5,078        10,995        13,142        14,581        15,448        11,230        12,397   

Acquired in— process research and development (2)

    1,341        8,736                                      

Amortization of purchased intangible assets (2)

    346        922        1,826        1,665        1,136        852        855   

Asset impairment charges (3)

                  6,138        4,047        1,233                 

Restructuring charges

                         1,383                        
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    23,366        48,721        54,305        53,591        44,670        31,843        36,803   
                                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (21,897)        (36,817)        (41,955)        (29,041)        (4,180)        (5,971)        5,006   

Interest and other income (expense), net

             

Interest income

    285        1,755        1,496        448        345        295        163   

Interest expense

    (144)        (747)        (1,249)        (1,692)        (1,046)        (801)        (565)   

Other income (expense), net

    (1,230)        (157)        319        432        (64)        55        42   
                                                       

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    (1,089)        851        566        (812)        (765)        (451)        (360)   
                                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (22,986)        (35,966)        (41,389)        (29,853)        (4,945)        (6,422)        4,646   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    (71)        241        (86)        1,812        (1,902)        (1,211)        (1,725)   
                                                       

Net income (loss)

    (23,057)        (35,725)        (41,475)        (28,041)        (6,847)        (7,633)        2,921   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests (4)

    132        22        8        (13)        (116)        (63)        (80)   
                                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

    (22,925)        (35,703)        (41,467)        (28,054)        (6,963)        (7,696)        2,841   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

                         (428)        (153)        (122)        (91)   
                                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

  $ (22,925)      $ (35,703)      $ (41,467)      $ (28,482)      $ (7,116)      $ (7,818)      $ 2,750   
                                                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

             

Basic

  $ (31.09)      $ (21.19)      $ (22.34)      $ (14.80)      $ (3.72)      $ (4.09)      $ 0.00   
                                                       

Diluted

  $ (31.09)      $ (21.19)      $ (22.34)      $ (14.80)      $ (3.72)      $ (4.09)      $ 0.00   
                                                       

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

             

Basic

    737,361        1,684,599        1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        1,932,998   
                                                       

Diluted

    737,361        1,684,599        1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        3,036,756   
                                                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (5) :

             

Basic

          $ (0.51)        $ 0.18   
                         

Diluted

          $ (0.51)        $ 0.17   
                         

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (5) :

             

Basic

            13,599,967          15,883,606   
                         

Diluted

            13,599,967          16,987,364   
                         
   

(footnotes on following page)

 

51


Table of Contents

 

       December 31,     September 30,  
(in thousands)    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
   

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,958      $ 50,629      $ 13,663      $ 28,741      $ 43,420      $ 25,353   

Restricted cash

            1,269        1,652        1,516        3,286        3,006   

Short-term investments

            6,006        4,112                        

Working capital (6)

     14,855        51,417        26,012        30,583        44,167        43,833   

Total assets

     85,703        138,896        167,116        154,776        162,248        167,753   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

            2,724        13,970        17,470        8,147        6,377   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     65,226        164,789        164,789        196,430        205,450        211,519   

Common stock and additional paid-in-capital

     86,815        89,390        90,714        91,281        91,899        92,928   

Total deficit

     (15,264     (50,756     (88,285     (113,023     (119,582     (115,633
   

 

(1)   These expenses include stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options granted on or before December 31, 2005 was accounted for as the difference, if any, between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options granted on or after January 1, 2006 is accounted for at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options and was included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months  ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 75       $ 128       $ 130       $ 125       $ 53       $ 53       $ 93   

Research and development

     215         409         435         314         228         174         283   

Sales and marketing

     94         200         226         177         180         131         292   

General and administrative

     216         371         545         512         520         381         572   
                                                              

Total

   $ 600       $ 1,108       $ 1,336       $ 1,128       $ 981       $ 739       $ 1,240   
                                                              
   

 

(2)   In 2005, we acquired approximately 81.5% of Shenzhen Photon Technology Co., Ltd., in 2006 we acquired another 18.1% interest and in April 2010 we acquired the remaining 0.4% of outstanding shares. Also in 2005, we invested in 7.7% of the outstanding shares of BeamExpress, Inc. and, in 2006, we acquired BeamExpress, Inc. by purchasing the remaining shares. In 2006, we acquired Optun, Inc., Lightconnect, Inc. and the assets and liabilities of Paxera Corporation. These acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values, including intangible assets and in-process research and development, and the residual was recorded to goodwill. In-process research and development was expensed at the date of acquisition and the intangible assets are being amortized in cost of goods sold and in operating expenses over their respective useful lives. The results of operations for these acquired businesses are included in our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition.

 

(3)   In 2007, we recorded asset impairment charges relating to goodwill of $5.9 million and intangible assets of $0.2 million, both relating to our acquisition of BeamExpress Inc. in 2006. In 2008, we recorded asset impairment charges relating to intangible assets of $3.3 million and property and equipment of $0.7 million, both triggered by our decision to discontinue development of a product relating to our acquisition of Paxera Corporation in 2006. In 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd, or Archcom, for less than our share of the net assets of Archcom and, as a result, we recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million. In 2009, we also recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment no longer in use. For further information, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4)   Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the noncontrolling shareholders’ proportionate share of the results of operations of our majority-owned subsidiaries. For further information, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(5)   The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders calculations assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of issuance, if later, and a 1-for-25 reverse stock split that we intend to effect prior to the completion of this offering. These calculations have not been adjusted for a potential charge upon completion of this offering which is triggered by the conversion of the Series X preferred stock, related to a beneficial conversion feature, which is described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(6)   Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.

 

52


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of

financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis by our management of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk factors.”

Business overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. Our products enable high-speed transmission rates and efficient allocation of bandwidth over optical networks with high quality and low costs. Our innovative PIC technology utilizes a set of proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon chip. PIC devices integrate many more functional elements than discretely packaged components, enabling increased functionality in a small form factor while reducing packaging and interconnection costs. In addition, the cost advantages of PIC-based components are driven by the economics of semiconductor wafer mass manufacturing, where the marginal cost of producing an incremental chip is much less than that of a discrete component.

We have research and development and wafer fabrication facilities in Silicon Valley, California which are closely aligned with our research and development and manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen, China. We utilize proprietary design tools and design-for-manufacturing techniques to closely align our design process with our precision nanoscale, vertically integrated manufacturing and testing capabilities. Our technology and manufacturing expertise enables us to deliver repeatable, well-characterized products at high yields.

We sell our products to the leading network equipment vendors globally, including ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd., Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation (including its recent acquisition of Nortel’s Metro Ethernet Networks business), Cisco Systems, Inc., FiberHome Technologies Group, ECI Telecom Ltd., Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Fujitsu Limited, Harmonic, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, NEC Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. and ZTE Corporation. We refer to these companies as our Tier 1 customers.

We operate a sales model that focuses on direct alignment with our customers through close coordination of our sales, product engineering and manufacturing teams. Our sales and marketing organizations support our strategy of increasing product penetration with our Tier 1 customers while also serving our broader customer base. We employ a direct sales force in the United States, China, Israel and the European Union. These individuals work closely with our product engineers, and product marketing and sales operations teams, in an integrated approach to address our customers’ current and future needs. We also engage independent commissioned representatives and distributors worldwide to further extend our global reach.

We changed our name to NeoPhotonics Corporation in 2002 after having been incorporated as NanoGram Corporation in October 1996 in the State of Delaware. During 2002 and 2003, we spun out two new companies, NanoGram Devices Corporation, a medical device battery company, and

 

53


Table of Contents

NanoGram Corporation, a nanomaterials applications company. NanoGram Devices was subsequently acquired by Greatbatch Inc. NanoGram Corporation was acquired by Teijin Limited in July 2010. In November 2003, we filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California. Our plan of reorganization was substantially consummated in March 2004, at which point we emerged from bankruptcy. In addition, we have completed several acquisitions as follows:

 

 

In March 2003, we acquired Lightwave Microsystems Corporation, a developer and fabricator of photonic integrated circuits;

 

 

In March 2006, we completed the acquisition of Photon Technology Co., Ltd. (now named NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd.), a manufacturer of active optoelectronics, transceivers and modules;

 

 

In June 2006, we acquired Lightconnect, Inc., which expanded our product portfolio by adding a line of micro-electromechanical systems based optical components and modules;

 

 

In June 2006, we acquired OpTun, Inc., a developer of ROADM technology;

 

 

In August 2006, we completed an acquisition of BeamExpress, Inc., an integrator of active indium phosphide telecommunications devices in parallel optics high-speed transceivers;

 

 

In November 2006, we acquired Paxera Corporation, a developer of tunable technology for dynamically reconfigurable networks; and

 

 

In February 2008, we acquired certain assets and intellectual property from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation relating to the manufacture of high-speed transceivers.

The amortization of intangible assets relative to these acquisitions is expected to be $3.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and will continue to decline until fully amortized.

Key components of operating results

Revenue

We sell substantially all of our products to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Revenue is recognized upon delivery of our product to the OEM. We price our products based on market and competitive conditions and may periodically reduce the price of our products as market and competitive conditions change and as manufacturing costs are reduced. Our sales transactions to customers are denominated primarily in RMB or U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 83.5% of our sales were derived from our China-based subsidiaries, the majority of which were denominated in RMB. We expect a significant portion of our sales to be denominated in foreign currencies in the future. Revenue is driven by the volume of shipments and may be impacted by pricing pressures. We have generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. Given the high concentration of network equipment vendors in our industry, our top ten customers represented 82.9% and 86.2% of our total revenue in 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. We expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from a limited number of customers and we expect that revenue will increase as a result of a continued increase in demand for our products and our planned expansion into new geographies.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost to produce wafers and to manufacture and test our products. We have a global set of suppliers to help balance considerations related to

 

54


Table of Contents

product availability, quality and cost. Although components of our cost of goods sold are denominated primarily in RMB or U.S. dollars, most are denominated in RMB. Our manufacturing process extends from wafer fabrication through final module and subsystem assembly and test. The cost of our manufacturing, assembly and test processes includes the cost of personnel and the cost of our manufacturing equipment and facilities. Our cost of goods sold is impacted by manufacturing variances such as assembly and test yields and production volume. We typically experience lower yields and higher associated costs on new products. In general, our cost of goods sold associated with a particular product declines over time as a result of decreases in wafer costs associated with the increase in the volume of wafers produced, as well as yield improvements and assembly and test enhancements. Additionally, our cost of goods sold includes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, royalty payments, amortization of certain purchased intangible assets, warranty, shipping and allocated facilities costs.

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, has been and is expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the introduction of new products, production volume, the mix of products sold, changes in the cost and volumes of materials purchased from our suppliers, changes in labor costs, changes in overhead costs or requirements, any write-offs of excess and obsolete inventories and changes in the average selling prices of our products. Average selling prices by product typically decline as a result of periodic negotiations with our customers. We strive to increase our gross margin as we seek to manage the costs of our supply chain and increase productivity in our manufacturing processes.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization of purchased intangible assets, asset impairment charges and restructuring charges. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with regard to sales and marketing expense, sales commissions. Although our operating expenses are denominated primarily in RMB and U.S. dollars, most are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Research and development.     Research and development expense consists of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, for our research and development personnel, and product development costs, including engineering services, development software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We record all research and development expense as incurred. Research and development expense has declined over the past two years primarily due to the integration of acquired companies and the termination of certain projects in response to a general decline in the global economy. In the future, we expect research and development expense to increase as we enhance and expand our product offerings. As a percentage of revenue, our research and development expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation and sales commissions, costs related to sales and marketing programs and services and facility costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase as we increase the number of sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities. As a percentage of revenue, our sales and marketing expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

General and administrative.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, for our finance, human resources and information

 

55


Table of Contents

technology personnel and certain executive officers, as well as professional services costs related to accounting, tax, banking, legal and information technology services, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in the short term, as we develop infrastructure necessary to operate as a public company, including increased audit and legal fees, costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national stock exchange, as well as investor relations expense and higher insurance premiums. As a percentage of revenue, our general and administrative expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets.     We completed a series of business acquisitions in 2005 and 2006, which included the acquisition of intangible assets. These intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.

Asset impairment charges.     We record asset impairment charges when it is determined that the carrying value of our assets is not recoverable.

In 2007, we discovered a defect in the main product acquired through a previous business acquisition, and we discontinued sales and production activities of this product. Given this event, we performed an impairment review of goodwill and the related long-lived intangible assets. The results of our review indicated that certain assets were impaired and an asset impairment charge of $6.1 million was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2007, of which $5.9 million was related to goodwill and $0.2 million was related to purchased intangible assets.

In 2008, we discontinued the development of a tunable laser product based on recognized operating losses and the projection of future losses relative to that product. As a result of the discontinuance, we concluded that certain asset groups associated with the product were impaired and an asset impairment charge of $4.0 million was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2008, of which $3.3 million was related to purchased intangible assets and $0.7 million was related to tangible fixed assets.

In 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our 55% ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd., or Archcom, for $1.1 million, which was less than our share of the value in the net assets of Archcom. This transaction was completed as of March 31, 2010. As a result, we recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $0.2 million was related to tangible fixed assets and the remaining $0.6 million was recorded as an accrual for the expected loss on sale.

In addition, in 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment no longer in use.

Asset impairment charges are based on individual facts and circumstances and are not otherwise considered a recurring expense. Although we have recognized impairment charges in each of the three years presented, this is not necessarily indicative of future periods.

Restructuring charges.     During the third quarter of 2008, we initiated a restructuring plan as part of a companywide cost saving initiative aimed to reduce operating costs by moving manufacturing operations from the United States to our primary subsidiary in China. As a result, we recorded $1.4 million of restructuring expense in 2008, primarily related to severance costs resulting from the involuntary termination of employees located in the United States and China. We experienced cost savings of approximately $2.9 million in 2009 as a result of this plan. However, we do not anticipate any incremental cost savings in 2010 or thereafter.

 

56


Table of Contents

Interest and other income (expense), net

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Interest expense consists of amounts paid for interest on our short-term and long-term debt borrowings.

Other income (expense), net is primarily made up of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. The functional currency of our subsidiaries in China is the RMB and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our subsidiaries in China primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars.

Income taxes

We conduct our business globally. However, our operating income is subject to varying rates of tax in the United States and China. Consequently, our effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. We expect that our income taxes will vary in relation to our profitability and the geographic distribution of our profits. Historically, we have experienced net losses in the United States and in the short term, we expect this trend to continue. In China, one of our subsidiaries has qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate available for high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to 2008, 2009 and 2010. We realized benefits from this 10% reduction in tax rate of $0.2 million, $1.0 million, and $1.3 million for 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. We intend to reapply for the preferential rate for 2011. If approved, the rate will remain at 15%, otherwise, the rate will be 24% for 2011 and 25% thereafter. In 2009, our cash tax liability in China was partially offset by the utilization of NOL carryforwards. In future periods, we expect that our operations in China will not have sufficient NOL carryforwards to offset any future cash tax obligation in China.

 

57


Table of Contents

Key metrics

We monitor key financial metrics on a quarterly basis, as set forth below, to help us evaluate future growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies. We discuss revenue, cost of goods sold and gross margin recognized in accordance with U.S. GAAP under “Key components of operating results.” Non-GAAP financial measures are discussed immediately below this table.

 

      Three months ended  
(in thousands, except
percentages)
 

Dec. 31,

2008

   

Mar. 31,

2009

   

Jun. 30,

2009

   

Sep. 30,

2009

   

Dec. 31,

2009

    Mar. 31,
2010
    Jun. 30,
2010
   

Sep. 30,

2010

 
   

Revenue

  $ 32,790      $ 32,085      $ 36,579      $ 43,350      $ 43,048      $ 40,208      $ 45,554      $ 47,126   

Cost of goods sold

    27,137        27,042        28,016        31,084        28,430        27,510        30,656        32,913   

Gross margin

    17.2%        15.7%        23.4%        28.3%        34.0%        31.6%        32.7%        30.2%   

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,966     (4,824     (1,684     537        1,791        697        3,590        719   

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

    (4,001     (3,176     11        2,000        4,419        2,271        5,036        1,725   

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

    (8,224     (5,001     (2,525     (170     733        (19     2,782        78   

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

    (4,259     (3,424     (906     1,232        3,238        1,463        4,164        1,219   

Adjusted EBITDA

    (2,263     (708     1,681        4,052        6,403        4,323        7,103        4,047   
   

Non-GAAP financial measures.     We believe that the use of non-GAAP income (loss) from operations, non-GAAP net income (loss) and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor in determining whether to invest in our common stock. In computing our non-GAAP financial measures, we exclude certain items included under U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations excludes the amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, asset impairment charges and restructuring charges. Non-GAAP net income (loss) excludes these same items and, additionally, it excludes our share of loss of unconsolidated investee. Adjusted EBITDA excludes these same items and, additionally, it excludes interest (income) expense, net, provision for (benefit from) income taxes and depreciation expense.

We believe that excluding amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, asset impairment charges, restructuring charges and share of loss of unconsolidated investee helps investors compare our operating performance with our results in prior periods. We believe that it is appropriate to exclude these items as they limit comparability between periods and between us and similar companies. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. In addition, we believe that adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry because the calculation of adjusted EBITDA generally eliminates the effects of financing and income taxes and the accounting effects of capital spending and acquisitions, which items

 

58


Table of Contents

may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the operating performance of our business and aid in the period-to-period comparability. We also use the non-GAAP financial measures for planning and forecasting and measuring results against the forecast and in certain cases for performance-based cash bonus targets for certain of our employees. Using several measures to evaluate the business allows us and investors to (1) assess our relative performance against our competitors and (2) ultimately monitor our capacity to generate returns for our stockholders. Further explanation of the excluded items is provided below:

 

 

Amortization of purchased intangible assets.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results is the amortization of purchased intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions and which is non-cash in nature. We exclude these expenses from our non-GAAP financial measures because we believe they are not indicative of our core operating performance.

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results are non-cash charges for the fair value of stock options granted to employees. While this is a recurring item, we believe that excluding these charges from our non-GAAP financial measures provides for more accurate comparisons of our historical and current operating results to those of similar companies because various valuation methodologies with subjective assumptions may be used to calculate stock-based compensation expense.

 

 

Asset impairment charges.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results in 2008 are non-cash asset impairment charges related to the discontinuation of a product and in 2009 related to the pending sale of our interest in Archcom and fixed assets no longer in use. We exclude asset impairment charges from our non-GAAP financial measures because they are unique to the specific events and circumstances and we do not believe they are indicative of our core operating performance.

 

 

Restructuring charges.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results are restructuring charges related to severance and other costs associated with the move of our U.S. manufacturing operations to China. We exclude restructuring charges from our non-GAAP financial measures, because we believe they are not indicative of our core operating performance.

 

 

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results is our share of loss of unconsolidated investee related to our investment in Ignis ASA. We exclude our share of loss of unconsolidated investee from our non-GAAP financial measures because we believe it is not indicative of our core operating performance.

 

 

Interest expense, net.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results is interest income and interest expense. Although our investing and borrowing activities are elements of our cost structure and provide us the ability to generate revenue and returns for our owners, we exclude interest income and interest expense from our adjusted EBITDA financial measure to provide period-to-period comparability of our core operating results unassociated with our investing and borrowing activities.

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results is income tax expense (benefit). While we are subject to various state and foreign taxes and the payment of such taxes is a necessary element of our operations, we exclude income tax expense (benefit) from our adjusted EBITDA financial measure to provide period-to-period comparability of our core operating results unassociated with the varying effective tax rates to which we are subject.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

 

Depreciation expense.     Included in our U.S. GAAP financial results is depreciation expense associated with our capital expenditures. While the use of the capital equipment enables us to generate revenue for our business, we exclude depreciation expense from our adjusted EBITDA financial measure as the depreciation expense enables us to compare our financial results with other companies in our industry.

 

 

Income tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments.     This amount adjusts the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to reflect the effect of the non-GAAP adjustments on non-GAAP net income. The adjustments were calculated by applying the effective tax rate of the entity where each non-GAAP adjustment was recorded.

These non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate such financial results differently, particularly related to nonrecurring, unusual items. Our non-GAAP financial measures are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as alternatives to income (loss) from operations and net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation or as indications of operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We do not consider these non-GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by U.S. GAAP financial results.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP financial measures to our non-GAAP financial measures.

 

      Three months ended  
(in thousands)  

Dec. 31,

2008

   

Mar. 31,

2009

   

Jun. 30,

2009

   

Sep. 30,

2009

   

Dec. 31,

2009

   

Mar. 31,
2010

    Jun. 30,
2010
    Sep. 30,
2010
 
   

Income (loss) from operations

  $ (7,966   $ (4,824   $ (1,684   $ 537      $ 1,791      $ 697      $ 3,590      $ 718   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

               

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

    1,607        1,413        1,414        1,240        1,153        1,154        1,023        608   

Stock-based compensation expense

    336        235        281        223        242        420        423        397   

Asset impairment charges

    869                        1,233                        

Restructuring charges

    1,153                                                    
                                                               

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

  $ (4,001   $ (3,176   $ 11      $ 2,000      $ 4,419      $ 2,271      $ 5,036      $ 1,723   
                                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

  $ (8,224   $ (5,001   $ (2,525   $ (170   $ 733      $ (19   $ 2,782      $ 77   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

               

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

    1,607        1,413        1,414        1,240        1,153        1,154        1,023        608   

Stock-based compensation expense

    336        235        281        223        242        420        423        397   

Asset impairment charges

    869                             1,233                        

Restructuring charges

    1,153                                                    

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee

                                                     176   

Income tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments

           (71     (76     (61     (123     (92     (64  

 

(39

                                                               

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

  $ (4,259   $ (3,424   $ (906   $ 1,232      $ 3,238      $ 1,463      $ 4,164      $ 1,219   
                                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

  $ (8,224   $ (5,001   $ (2,525   $ (170   $ 733      $ (19   $ 2,782      $ 77   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

               

Amortization of purchased intangibles (1)

    1,607        1,413        1,414        1,240        1,153        1,154        1,023        609   

Stock-based compensation expense

    336        235        281        223        242        420        423        397   

Asset impairment charges

    869                             1,233                        

Restructuring charges

    1,153                                                    

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee

                                                     176   

Interest (income) expense, net

    258        244        63        199        195        155        115        131   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (384     267        405        539        691        610        710        405   

Depreciation expense

    2,122        2,134        2,043        2,021        2,156        2,003        2,050        2,252   
                                                               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,263   $ (708   $ 1,681      $ 4,052      $ 6,403      $ 4,323      $ 7,103      $ 4,047   
                                                               
                   

 

(1)   Reflects amortization of purchased intangible assets included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flow, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, impairment analysis of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation of inventory, warranty liabilities and accounting for income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under

 

61


Table of Contents

the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to fully understand and evaluate our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of our products provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts and/or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and the customer’s payment history.

Revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the buyer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the buyer upon shipment by us. In certain cases, our terms of sale may provide that title passes to the buyer upon delivery of the goods to the buyer. We determine payments made to third-party sales representatives are appropriately recorded to sales and marketing expense and not a reduction of revenue as the sales agent services they provide have an identifiable benefit and are made at similar rates of other sales agent service providers. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of goods sold. We present revenue net of sales taxes and any similar assessments.

We recognize revenue on sales to distributors, using the “sell in” method (i.e., when product is sold to the distributor) at the time of shipment or delivery, as our distributors do not have extended rights of return or subsequent price discounts or price protections.

Stock-based compensation expense

Our stock-based compensation expense was recorded as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months  ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)        2007          2008          2009          2009          2010  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 130       $ 125       $ 53       $ 53       $ 93   

Research and development

     435         314         228         174         283   

Sales and marketing

     226         177         180         131         292   

General and administrative

     545         512         520         381         572   
                                            
   $ 1,336       $ 1,128       $ 981       $ 739       $ 1,240   
                                            
   

For awards granted on or before December 31, 2005, we applied the intrinsic value method of accounting for our employee stock option awards. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense for employees was based on the difference, if any, between the fair value

 

62


Table of Contents

of our common stock and the exercise price of the option on the measurement date, the date of grant. As of December 31, 2005, we had $1.7 million of deferred stock-based compensation expense, which was amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options on a straight-line basis through December 31, 2009.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted new authoritative accounting guidance for stock-based compensation expense, which requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments, including stock options, based on the grant date fair value of the award. We adopted the new guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, beginning January 1, 2006, employee stock-based compensation expense includes: (1) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the intrinsic value method and (2) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the new guidance.

Our determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the measurement date utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is impacted by our common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, projected employee option exercise behaviors (expected period between stock option vesting date and stock option exercise date), risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

The fair value is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. We estimate future forfeitures at the date of grant and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Black-Scholes pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, characteristics not present in our option grants. Existing valuation models, including the Black-Scholes model, may not provide reliable measures of the fair value of our stock-based awards. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair value of our stock-based awards on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon exercise. Stock options may expire or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that are significantly higher than the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, we calculated the fair value of stock options granted to employees using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

      Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended September 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
   

Weighted-average expected term (years)

    5.45        5.84        6.00        6.00        6.56   

Weighted-average volatility

    97%        77%        79%        79%        75%   

Risk-free interest rate

    4.50%-4.67%        2.81%-3.45%        2.15%-3.12%             2.15%-3.12%             2.96%-3.19%   

Expected dividends

    0%        0%        0%        0%        0%   
   

The table below summarizes all stock option grants from January 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010:

 

Grant Date   

Options

    

Exercise

price

    

Common

stock fair

value

    

Intrinsic
value

    

Stock
option fair
value

 
   

February 26, 2009

     22,000       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.79   

May 28, 2009

     258,316       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.96   

August 13, 2009

     4,160       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.93   

January 27, 2010

     288,019       $ 12.00       $ 13.75       $ 1.75       $ 9.91   

March 30, 2010

     22,120       $ 14.00       $ 14.50       $ 0.50       $ 10.09   

April 8, 2010

     2,200       $ 17.50       $ 14.50       $       $ 9.60   

April 14, 2010

     8,264       $ 17.50       $ 14.50       $       $ 9.59   
                    
     605,079               
                    
   

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying all option grants, we engaged third party independent appraisers to assist us and have considered contemporaneous valuations of our common stock. The valuations of our common stock were based on a weighted average of various income and market valuation models, including the discounted cash flow method, the comparable company method, and the comparable transaction method. As part of the comparable company method, we analyzed a population of possible comparable companies and selected those technology companies that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of revenue, margins and growth. The comparable transaction method considers private company transactions over the past four years within the same industry and uses the earnings and revenue multiples from those transactions to determine the implied value of the subject company. Once the total equity value was computed under the various approaches, we calculated a weighted average of the methods. We then allocated the total equity value between preferred and common stock using a probability-weighted expected return method. We considered four exit events: (1) initial public offering, (2) sale or merger of the company, (3) continuing as a private company and (4) dissolution of the company. We calculated the common stock value under each scenario and based on our estimate of the probability of each event occurring, calculated an estimated common stock value.

We applied a 20% discount for the minority interest relative to the comparable transaction method. In all valuations, we applied a 24% discount for lack of marketability.

 

64


Table of Contents

While the comparable transaction method uses historical data, we used several key assumptions in the other valuation models. The significant input assumptions used in the other valuation models are based on subjective future expectations combined with the judgment of management and our board of directors, including:

Assumptions utilized in the discounted cash flow method include:

 

 

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow and adjusted EBITDA for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

 

a discount rate, which is applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows; and

 

 

a terminal value multiple, which is applied to our last year of discretely forecasted adjusted EBITDA to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows.

Assumptions utilized in the comparable company method include:

 

 

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow and adjusted EBITDA for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

 

multiples of market value to trailing twelve months revenue, determined as of the valuation date, based on a group of comparable public companies we identified; and

 

 

multiples of market value to expected future revenue, determined as of the valuation date, based on the same group of comparable public companies.

Our board of directors sets the exercise price of stock options based on a price per share no less than the fair market value of our common stock, as estimated on the date of grant, using the information available on the grant date. Our board of directors has taken into consideration numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair market value of our common stock on each grant date in order to be able to set exercise prices at or above the estimated fair market value. Such factors included, but were not limited to, (1) valuations using the methodologies described above, (2) our operating and financial performance, (3) the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, (4) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event given then-current market conditions and trends in the broader communications markets and other similar technology stocks and (5) during the recent economic downturn, the benefits to us of preserving relative consistency of exercise prices during periods characterized by decreasing market values.

The assumptions around fair value that we have made represent our management’s best estimate, but they are highly subjective and inherently uncertain. If management had made different assumptions, our calculation of the options’ fair value and the resulting stock-based compensation expense could differ, perhaps materially, from the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements. For example, if we increased the assumption regarding our common stock’s volatility for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 by 10%, our stock-based compensation expense would increase by $43,000 and $129,000, respectively, net of expected forfeitures. Likewise, if we increased our assumption of the expected lives of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 by one year, our stock-based compensation expense would increase by $39,000 and $110,000, respectively, net of expected forfeitures. These increased expense amounts would be amortized over the options’ four year vesting period. In addition, future periods could result in a more significant difference if we were to grant additional stock options, the value of our common stock increases significantly and/or our estimated volatility is higher.

 

65


Table of Contents

In addition to the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our options, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate of all stock-based awards and only recognize expense for those awards we expect to vest. Accordingly, the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. If we were to change our estimate of forfeiture rates, the amount of stock-based compensation expense could differ, materially under certain circumstances, from the amount recognized in our consolidated financial statements. For example, if we had decreased our estimate of expected forfeitures by 50%, our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net of expected forfeitures, would have increased by $67,000 and $195,000, respectively. This decrease in our estimate of expected forfeitures would increase the amount of expense for all unvested awards that have not yet been recognized by $92,000 and $289,000 as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively, which would be amortized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years and 3.2 years, respectively. In addition, if our stock-based compensation expense increases in the future, the impact of a change in the estimated forfeiture rate could be more significant.

As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, we had 197,000 and 263,020 stock appreciation units issued and outstanding, respectively. These stock appreciation units are not exercisable by any recipient until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the expiration of the period of time agreed to between our underwriters and certain of our stockholders selected by the underwriters in connection with a public offering of the stock, or (ii) upon the consummation of a change in control, which means a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction with or into another corporation or entity. Because neither of these events has occurred and therefore recipients are not able to exercise their units, no compensation expense has been recognized to date relative to these awards. Upon the occurrence of either of the two events, we would recognize compensation expense and corresponding liability equal to the number of vested and outstanding stock appreciation units multiplied by the fair value, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, on that date. In future periods, we will remeasure the fair value (based on the market price of our common stock at the relevant period end) of all vested and outstanding stock appreciation units and adjust our compensation expense and corresponding liability accordingly. We will also recognize compensation expense for additional vested stock appreciation units.

Goodwill and long-lived assets

Goodwill is evaluated, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our annual goodwill impairment testing is performed on December 31 of each year. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment utilizing a two-step process. First, impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded $5.9 million of goodwill impairment

 

66


Table of Contents

charges. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2008 or 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Depreciation and amortization of the intangible assets and other long-lived assets is provided using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. Changes in circumstances such as technological advances, changes to our business model, or changes in our capital strategy could cause the actual useful lives of intangible assets or other long-lived assets to differ from initial estimates. In those cases where we determine that the useful life of an asset should be revised, we depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we changed the estimated remaining useful life of acquired technology and patents related to ROADM products from 57 months to 28 months, which increased our amortization expense included within cost of goods sold by $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $0.4 million for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

These assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable based on their future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows are based upon, among other things, assumptions about expected future operating performance and may differ from actual cash flows. The assets evaluated for impairment are grouped, based on our judgment, with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. If the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows (excluding interest) is less than the carrying value of the assets, the assets will be written down to the estimated fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded asset impairment charges of $0.2 million, $4.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to finite-lived assets. We did not record any asset impairment charges during each of the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

Valuation of inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out method) or market, after we give appropriate consideration to obsolescence and inventories in excess of anticipated future demand. In assessing the ultimate recoverability of inventories, we are required to make estimates regarding future customer demand, the timing of new product introductions, economic trends and market conditions. If the actual product demand is significantly lower than forecasted, we could be required to record additional inventory write-downs which would be charged to cost of goods sold. Any write-downs would have an adverse impact on our gross margin. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $2.6 million, $0.0 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.9 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Warranty liabilities

We provide warranties to cover defects in workmanship, materials and manufacturing of our products for a period of one to two years to meet stated functionality specifications. From time to time, we have agreed, and may agree, to warranty provisions providing for extended terms or with a greater scope. Products are tested against specified functionality requirements prior to delivery, but we nevertheless from time to time experience claims under our warranty

 

67


Table of Contents

guarantees. We accrue for estimated warranty costs under those guarantees based upon historical experience, and for specific items at the time their existence is known and the amounts are determinable. A provision for estimated future costs related to warranty activities is charged to cost of goods sold based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. If we experience an increase in warranty claims compared with our historical experience, or if the cost of servicing warranty claims is greater than expected, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected.

Accounting for income taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally all expected future events, other than enactments or changes in tax law or rates, are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We operate in various tax jurisdictions and are subject to audit by various tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical merits, relevant tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

On January 1, 2007, we adopted revised authoritative guidance which clarified the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

With the adoption of this new guidance, companies are required to adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained. Any necessary adjustment would be recorded directly to retained earnings and reported as a change in accounting principle as of the date of adoption. The new guidance also prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We estimate actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2009, we had total net deferred tax assets of $57.1 million, primarily comprised of U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards, and a related valuation allowance of $56.6 million, primarily against our U.S. net deferred tax assets, as we believe that sufficient uncertainty exists

 

68


Table of Contents

regarding the realizability of these deferred tax assets. Our net deferred tax assets consist primarily of NOL carryforwards generated in the United States. Realizability of deferred tax assets is deemed appropriate when realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance and the recorded U.S. cumulative net losses, we have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. Under certain conditions related to our future profitability and other business factors, we believe it is possible our results will yield sufficient positive evidence to support the conclusion that it is more likely than not that we will realize the tax benefit of our NOL carryforwards. If that is the case, subject to review of other qualitative factors and uncertainties, we would reverse the remaining deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a reduction of tax expense. For the periods following the recognition of this tax benefit and to the extent we are profitable, we will record a tax provision for which the actual payment may be offset against our accumulated NOL carryforwards. However, our tax rate may significantly increase in future periods.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that the adjustment is determined to be required.

Our income tax expense in 2009 includes $0.8 million of withholding taxes on royalty income from foreign sources. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our tax expense included a tax benefit of $0.1 million as a result of lower royalty income from foreign sources and a refund from a favorable tax ruling in China. Although there is a U.S. foreign tax credit for foreign income taxes paid, we do not record a benefit from these foreign tax credits, due to our full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

69


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

      Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
    2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
 
   

Revenue

  $ 95,825        100%        $ 133,989        100%        $ 155,062        100%        $ 112,014        100%        $ 132,888        100%    

Cost of goods sold

    83,475        87              109,439        82              114,572        74              86,142        77              91,079        69        
                                                     

Gross profit

    12,350        13              24,550        18              40,490        26              25,872        23              41,809        31        
                                                     

Operating expenses:

                       

Research and development

    23,076        24              21,480        16              17,266        11              12,431        11              16,049        12        

Sales and marketing

    10,123        11              10,435        8              9,587        6              7,330        7              7,502        6        

General and administrative

    13,142        14              14,581        11              15,448        10              11,230        10              12,397        9        

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    1,826        2              1,665        1              1,136        1              852        1              855        1        

Asset impairment charges

    6,138        6              4,047        3              1,233        1                     —                     —        

Restructuring charges

           —              1,383        1                     —                     —                     —        
                                                     

Total operating expenses

    54,305        57              53,591        40              44,670        29              31,843        29              36,803        28        
                                                     

Income (loss) from operations

    (41,955     (44)             (29,041     (22)             (4,180     (3)             (5,971     (6)             5,006        3        
                                                     

Other income (expense), net

    566        1              (812     —              (765     —              (451     —              (360     —        

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    (86     —              1,812        1              (1,902     (1)             (1,211     (1)             (1,725     (1)       
                                                     

Net income (loss)

    (41,475     (43)             (28,041     (21)             (6,847     (4)             (7,633     (7)             2,921        2        

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    8        —              (13     —              (116     —              (63     —              (80     —        
                                                     

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

  $ (41,467     (43%)       $ (28,054     (21%)       $ (6,963     (5%)       $ (7,696     (7%)       $ 2,841        2%    
                                                     
   

 

70


Table of Contents

Nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010

Revenue

 

       Nine months ended September 30,                    
     2009      2010      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
   

Total revenue

   $ 112,014         100%       $ 132,888         100%       $ 20,874         19%   
   

Total revenue increased by $20.9 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 19% increase. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for our agility products, as customers began to deploy more sophisticated product offerings, plus additional design wins and overall market expansion. Although sales increased on a global basis, the increase was primarily realized in China and the United States.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

       Nine months ended September 30,           
     2009      2010      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 86,142         77%       $ 91,079         69%       $ 4,937         6%   
   
     Nine months ended September 30,                
            2009             2010                
   

Gross margin

        23%            31%            62%   
   

Cost of goods sold increased by $4.9 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 6% increase. Cost of goods sold increased primarily from higher sales volumes and additional direct labor costs, offset by lower material costs and improved manufacturing utilization in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Gross margin was 31% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 23% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The improvement in gross margin primarily resulted from the increase in sales of our higher-margin agility products in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, combined with lower production overhead and lower material costs resulting from manufacturing cost reductions.

Operating expenses

 

      Nine months ended September 30,      
    2009   2010   Change
(in thousands, except percentages)   Amount     % of
revenue
  Amount     % of
revenue
  Amount     %
 

Research and development

  $ 12,431          11%   $ 16,049      12%   $ 3,618      29%

Sales and marketing

    7,330            7     7,502        6     172        2

General and administrative

    11,230          10     12,397        9     1,167      10

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    852            1     855        1     3     
                                 

Total operating expenses

  $ 31,843          29%   $ 36,803      28%   $ 4,960      16
                                   
 

 

71


Table of Contents

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $3.6 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 29% increase. This increase was primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in project management and design services and prototype expenses and incurred additional personnel costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as we invested in additional resources to support future anticipated demand.

Sales and marketing expense

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 2% increase. The increase was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in employee-related costs and sales commissions, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in bad debt expense as a result of improved collections.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $1.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 10% increase. This increase was primarily due to increases in legal costs of $0.3 million, increases in audit and tax related costs of $0.4 million, and increases in personnel costs, partially offset by lower facilities-related costs.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

Amortization of purchased intangible assets remained flat from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as we continue to amortize intangible assets associated with business acquisitions made prior to 2007.

Interest and other expense, net

 

       Nine months ended September 30,          
     2009     2010     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount     % of
revenue
    Amount     % of
revenue
    Amount     %  
   

Interest income

   $ 295        0.3   $ 163        0.1   $ (132     (45 %) 

Interest expense

     (801     (0.7     (565     (0.4     236        (29

Other income (expense), net

     55        0.0        42        0.0        (13     (24
                                          

Total

   $ (451     (0.4 %)    $ (360     (0.3 %)    $ 91        (20
                                                
   

Total interest and other expense, net decreased by $0.1 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a 20% decrease. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction in interest expense associated with lower outstanding debt during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and lower foreign exchange loss. The decrease was partially offset by a reduction in interest income, primarily due to lower investment yields.

 

72


Table of Contents

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

 

       Nine months ended September 30,     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)              2009               2010     Amount     %  
   

Provision for income taxes

   $ (1,211   $ (1,725   $ (514     (43%)   

Effective tax rate

     (18.9%     35.8    
   

Our effective tax rate was negative 18.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, compared with an effective tax rate of 35.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Our operating income is subject to varying rates of tax in the United States and foreign subsidiaries. Consequently, our effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our tax expense incurred was primarily related to the net profits recognized in our foreign subsidiaries and withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our tax expense incurred was primarily related to the net profits recognized in our foreign subsidiaries partially offset by a refund from a favorable tax ruling related to withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries.

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

Revenue

 

       Years ended December 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)              2008                2009     

Amount

     %  
   

Revenue

   $ 133,989       $ 155,062       $ 21,073         16%   
   

Total revenue increased by $21.1 million from 2008 to 2009, representing a 16% increase. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to a $33.5 million increase in revenue from our customers in China. The increase in revenue from customers in China was primarily due to increased demand for our speed, agility and access products resulting from the 3G wireless buildout, partially relating to the economic stimulus program in China, as well as our launch of new products in 2009. The increase in revenue from customers in China was partially offset by lower revenue from other regions of the world, primarily due to a decrease in revenue in the United States and Japan of $7.9 million from 2008 to 2009. The lower demand in the United States and Japan was primarily driven by lower capital spending by service providers given recessionary economic conditions in 2009.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

       Years ended December 31,                    
     2008      2009      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 109,439         82%       $ 114,572         74%       $ 5,133         5%   
   
     Years ended December 31,                
            2008             2009             Change  
   

Gross margin

        18%            26%            8%   
   

 

73


Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold increased by $5.1 million, primarily due to an increase in sales volumes and higher sales of our higher cost PIC products, offset by efficiencies obtained in the manufacturing process, including higher wafer yields due to design improvements, reduced testing needed for more mature product offerings and improved manufacturing utilization. In addition, expense related to excess and obsolete inventories increased by $1.1 million from 2008 to 2009, primarily as a result of integrating our cable product portfolio during 2009. Similarly, the improvement in gross margin is primarily attributable to these impacts.

Operating expenses

 

      Years ended December 31,           
    2008      2009      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)   Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     %  
   

Research and development

  $ 21,480        16%       $ 17,266        11%       $ (4,214     (20%)   

Sales and marketing

    10,435        8             9,587        6             (848     (8)       

General and administrative

    14,581        11             15,448        10             867        6        

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    1,665        1             1,136        1             (529     (32)       

Asset impairment charges

    4,047        3             1,233        1             (2,814     (70)       

Restructuring charges

    1,383        1                    —             (1,383     (100)       
                                           

Total operating expenses

  $ 53,591        40%       $ 44,670        29%       $ (8,921     (17)       
                                           
   

Research and development expense

Research and development expense decreased by $4.2 million from 2008 to 2009, representing a 20% decrease. This was primarily due to several factors, such as strategic reductions in spending, including a $2.0 million reduction in employee costs. This reduction in employee costs resulted from our reduction in workforce implemented at the end of 2008. In addition, the decrease was due to a reduction in development and prototype expenses of $1.3 million, redeployment of resources from research and development to manufacturing of $0.5 million and lower depreciation charges of $0.4 million during 2009.

Sales and marketing expense

Sales and marketing expense decreased by $0.8 million from 2008 to 2009, representing an 8% decrease. This decrease was primarily due to $0.6 million in lower external sales commissions expense and a $0.3 million reduction in employee costs resulting from our reduction in workforce implemented at the end of 2008, partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense of $0.2 million due to higher defaults of regional foreign cable TV customers in 2009.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $0.9 million from 2008 to 2009, representing a 6% increase. This was primarily due to an increase in accounting, consulting and advisory costs of $0.4 million and an increase in employee expenses of $0.3 million, due to an increase in incentive-based compensation expense, partially offset by reduced salary-related expense resulting from our reduction in workforce implemented at the end of 2008.

 

74


Table of Contents

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased by $0.5 million from 2008 to 2009 due to the impairment of intangible assets recognized in 2008 as a result of our decision to discontinue development of a product relating to our acquisition of Paxera Corporation. The impairment resulted in lower amortization of purchased intangible assets in 2009.

Asset impairment charges

In 2008, we recognized $4.0 million of asset impairment charges as a result of the discontinuation of the production of a tunable laser product and in 2009, we recognized $1.2 million of asset impairment charges, primarily related to the agreement to sell our ownership interest in Archcom.

Restructuring charges

During the third quarter of 2008, we initiated a restructuring plan as part of a companywide cost saving initiative aimed to reduce operating costs by moving manufacturing operations from the United States to our primary subsidiary in China. We recorded $1.3 million of expense for severance costs resulting from involuntary termination of employees located in the United States and China and $0.1 million of expense related to a facility closure. We did not incur any restructuring charges in 2009.

Other income (expense), net

 

       Years ended December 31,             
     2008        2009        Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount     % of
revenue
       Amount     % of
revenue
       Amount     %  
   

Interest income

   $ 448        — %         $ 345        —%          $ (103     (23%)   

Interest expense

     (1,692     (1)               (1,046     (1)               646        38        

Other income (expense), net

     432        —                (64     —                (496     (115)       
                                                

Total

   $ (812     (1%)         $ (765     (1%)         $ 47        6        
                                                
   

Interest income decreased by $0.1 million from 2008 to 2009. While we maintained higher cash balances in 2009, our cash was invested in money market funds with lower interest rates in 2009, but was invested in higher yielding short-term investments for part of 2008.

Interest expense decreased by $0.6 million from 2008 to 2009 primarily as a result of paying off one of our term loans in 2008, amortization of debt issuance costs on our U.S. term loans and a lower average balance outstanding under our lines of credit in China in 2009, as compared to 2008.

Other income (expense), net changed by $0.5 million from 2008 to 2009 primarily due to our subsidiaries in China realizing more foreign currency transaction gains on transactions denominated in U.S. dollars in 2008 when the RMB appreciated against the U.S. dollar.

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

 

       Years ended December 31,                 
(in thousands, except percentages)                    2008                      2009      Change  
   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

   $ 1,812       $ (1,902    $ (3,714

Effective tax rate

     6.1%         (38.5%   
   

 

75


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate was 6.1% for 2008, compared with an effective tax rate of negative 38.5% for 2009. The income tax benefit for 2008 primarily resulted from amortization of a deferred tax liability of $1.3 million relating to intangible assets in a foreign subsidiary and the recognition of refundable U.S. research and development credits of $0.2 million. In 2009, we incurred tax expense despite a consolidated loss before income taxes, primarily due to foreign income taxes paid based on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries of $1.2 million and withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries of $0.8 million.

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2008

Revenue

 

       Years ended December 31,          Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)              2007                2008      Amount      %  
   

Revenue

   $ 95,825       $ 133,989       $ 38,164         40%   
   

Revenue increased by $38.2 million from 2007 to 2008, representing a 40% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of our access and agility products, specifically our PIC products. As our customers begin transitioning to systems for higher speed networks, our PIC products are designed to provide a cost-effective integrated solution. The demand for our access and agility products was stronger in China. Revenue from customers in China accounted for $26.7 million, or 70%, of the increase in revenue from 2007 to 2008, with the balance of the growth primarily due to higher demand in the United States, Europe and other countries in Asia.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

       Years ended December 31,           
     2007      2008      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
   

Cost of goods sold

   $ 83,475         87%       $ 109,439         82%       $ 25,964         31%   
   
     Years ended December 31,                
            2007             2008             Change  
   

Gross margin

        13%            18%            5%   
   

Cost of goods sold increased by $26.0 million from 2007 to 2008, representing a 31% increase. The increase was primarily due to higher sales volumes. The improvement in gross margin primarily resulted from higher production capacity utilization due to higher production volumes and improvements to our manufacturing processes.

 

76


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

       Years ended December 31,           
     2007      2008      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount     %  
   

Research and development

   $ 23,076         24%       $ 21,480         16%       $ (1,596     (7%)   

Sales and marketing

     10,123         11             10,435         8             312        3        

General and administrative

     13,142         14             14,581         11             1,439        11        

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     1,826         2             1,665         1             (161     (9)       

Asset impairment charges

     6,138         6             4,047         3             (2,091     (34)       

Restructuring charges

             —             1,383         1             1,383        n/a        
                                              

Total operating expenses

   $ 54,305         57%       $ 53,591         40%       $ (714     (1)       
                                              
   

Research and development expense

Research and development expense decreased by $1.6 million from 2007 to 2008, representing a 7% decrease. This decrease was primarily the result of a redeployment of resources from research and development to manufacturing during 2008, representing a reduction in research and development expense of $1.6 million and reduced spending on prototypes of $0.5 million. This was offset by an increase in employee-related costs of $0.7 million in the first half of 2008 as additional resources were added in research and development.

Sales and marketing expense

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.3 million from 2007 to 2008, representing a 3% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to bad debt expense of $0.6 million in 2008, associated with a customer that filed for bankruptcy protection during that year. Employee-related costs were relatively flat year over year.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $1.4 million from 2007 to 2008, representing an 11% increase. The increase was due primarily to additional employee costs resulting from increased staffing levels early in 2008.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased by $0.2 million from 2007 to 2008 due to the impairment of intangible assets recognized in 2008.

Asset impairment charges

In 2007, we recognized $6.1 million of asset impairment charges relating to a defect in one of the products acquired through a business acquisition, as compared to the $4.0 million recognized in 2008 related to the discontinuation of a tunable laser product, also acquired through an acquisition.

Restructuring charges

In 2008, we recognized $1.4 million of restructuring charges associated with moving our manufacturing operations from the United States to our primary subsidiary in China. We did not incur any restructuring charges in 2007.

 

77


Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net

 

       Years ended December 31,                   
     2007      2008      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     % of
revenue
     Amount     %  
   

Interest income

   $ 1,496        2%       $ 448        —%        $ (1,048     (70%)   

Interest expense

     (1,249     (1)           (1,692     (1)             (443     (36)       

Other income, net

     319        —           432        —              113        35        
                                            

Total

   $ 566        1%       $ (812     (1%)       $ (1,378     (243)       
                                            
   

Interest income decreased by $1.0 million from 2007 to 2008, due primarily to the lower yields on investments we held and lower average cash balances in 2008. In 2007, we invested in short-term investments, primarily U.S. government notes, and in 2008, we sold these investments and held our cash in money market funds, which yielded comparatively lower interest rates.

The increase in interest expense of $0.4 million from 2007 to 2008 was due to additional debt in 2008 related to the U.S. loan and security agreement we entered into in December 2007.

Other income, net increased by $0.1 million from 2007 to 2008 primarily related to additional foreign exchange gains recognized by our subsidiaries in China resulting from more transactions denominated in U.S. dollars.

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

 

       Years ended December 31,           
(in thousands, except percentages)                2007                 2008      Change  
   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

   $ (86   $ 1,812       $ 1,898   

Effective tax rate

     (0.2%     6.1%      
   

The effective tax rate was negative 0.2% for 2007, and we recorded a benefit for 2008. The change in the effective tax rate from 2007 to 2008 was primarily attributable to amortization of a deferred tax liability of $1.3 million in 2008, relating to intangible assets in a foreign subsidiary, and the recognition of refundable U.S. research and development credits of $0.2 million in 2008.

 

78


Table of Contents

Quarterly results of operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for our last eight completed fiscal quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. These data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

      Three months ended  
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  Dec. 31,
2008
    Mar. 31,
2009
    Jun. 30,
2009
    Sep. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
    Jun. 30,
2010
   

Sep. 30,

2010

 
           

Revenue

  $ 32,790      $ 32,085      $ 36,579      $ 43,350      $ 43,048      $ 40,208      $ 45,554      $ 47,126   

Cost of goods sold

    27,137        27,042        28,016        31,084        28,430        27,510        30,656        32,913   
                                                               

Gross profit

    5,653        5,043        8,563        12,266        14,618        12,698        14,898        14,213   

Gross margin

    17.3%        15.8%        23.4%        28.3%        34.0%        31.6%        32.7%        30.2%   

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    4,916        3,779        4,088        4,564        4,835        4,718        5,240        6,091   

Sales and marketing

    2,708        2,023        2,173        3,134        2,257        2,429        2,396        2,677   

General and administrative

    3,681        3,781        3,702        3,747        4,218        4,570        3,387        4,440   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    292        284        284        284        284        284        285        286   

Asset impairment charges

    869                             1,233                        

Restructuring charges

    1,153                                                    
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    13,619        9,867        10,247        11,729        12,827        12,001        11,308        13,494   
                                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,966     (4,824     (1,684     537        1,791        697        3,590        719   

Other income (expense), net

    (633     119        (439     (131     (314     (26     (98     (236

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    384        (267     (405     (539     (691     (610     (710     (405
                                                               

Net income (loss)

    (8,215     (4,972     (2,528     (133     786        61        2,782        78   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (9     (29     3        (37     (53     (80              
                                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

  $ (8,224   $ (5,001   $ (2,525   $ (170   $ 733      $ (19   $ 2,782      $ 78   
                                                               
           

 

79


Table of Contents

Quarterly revenue trends and seasonality

Our quarterly results reflect seasonality in the sale of our products. Historically, our product revenue in the second and third quarters is seasonally higher than the first and fourth quarters of the calendar year. The first quarter of the year has historically been negatively affected by reduced economic activity due to Chinese New Year holidays. In the fourth quarter of the year, we have experienced reduced economic activity due to the China National Holiday and year-end holidays in the United States and Europe. In addition, in the second half of 2009, we experienced greater than anticipated demand for our products, primarily due to the economic stimulus program in China that partially offset the seasonality effects of our revenue in 2009. These historical patterns should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future revenue or performance.

Quarterly gross margin trends

Our gross margin has improved since the end of 2008 due primarily to several factors: as the volume of our products that we produce increases, we have been able to achieve greater cost efficiencies, which lower the cost of production; we continue to focus on the sale of higher margin products; we are proactive in managing cost reductions through negotiations with our supply chain and continuous improvement in product design; and we pursue initiatives to increase productivity in our manufacturing process. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2009, we experienced a significantly higher gross margin as compared to prior quarters primarily due to unusually favorable pricing from certain suppliers and greater demand for higher margin products. The gross margin achieved in the fourth quarter of 2009 was considered atypical due to the factors described above and declined in the first quarter of 2010. Our historical performance should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future performance, particularly in the short-term.

Quarterly operating expense trends

Our operating expenses include research and development expense, sales and marketing expense and general and administrative expense. In the third quarter of 2008, we implemented a restructuring plan and recorded restructuring charges in the third and fourth quarters of 2008. This restructuring plan reduced our operating expenses beginning in the first quarter of 2009. In the third quarter of 2009, we recorded a bad debt expense associated with certain accounts with our smaller customers being deemed uncollectible given the global economic environment, which was reflected in sales and marketing expense. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded an impairment charge relating to the sale of Archcom. For the first three quarters of 2010, we have increased operating expenses as we enhance our product offerings, increase our sales and marketing activities, and as we develop infrastructure necessary to operate as a public company. In the future, we expect this trend to continue.

Liquidity and capital resources

Since inception, we have financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and cash generated from operations and from various lending arrangements. At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $43.4 million and $25.4 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes and were invested primarily in money market funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate,

 

80


Table of Contents

the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products, the costs to increase our manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

A customary business practice in China is for customers to exchange our accounts receivable with notes receivable issued by their bank. From time to time we accept notes receivable from certain of our customers in China. These notes receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within six months, and such notes receivable may be redeemed with the issuing bank prior to maturity at a discount. Historically, we have collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity.

Frequently, we also direct our banking partners to issue notes payable to our suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. Our Chinese subsidiaries’ banks issue the notes to vendors and issue payment to the vendors upon redemption. We owe the payable balance to the issuing bank. The notes payable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within six months of issuance. As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements, we are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid by our subsidiaries in China. These balances are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, our restricted cash totaled $3.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank in the United States, which was amended in December 2009, and several line of credit arrangements for our subsidiaries in China.

As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, our loan and security agreement in the United States included the following:

 

 

An $8.0 million revolving line of credit. Amounts available under the revolving line of credit are reduced by any commercial or stand-by letters of credit issued under the facility. As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding $1.5 million under the revolving line of credit and a $5.0 million letter of credit issued under the facility to support a line of credit facility for our primary subsidiary in China. As of September 30, 2010, we had outstanding $3.0 million under the revolving line of credit and a $5.0 million letter of credit supporting our China line of credit facility. The $3.0 million outstanding under the line of credit is due in December 2011. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $1.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively, was available under the revolving line of credit.

 

 

A $9.5 million facility under which we can draw down amounts in multiple six month tranches based on our capital expenditures in the United States. Each drawdown is due and payable in up to 30 equal monthly payments such that all amounts are repaid by June 2013. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $1.6 million and $3.4 million was outstanding, respectively and is due and payable in equal monthly payments of principal and interest through January 2013. The capacity for future borrowing is limited by specified maximum amounts. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $4.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, was available under this facility.

Our loan and security agreement requires us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a liquidity ratio, and restricts our ability to incur additional debt or to engage in certain

 

81


Table of Contents

transactions and is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets, other than intellectual property assets. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in this agreement.

Our primary subsidiary in China has a $5.0 million line of credit facility with a Hong Kong bank. This line of credit agreement is supported by letters of credit issued pursuant to our U.S. loan and security agreement, as referenced above. As of December 31, 2009, $5.0 million was outstanding under this facility, and the balance was due in February 2010. Of the $5.0 million line of credit, $4.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars with an interest rate of 3.38% and $1.0 million was denominated in RMB with an interest rate of 5.31%. As of September 30, 2010, we had repaid the $5.0 million line of credit in full and reborrowed $2.0 million, denominated in U.S. dollars with an interest rate of 3.89%, which is due in December 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $0.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, was available under the line of credit.

In addition to the $5.0 million line of credit facility for our primary subsidiary in China referenced above, our subsidiaries in China also have short-term line of credit facilities with several banking institutions. These short-term loans have an original maturity date of one year or less as of December 31, 2009 and bear the same interest rate of 5.31%. Amounts requested by us are not guaranteed and are subject to the banks’ funds and currency availability. The short-term loan agreements do not contain financial covenants and one such loan agreement is secured by our main manufacturing facility in China. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, we had an aggregate of $14.6 million and $8.7 million, respectively, of short-term loans outstanding.

The table below sets forth selected cash flow data for the periods presented:

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009     2010  
   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (29,394   $ (15,260   $ 11,762      $ 2,963   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,980     (6,674     (6,037     (19,134

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     3,807        36,648        9,010        (3,475

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (399     364        (56     1,579   
                                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (36,966   $ 15,078      $ 14,679      $ (18,067
                                
   

Operating activities

In 2007, net cash used in operating activities was $29.4 million. Cash used in operating activities primarily related to payments to suppliers and employees in excess of cash received from our customers from the sale of our products. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recognized a net loss of $41.5 million. However, that net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $12.5 million, asset impairment charges of $6.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million and we recorded non-cash increases to our asset reserve accounts of $2.9 million. In addition, we spent an additional $8.3 million in cash in 2007 to increase our inventories in anticipation of expected increases in sales volumes.

 

82


Table of Contents

In 2008, net cash used in operating activities was $15.3 million. Cash used in operating activities primarily related to payments to suppliers and employees in excess of cash received from our customers from the sale of our products. Although we experienced a 39.8% increase in revenue from 2007 to 2008, our accounts receivables increased by 50.9%, or $15.3 million, primarily due to growth in our international receivables, which typically have longer payment terms. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized a net loss of $28.0 million. However, that net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $13.5 million, asset impairment charges of $4.0 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million. Our uses of cash were partially offset by reduced inventories resulting from improved inventory turns and extended payment terms to suppliers, as evidenced by an increase in our accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities.

In 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $11.8 million. Cash provided by operating activities primarily related to cash receipts from customers in excess of cash payments to our employees and suppliers. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a net loss of $6.8 million. However, that net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $13.6 million, asset impairment charges of $1.2 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million and we recorded non-cash increases to our asset reserve accounts of $1.9 million. We experienced a 15.7% increase in revenue from 2008 to 2009, primarily relating to international customers, whose receivables typically have longer payment terms and therefore our accounts receivables increased by 9.8% or $5.4 million. Our uses of cash were partially offset by reduced inventories resulting from continued improvement in our inventory turns and extended payment terms to suppliers as evidenced by an increase in our accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $3.0 million. Cash provided by operating activities was primarily related to cash receipts from customers in excess of cash payments to our employees and suppliers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we recognized net income of $2.9 million. However, that net income incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $9.3 million, stock-based compensation expenses of $1.2 million and non-cash increases to our asset reserve accounts of $0.9 million. These amounts were partially offset as we spent an additional $12.2 million to increase our inventories to meet customer demands of seasonally higher sales volumes in the second and third quarter of the year and for future sales. However, not all of the inventory purchases were paid for during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, due to extended payment terms with certain suppliers, as evidenced by our net increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $2.0 million during the period.

Investing activities

Our investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures and purchases and sales of short-term investments associated with our investment balances.

In 2007, we used $11.0 million of cash for investing activities. We used $12.9 million of cash for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment to support our research and development efforts and manufacturing activities and costs related to the implementation of new enterprise resource planning software, partially offset by $1.9 million of cash provided by the maturities of short-term investments, net of purchases.

 

83


Table of Contents

In 2008, we used $6.7 million of cash for investing activities. We used $11.1 million of cash for the purchase of property and equipment, primarily associated with expansion of our manufacturing operations in China, partially offset by $4.1 million of cash provided by the sales and maturities of short-term investments.

In 2009, we used $6.0 million of cash for investing activities, comprised of $4.6 million of capital expenditures associated with the purchase of machinery and equipment and software to enhance and support our manufacturing operations, an increase of $1.8 million in restricted cash associated with our notes payable in China, partially offset by $1.0 million of cash provided by the sale of property, plant and equipment and the expected sale of Archcom. In 2010, we expect our cash payments for capital expenditures to be approximately $15 million, primarily to expand capacity in our wafer fabrication facility and other manufacturing operations.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net cash used for investing activities was $19.1 million. We invested $8.0 million in shares of a non-U.S. publicly listed company, purchased $10.3 million of capital equipment and increased our restricted cash associated with our notes payable in China by $0.2 million. In addition, we completed our sale of Archcom and, as a result, received the remaining $0.6 million in cash proceeds, offset by the transfer of the cash of Archcom of $1.7 million to the buyer.

Financing activities

Our financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and activity associated with our various lending arrangements.

In 2007, our financing activities provided $3.8 million in cash. We received $5.5 million in cash from net borrowings associated with our bank loans, offset in part by $2.1 million of net payments of our notes payable.

In 2008, our financing activities provided $36.6 million in cash, primarily resulting from $31.1 million of cash from the issuance of preferred stock and $5.8 million in cash from net borrowings associated with our bank loans.

In 2009, our financing activities provided $9.0 million in cash, primarily resulting from $8.9 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $5.2 million of net proceeds from notes payable. Our proceeds were offset by $5.1 million of net payments on our outstanding bank loans.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net cash used for financing activities was $3.5 million. We repaid $8.8 million, net of our bank loans, repaid $0.7 million, net of our notes payable, and received $6.0 million in cash from the issuance of preferred stock.

 

84


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009:

 

       Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
   

Short-term loans and notes payable (1)

   $ 28,341       $ 28,341       $       $       $   

Debt obligations (2)

     8,147         6,035         2,112                   

Operating leases (3)

     4,330         1,748         2,574         8           

Purchase commitments (4)

     13,410         13,410                           

Asset retirement obligation (5)

     1,000                 1,000                   
                                            
     55,228         49,534         5,686         8           
                                            

Expected interest payments (6)

     1,170         1,066         104                   
                                            

Total commitments

   $ 56,398       $ 50,600       $ 5,790       $ 8       $   
                                            
   

 

(1)   In China, we have several lending arrangements that provide short-term loans with a maturity date of one year or less and frequently we issue notes payable to our suppliers. The notes payable are generally due within six months of issuance. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. The short-term loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009 bear interest at 5.31%, which interest rate was fixed at the time of drawdown. The notes payable are non-interest bearing.

 

(2)   We have several loan and security agreements in China and the United States that provide various credit facilities, including lines of credit and term loans. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. The debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2009 bear interest at rates ranging from 2.73% to 5.31% of which $3.2 million of the outstanding debt was subject to fluctuations in interest rates, while the interest rate relating to the remaining $4.9 million was fixed at the time of the drawdown. Interest is paid monthly over the term of the debt arrangement.

 

(3)   We have entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for our offices in China and the United States.

 

(4)   We are obligated to make payments under various arrangements with suppliers for the procurement of goods and services.

 

(5)   We have an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with our facility lease in California, which expires in December 2012. This obligation is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009.

 

(6)   We calculate the expected interest payments based on our outstanding short-term loans and debt obligations at prevailing interest rates as of December 31, 2009.

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we made payments against our outstanding loans and debt obligations and entered into additional purchase obligations, which have changed our contractual obligations since December 31, 2009. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2010:

 

       Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
   

Short-term loans and notes payable (1)

   $ 20,973       $ 20,973       $       $       $   

Debt obligations (2)

     6,377         1,966         4,411                   

Operating leases (3)

     7,960         1,992         2,421         1,457         2,090   

Purchase commitments (4)

     30,400         30,400                           

Asset retirement obligations (5)

     1,000                 1,000                   
                                            
     66,710         55,331         7,832         1,457         2,090   
                                            

Expected interest payments (6)

     513         342         171                   
                                            

Total commitments

   $ 67,223       $ 55,673       $ 8,003       $ 1,457       $ 2,090   
                                            
   

(footnotes on following page)

 

85


Table of Contents

 

(1)   In China, we have several lending arrangements that provide short-term loans with a maturity date of one year or less and frequently we issue notes payable to our suppliers. The notes payable are generally due within six months of issuance. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. The short-term loans outstanding as of September 30, 2010 bear interest at 5.31%, which interest rate was fixed at the time of drawdown. The notes payable are non-interest bearing.

 

(2)   We have several loan and security agreements in the United States that provide various credit facilities, including lines of credit and term loans. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. The debt obligations outstanding as of September 30, 2010 bear interest at rates ranging from 3.01% to 4.50%. All of the outstanding debt was subject to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest is paid monthly over the term of the debt arrangement.

 

(3)   We have entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for our offices in China and the United States.

 

(4)   We are obligated to make payments under various arrangements with suppliers for the procurement of goods and services.

 

(5)   We have an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with our facility lease in California, which expires in December 2012. This obligation is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010.

 

(6)   We calculate the expected interest payments based on our outstanding short-term loans and debt obligations at prevailing interest rates as of September 30, 2010.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate fluctuation risk

Our cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market funds and interest and non-interest bearing bank deposits. The main objective of these instruments was safety of principal and liquidity while maximizing return, without significantly increasing risk. Given the short-term nature of our cash equivalents, we do not anticipate any material effect on our portfolio due to fluctuations in interest rates.

We are exposed to market risk due to the possibility of changing interest rates associated with certain outstanding balances under our debt instruments. As of December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010, the interest rates on all of our outstanding debt in China were fixed at the time of drawdown, and were not subject to fluctuations. As of December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010, a portion of our U.S. debt was based on floating rates of interest and is subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2009, and September 30, 2010, we had not hedged our interest rate risk.

As of December 31, 2009, we had $3.2 million outstanding under our U.S. credit facilities, which was subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on the $3.2 million of outstanding principal subject to interest rate fluctuations was 3.05%. A hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate could result in approximately $10,000 of additional annual interest expense. As of September 30, 2010, we had $6.4 million outstanding under our U.S. credit facilities, which was subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average interest rate on the $6.4 million of outstanding principal subject to interest rate fluctuations was 4.23%. A hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate could result in approximately $27,000 of additional annual interest expense. The hypothetical changes and assumptions made above will be different from what actually occurs in

 

86


Table of Contents

the future. Furthermore, the computations do not anticipate actions that may be taken by our management should the hypothetical market changes actually occur over time. As a result, actual impacts on our results of operations in the future will differ from those quantified above.

Foreign currency exchange risk

Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. A substantial portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries in China whose functional currency is the RMB. To the extent that transactions by our subsidiaries in China are denominated in currencies other than RMB, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of the RMB in relation to other currencies could decrease our revenue and increase our costs and expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we recognized foreign currency transaction gains of $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized foreign transaction losses of $0.1 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, we recognized foreign currency transaction losses of $50,000 and $2,000, respectively.

We use the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our results of operations upon translation of our Chinese subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars. While we generate a majority of our revenue in RMB, a majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. dollars. Therefore a depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would negatively impact our revenue upon translation to the U.S. dollars but the impact on operating expenses would be less. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2009, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an $11.8 million decrease in our revenue and a $1.2 million increase in our net loss in 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $7.9 million decrease in our revenue and a $1.1 million decrease in our net income for the period.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by any Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

Inflation risk

Inflationary factors, such as increases in our cost of goods sold and operating expenses, may adversely affect our results of operations. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, an increase in the rate of inflation in the future, particularly in China, may have an adverse affect on our levels of gross profit and operating expenses as a percentage of revenue if the sales prices for our products do not proportionately increase with these increased expenses.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued accounting guidance on fair value measurements. This standard clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value within U.S. GAAP, and expands the disclosures regarding fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB deferred the effective date of the guidance to fiscal years beginning after

 

87


Table of Contents

November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. We adopted the fair value measurement guidance January 1, 2008, except for those items specifically deferred by the FASB, which were adopted January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for business combinations, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: (a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The guidance applies prospectively to business combinations, if any, for which the acquisition date was on or after January 1, 2009. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. The guidance was effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance resulted in classification changes which have been reflected in our consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss).

In May 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance on subsequent events. This accounting guidance is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The guidance establishes the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, it sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for variable interest entities, which changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. The new accounting guidance will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. The new accounting guidance is effective for us beginning with our first interim period beginning January 1, 2010. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

88


Table of Contents

In September 2009, the FASB reached final consensus on new revenue recognition guidance regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new accounting guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. The new accounting guidance is effective for us beginning January 1, 2011 and may be applied retrospectively or prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. In addition, early adoption is permitted. We do not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, we adopted this amendment for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

89


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. The rapid growth of bandwidth-intensive content, including HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia, is driving the demand for high-bandwidth products. The demand for bandwidth capacity is further intensified by the proliferation of network-attached devices, such as smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablet computers, PCs, e-readers, televisions and gaming devices, that are enabling consumers to access bandwidth-intensive content anytime and anywhere over fixed and wireless networks, including 3G, and increasingly, LTE networks.

Our products enable cost-effective, high-speed data transmission and efficient allocation of bandwidth over communications networks. We have a broad portfolio of over 300 products, including high-speed products that enable data transmission at 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, agility products such as ROADMs that dynamically allocate bandwidth to adjust for volatile traffic patterns, and access products that provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks.

Our innovative PIC technology utilizes proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon chip. PIC devices integrate many more functional elements than discretely packaged components, enabling increased functionality in a small form factor while reducing packaging and interconnection costs. In addition, the cost advantages of PIC-based components are driven by the economics of semiconductor wafer mass manufacturing, where the marginal cost of producing an incremental chip is much less than that of a discrete component.

We have research and development and wafer fabrication facilities in Silicon Valley, California which are closely aligned with our research and development and manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen, China. We utilize proprietary design tools and design-for-manufacturing techniques to closely align our design process with our precision nanoscale, vertically integrated manufacturing and testing capabilities. Our technology and manufacturing expertise enables us to deliver repeatable, well-characterized products at high yields. We believe our combination of component integration technology expertise, global sales channels, broad product offerings and cost advantages from our PIC-based, vertically integrated and China-based manufacturing model provides us with key competitive advantages.

We sell our products to the leading network equipment vendors globally, including ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd., Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation (including its recent acquisition of Nortel’s Metro Ethernet Networks business), Cisco Systems, Inc., FiberHome Technologies Group, ECI Telecom Ltd., Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Fujitsu Limited, Harmonic, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, NEC Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. and ZTE Corporation. We refer to these companies as our Tier 1 customers. According to Infonetics, the top 12 optical network hardware vendors supplied over 90% of the worldwide market for optical network hardware in 2009. Each of these vendors is one of our Tier 1 customers. In 2009, we had revenue of $155.1 million and a net loss of $6.8 million. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we had revenue of $132.9 million and a net income of $3.1 million. We have grown our revenue at a 45.1% compounding annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2005 to 2009 due to organic growth and acquisitions.

 

90


Table of Contents

Industry background

Network traffic is continuing to experience rapid growth driven primarily by bandwidth-intensive content, such as HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia. This growth is intensified by the proliferation of fixed and wireless network-attached devices, including smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablet computers, PCs, e-readers, televisions and gaming devices, that are enabling consumers to access content at increasing data rates anytime and anywhere. The growing widespread use of Cloud-based services, IP-based video, including user-generated video, IPTV, streaming web video, video conferencing and mobile video, enabled by 3G and increasingly by LTE networks, has accelerated and is expected to continue to accelerate growth in network traffic and place significant strains on existing communications networks. According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index, global IP-based traffic is expected to grow from 14.7 petabytes per month in 2009 to 55.6 petabytes per month in 2013, representing a 39.3% CAGR over such period.

Competition among service providers has intensified due to the increasing overlap of service offerings, including voice, video, broadband and mobile offerings among service providers, as well as continued consolidation in the industry. The role of service providers has evolved from delivering simple, discrete communications services to delivering full suites of services. This increased level of convergence, coupled with the growing demand for bandwidth capacity, has resulted in complex communications networks strained by multiple bottlenecks. As a result, service providers have become larger, with increasingly complex requirements that their supply chain must address. These service providers require fewer and larger network equipment vendors who provide systems with technologies that support interoperability of multiple communications protocols, have the capacity to meet the demands of service providers in each geography where they operate and meet their ongoing total cost of ownership requirements.

Despite the increasing number and quality of services being delivered, competition and consolidation among services providers continues to pressure average revenue per user. Service providers have been seeking to improve profitability by increasingly utilizing and investing in scalable, low-cost, high-bandwidth solutions. Additionally, service providers are utilizing new architectures that deploy and enable more bandwidth capacity closer to the rapidly expanding base of fixed and mobile end users. Optical fiber is increasingly becoming the technology of choice across these networks due to its low cost-per-bit advantage.

Optical networking has emerged as a key technology to support the increasing demand for bandwidth capacity due to its ability to provide the speed, agility and access required by service providers. We believe the growth in bandwidth-intensive traffic, the proliferation of network-attached devices and the continued deployment of optical technologies deeper and closer to the edge of communications networks has created a multi-billion dollar market opportunity for high-performance optical systems. For example, optical fiber is currently used across communications networks, such as wireless backhaul, fiber-to-the-home, cable and transport. According to Infonetics, global optical network hardware revenue is projected to increase from $13.4 billion in 2009 to $15.3 billion in 2014.

As service providers consolidate, they increasingly demand fewer and larger suppliers, which requires network equipment vendors to increase their scale and manufacturing capabilities. As a result, the optical network hardware vendor landscape has continued to evolve and consolidate to meet this demand and continues to provide increasingly cost-effective solutions to their service provider customers. According to Infonetics, the top 12 of these vendors supplied over 90% of the worldwide market for optical network hardware in 2009.

 

91


Table of Contents

China has become an increasingly important geography in the telecommunications equipment industry and local suppliers have emerged as market share leaders over the last several years. For example, Huawei Technologies has become a leading global competitor to North American and European incumbents. According to Infonetics, Huawei Technologies was the leader in the optical network hardware market with a 22.0% market share in 2009, compared with a 14.2% market share in 2007. In addition, given the availability of cost-efficient manufacturing and support infrastructures and qualified engineering talent that the Chinese market provides, North American and European network equipment vendors have increasingly shifted their operations to China.

Challenges faced in communications networks

Existing communications networks face many challenges, including:

 

 

Delivering high-bandwidth, high-speed communications networks at low costs.     Traditional service provider networks were not designed for the current and anticipated levels of network traffic. To address rapidly growing traffic demands, service providers have been forced to augment their existing networks with additional network elements to deliver increasing levels of bandwidth capacity. Most currently available bandwidth solutions from network equipment vendors are unable to efficiently leverage existing infrastructure and instead require new network deployments or wholesale replacement of existing optical fiber infrastructure, thereby increasing network complexity and cost and potentially degrading network performance.

 

 

Achieving high levels of integration.     Network equipment vendors need to address multiple inter-related customer requirements including power consumption, operating temperature and physical size, while also meeting stringent demands for product performance, spectral efficiency, reliability and cost. These have traditionally been addressed through interconnecting multiple discrete components which results in a high degree of complexity within optical systems. Additionally, solutions that interconnect discrete components are challenged to efficiently deliver bandwidth at high data rates, such as 40Gbps and 100Gbps, because they are less reliable and have difficulty mitigating signal distortion that arises when operating at higher data rates. Given the fragmented nature of these discrete systems and the challenges they have transmitting at high speed, we believe they are unable to reliably and cost-effectively address the escalating requirements of network equipment vendors and, in turn, their service provider customers.

 

 

Ensuring compatibility with existing networks.     Approaches to increasing bandwidth capacity that are not backward compatible with existing infrastructure are not attractive to service providers. Certain PIC structures are not compatible with existing networks, creating, what we believe to be, high cost barriers to adoption.

Given these challenges, we believe that existing discrete optical solutions and alternative PIC-based solutions are sub-optimal and do not allow service providers to cost-effectively deliver scalable bandwidth to their customers. We believe this provides multiple opportunities for vendors that provide PIC-based modules and subsystems that address these challenges.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our solutions

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. We offer a broad portfolio of products that are critical in enabling speed, agility and access across communications networks.

The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

 

Enabling service providers to cost-effectively deploy and rapidly scale high-bandwidth capacity networks.     Our solutions are compatible with existing network architectures and enable incremental system upgrades, allowing service providers to rapidly scale network capacity and cost-effectively deploy enhanced services to their customers over existing optical fiber infrastructure. We believe our broad product portfolio enables our customers to cost-effectively deliver high-performance systems across the various segments of communications networks.

 

 

Simplifying communications networks implementation through large scale integration.     We are able to simplify communications networks deployments by delivering high levels of functional integration through our PIC solutions, which combine multiple discrete elements, in some cases over 100 elements on a single silicon chip. Our PIC-based approach enables us to deliver the increased performance, reliability and power efficiency in our modules and subsystems necessary for 100Gbps, while also reducing cost and physical size to allow complex ROADM modules. We have developed PIC-based products that achieve the increased performance required to migrate networks from 10Gbps to 100Gbps, that provide network agility through cost-effective ROADM modules and that enable network access in outside plant PON installations and wireless backhaul deployments.

 

 

Enabling acceleration of time-to-market for network equipment vendors.     We believe our technology is attractive to leading service providers and network equipment vendors because it enables them to implement new features and scale network capacity rapidly, cost-effectively and predictably to meet demanding time-to-market requirements. Our products are developed using proprietary PIC-based design elements, which are similar in concept to standard cells used in the semiconductor industry, have standardized interfaces, provide well-characterized performance and are designed and tested for manufacturability. These elements can be used as fundamental building blocks to construct complex modules and subsystems. Since these elements are well-characterized, our design process can be accomplished efficiently and with fewer cycles, often by utilizing software similar to electronic design automation tools used in the semiconductor industry. This enables us to meet our customers’ demanding time-to-market requirements with predictable performance.

 

 

Satisfying our customers’ quality and volume requirements.     We believe we are one of the highest volume PIC manufacturers in the world and have the ability to grow our capacity to meet increasing customer demand. Our Silicon Valley and China-based manufacturing facilities utilize proven semiconductor manufacturing techniques, such as statistical processing control and wafer scale fabrication, which enable us to provide repeatable, well-characterized performance at nanoscale tolerances with high yields. We innovate and design for performance, reliability and manufacturability by closely integrating our design processes with our precision manufacturing and testing capabilities.

 

93


Table of Contents

Our strengths

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

 

 

Leading provider of PIC technology.     We believe we are one of the highest volume PIC manufacturers in the world, and our differentiated PIC technology is a key enabler for delivering the speed, agility and access necessary to meet the increasing performance requirements of high-speed communications networks, including 100Gbps, at low costs. We are able to perform large scale integration of multiple functions at nanoscale tolerances through our design expertise and semiconductor manufacturing process capabilities. By using monolithic and hybrid integration techniques, we are able to combine the materials necessary to perform several functions on a single chip. We believe this differentiated approach to PIC technology is critical for the deployment of cost-effective, high-speed communications networks. Certain of our PIC-based products are designed to provide the performance necessary for transmission of data at 100 Gbps and beyond; others integrate many different functional elements to provide network agility through cost-effective ROADM modules and still others are used to provide high-bandwidth connections in access networks, including outside plant PON installations and wireless backhaul deployments.

 

 

Tier 1 global customer base and leading supplier to fast growing Asian markets.     We are focused on serving our global Tier 1 customer base of network equipment vendors. According to Infonetics Research, the top 12 optical network hardware vendors supplied over 90% of the worldwide market for optical network hardware in 2009. Each of these vendors is one of our Tier 1 customers. From 2003 to September 30, 2010, we increased our aggregate number of design wins by product family with our Tier 1 customers from 3 to 92. For example, we are a leading supplier of high-performance optical modules and subsystems to Huawei Technologies. According to Infonetics, Huawei Technologies had the leading market share with 22.0% of the optical network hardware market in 2009. We also believe we are a leading supplier to optical network equipment vendors in Asia. According to Infonetics, the market in Asia has experienced a CAGR of 13.2% from 2006 to 2009 and is anticipated to reach $4.7 billion by 2014. We believe the rapid growth in Asia is driven by infrastructure investment in China and the success of Chinese companies worldwide.

 

 

Broad portfolio of products that address bandwidth bottlenecks across various network segments.     Our products range from single function devices to modules and subsystems that enable speed, agility and access across communications networks, such as wireless backhaul, fiber-to-the-home, cable and transport. We believe our extensive product portfolio will help us to expand our preferred status within our Tier 1 customer base.

 

 

Global, vertically integrated volume manufacturing platform.     Our vertically integrated design and manufacturing process in the United States and China encompasses all steps from wafer design and fabrication to module and subsystem assembly and test, and allows for rapid iterations in the development cycle and shorter time-to-market for our products. We believe this gives us the ability to innovate throughout the design and manufacturing process, which enhances our ability to meet changing customer requirements, refine production processes and shorten product development cycles. We strive to optimize production output for high yield based on established semiconductor industry techniques, including the use of online production data systems and statistical analysis tools, to meet customer specifications, minimize cost and maximize throughput. Our operations in Shenzhen, China and Silicon Valley, California

 

94


Table of Contents
 

complement one another to consistently provide high-quality PIC design and precision manufacturing, as well as continuous product improvement through cross-border research and development. In addition, our presence in Shenzhen aligns with the migration of manufacturing by network equipment vendors to Asia. We believe we are one of the highest volume PIC manufacturers in the world and will have the ability to grow our capacity to meet increasing customer demand.

 

 

Strong knowledge base and extensive intellectual property portfolio.     We have a significant intellectual property portfolio relating to PIC design and fabrication, methods for assembly and packaging and other product designs and technologies. In addition, currently we employ over 300 people in our research and development departments, with over 100 additional technically qualified engineering staff in manufacturing, process and product support functions, including over 45 professionals with Ph.D. degrees. Our research and development programs allow us to enhance our intellectual property portfolio and continuously improve our products, designs and manufacturing processes. We work closely with our customers, as well as industry groups and service providers, to develop products and technologies to meet customers’ long-term product roadmaps.

Our strategy

Our goal is to become the leading global supplier of high-performance optical technologies that enable the speed, agility and access required to support the rapid growth in traffic over communications networks. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

 

Extending our leadership in photonic integration technologies.     We plan to strengthen our technology leadership and leading product performance to accelerate design wins with our customers. Our comprehensive research and development program and our precision manufacturing capabilities enable us to enhance and extend our PIC capabilities across multiple product lines, including 40Gbps, 100Gbps, ROADM and PON products. We intend to continue providing innovative solutions in optical modules and subsystems, with an increasing emphasis on solutions with higher levels of functionality.

 

 

Strengthening our relationships with our Tier 1 customers and penetrating new customers and geographies.     We intend to deepen our relationships with our Tier 1 customers by increasing design wins in their systems, and by further collaborating to create new solutions with superior features and capabilities. From 2003 to September 30, 2010, we increased our aggregate number of design wins by product family with our Tier 1 customers from 3 to 92. Additionally, we intend to penetrate new high-growth network equipment vendors. We also plan to continue focusing on emerging markets with rapidly growing economies, such as India, where there is increasing need for investment in communications infrastructure to satisfy bandwidth demands.

 

 

Expanding our product development and vertically integrated volume manufacturing capabilities.     We plan to continually leverage our vertically integrated manufacturing model to further enhance our design-for-manufacturing capabilities and ensure we provide high quality products at low costs. We intend to continue innovating in our design and manufacturing process to shorten our product development cycles and enhance our ability to provide highly integrated PIC-based and other communications solutions. We plan to pursue further cost reduction initiatives by collaborating with our supply chain partners and continuing our internal productivity initiatives to deliver sustainable volume manufacturing

 

95


Table of Contents
 

performance. We intend to continue to develop our comprehensive quality control processes through the use of our statistical and automated information systems.

 

 

Extending our product portfolio into additional segments of the network.      Given the demonstrated performance and reliability of our PIC-based products, we intend to leverage our technology to take advantage of new opportunities within communications networks. In extending our product portfolio, we seek to develop products that leverage our technology and process capabilities, support our customers’ long term investments and enable them to fulfill service provider roadmaps for speed, agility and access in their networks.

 

 

Pursuing opportunistic acquisitions.     Historically, we have used acquisitions to expand our technology capabilities and grow our customer base. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities and intend to opportunistically pursue acquisitions that we believe provide complementary technology and can help accelerate our growth and strengthen our market position.

Technology

We have developed extensive expertise in the design, large-scale fabrication, high-volume module manufacturing and commercial deployment of our PIC products and technologies. The process of designing and manufacturing PICs in high volume with predictable, well-characterized performance and low manufacturing costs is complex and multi-faceted. We believe we have been able to develop the technologies that address and solve a range of interrelated problems that enable the efficient design and manufacture of complex, high-performance components, modules and subsystems for fiber optic networks. The basic elements of our technology are as follows:

Photonic integrated circuits (PICs).     We have developed a set of proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon chip. We utilize micron and sub-micron scale structures of multiple precision-doped silica planar waveguides to fabricate functional elements such as integrated optical filters, switches and variable attenuators. By increasing the level of material doping in our planar waveguides, we decrease the size of our functional elements, thereby creating a path for larger scale integration of multiple elements in the same chip area. Depending on the customer engagement, we manufacture individual elements into products and, more often, we integrate these functional design elements into optical circuits to achieve a desired functionality and specification that is incorporated in our products. In addition, we fabricate optical micro electro-mechanical mirrors by precision etching of silicon-based wafers for use singly or in arrays to provide optical functions, such as attenuation and switching, for applications where high performance is required.

Hybrid PIC integration.     Through precise fabrication and positioning of physical features, we can integrate PIC devices fabricated on separate wafers out of different materials, matching the material to the function to improve performance attributes and reduce production costs. Our hybrid integration allows us to integrate active devices, such as photodiodes, with high-performance passive devices, such as switches, routers and filters, to provide the desired network functions on a single PIC.

Hardware and firmware integration.     We also sell our products as modules and subsystems which contain electronic hardware and firmware control that can be interfaced directly with customer systems. We design the electronic hardware and develop the firmware to integrate these with our optical products to meet customer specifications.

 

96


Table of Contents

Fabrication and manufacturing processes.     We have developed extensive expertise in the technology domains important for high-volume fabrication and manufacturing of our PIC products with wafer-scale processes, including the complex interaction of electro-optic, thermal-optic and mechanical micro-thermal features. These products consist of precision-doped materials, with dimensions controlled to nanoscale tolerances, which we continue to optimize to achieve consistent high manufacturing yields and high performance. To achieve this optimization, we have developed and characterized all of our complex manufacturing steps. These processing steps are analogous to the semiconductor industry and include repeated deposition, lithography and etch, precision materials doping, metrology and inspection, with feedback methodologies for continuous process control. Each PIC element is tested and characterized using our proprietary equipment before incorporation into our products.

Circuit design and design-for-manufacturing tools.     We utilize a comprehensive set of proprietary as well as industry standard software design tools, which permit us to model relevant geometries, dimensions and thermal management for a broad range of photonic devices, which then allows us to develop products with minimal design iterations and to manufacture to a wide range of specifications. The effects of small performance variations for an individual photonic device are critical in integrated photonics, because performance variations accumulate over the full array of a PIC, which can contain multiple elements. These issues necessitated our development of a full suite of sophisticated software tools for device design and characterization, coupled with repeatable, narrowly-defined manufacturing processes across multiple process steps.

 

97


Table of Contents

Products

We have a broad portfolio of over 300 products, including high-speed products that enable data transmission at 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, agility products such as ROADMs that dynamically allocate bandwidth to adjust for volatile traffic patterns, and access products that provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks. Our products are categorized in 35 product families.

Speed

Speed refers to the ability to transmit data at high data rates. A key limitation of network capacity is the amount of data that can be transmitted through a single fiber from one point to another. Therefore, high speed transmission networks carry a larger amount of data from point to point in less time. To address this limitation, we have a portfolio of products enabling data transmission at speeds of 2.5Gbps, 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, shown below.

 

Product category    Product description and key attributes    Representative product
 
Transceivers   

Transmits data into or receives data from optical fiber

 

•Transmission speeds from 2.5Gbps to 10Gbps

 

•SFP, XFP, XFP-E and SFP+ form factors

 

•2 to 80 kilometer transmission distances

 

   LOGO
 
Arrayed waveguide multiplexers   

Combines or separates from 4 to 88 different optical wavelength channels on a single optical fiber

 

•33GHz to 100GHz channel spacing

 

•Manages wavelength differences for channel separation

 

   LOGO
 
Coherent mixers   

Decodes multiple signals transmitted on the same optical wavelength by comparison to an external laser

 

•Used to prepare coherent optical signals for detection

 

•For use in coherent 40Gbps and 100Gbps systems

 

   LOGO
 
DQPSK demodulators   

Decodes multiple signals transmitted on the same optical wavelength by comparison to a time-delayed version of the incoming signal

 

•Used to prepare optical signals for detection

 

•For use primarily in 40Gbps systems

 

•Integrates devices that manage light signal combination and separation without conversion to electrical signals

 

   LOGO
 
Integrated coherent receivers   

Decodes multiple phase-modulated optical signals and converts them to electrical form

 

•For use in 40Gbps and 100Gbps systems

 

•Integrates a coherent mixer with photodiode detectors and amplifiers

 

   LOGO
 

 

98


Table of Contents

Agility

Agility refers to the tunability and re-configurability of products to support efficient bandwidth allocation for the rapidly growing and dynamically changing traffic patterns over communications networks. We provide a portfolio of products that enable network agility, shown below.

 

Product category    Product description and key attributes    Representative product
 
ROADMs and OADMs   

Optical add and drop multiplexers that dynamically or statically remove or add individual optical wavelengths from a single optical fiber

 

•ROADM, VMUX and other OADM configurations

 

•30 to 48 wavelengths

 

•Optional features include monitoring, power management, and switching

 

   LOGO
 
Arrayed waveguide gratings (AWG)   

Combines or separates multiple different optical wavelengths on a single optical fiber

 

•Thermal and athermal configurations for stabilization against ambient temperature variations

 

•50GHz to 100GHz channel spacing

 

•32 to 88 wavelengths

 

   LOGO
 
Variable optical attenuators   

Adjusts the power of a signal in an optical fiber

 

•Utilizes MEMS for attenuator control

 

•Low optical signal loss, polarization and wavelength dependence

 

•Per channel power control

 

   LOGO
 
Shelf-level modules and subsystems   

Chassis level modules and subsystems integrating multiple optical devices

 

•Includes integration of software and electronic control circuitry

 

•Optional configurations include other OADMs, AWGs and other modules and functionality

 

   LOGO
 

 

99


Table of Contents

Access

Access refers to the ability to provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks. We offer a portfolio of products for wireless backhaul applications, fiber-to-the-home network standards and point to point networks, shown below.

 

Product category    Product description and key attributes    Representative product
 
Optical line terminals   

Central office equipment connecting up to 64 users to the fiber optic network

 

•10GEPON, GEPON and GPON compatible

 

•Includes a burst mode receiver

 

•Transmission speeds up to 10Gbps

 

   LOGO
 
Optical network units   

Customer premise equipment providing voice, data and internet access over optical fiber- to-the-home or business

 

•10GEPON, GEPON and GPON compatible

 

•Converts and reconverts optical signals to electrical signals

 

•2 wavelengths with bandwidth up to 10Gbps upstream and 10Gbps downstream

 

   LOGO
 
Triplexers   

Customer premise equipment providing voice, data, internet and analog video access over optical fiber to the home or business

 

•GEPON and GPON compatible

 

•3 wavelengths with digital bandwidth up to 1.25Gbps upstream and 2.5Gbps downstream and analog bandwidth of 800MHz downstream

 

   LOGO
 
Transceivers   

Transmits data into or receives data from optical fiber for wireless backhaul and point to point applications

 

•3G and LTE backhaul compatible

 

•Transmission speeds up to 10Gbps

 

•SFP, XFP and SFP+ form factors

 

•2 to 80 kilometer transmission distances

 

   LOGO
 
AWGs and splitters   

Products for outdoor use connecting up to 64 end users to a single optical fiber

 

•Athermal configuration for stabilization against ambient temperature variations

 

•AWGs for use with WDM-PON systems

 

•Splitters with split ratios ranging from 1x4 to 2x64

 

   LOGO
 

 

100


Table of Contents
Product category    Product description and key attributes    Representative product
 
Cable television subsystems   

Hybrid fiber coaxial subsystems for cable television transmission

 

•Transmitters, receivers, amplifiers and compact optical receiver nodes for outdoor and indoor use

 

•Regular and high definition video delivery

 

•Digital data and internet over cable, or DOCSIS 3.0, transmission

 

   LOGO
 

Customers

We focus on a global customer base of network equipment vendors who we refer to as our Tier 1 customers. These customers include:

 

•ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd.

•Alcatel-Lucent SA

•Ciena Corporation

•Cisco Systems, Inc.

•ECI Telecom Ltd.

  

•Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson

•FiberHome Technologies Group

•Fujitsu Limited

•Harmonic, Inc.

  

•Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

•Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

•NEC Corporation

•Nokia Siemens Networks B.V.

•ZTE Corporation

According to Infonetics, the top 12 optical network hardware vendors supplied over 90% of the worldwide market for optical network hardware in 2009. We sell our products to all of these vendors, as well as numerous other customers worldwide.

We calculate the percentage of our total revenue attributable to specific customers based on direct sales to such customer. In 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our ten largest customers accounted for 61.3%, 70.7%, 82.9% and 86.2%, respectively, of our total revenue. In 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, sales to Huawei Technologies accounted for 16.1%, 33.9%, 52.9% and 48.2%, respectively, of our total revenue, while sales to Mitsubishi accounted for 12.5% of our total revenue in 2007 and 12.4% of our total revenue in 2008. Sales to Mitsubishi accounted for less than ten percent of our total revenue in 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2010, sales to Huawei Technologies and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 45.8% and 10.4%, respectively, of our total revenue.

We focus on increasing our penetration of our Tier 1 customers by adding design wins across our product families. From 2003 to September 30, 2010, we increased our aggregate number of design wins by product family with these customers from 3 to 92. Additionally, we plan to continue to develop relationships and achieve design wins with new and existing high-growth customers.

Sales and marketing

We operate a sales model that focuses on direct alignment with our customers through close coordination of our sales, product engineering and manufacturing teams. Our sales and marketing organizations support our strategy of increasing product penetration with our Tier 1 customers

 

101


Table of Contents

while also serving our broader customer base. Our sales cycles typically require a significant amount of time and a substantial expenditure of resources before we can realize revenue from the sale of products. The length of our sales cycle, from initial request to design win, is typically 6 to 12 months for an existing product and 18 months or longer for a new product.

Our sales process involves collaboration and regular discussion with our customers early in their design cycles to implement new product development programs. Our sales organization facilitates these activities by working closely with our product engineering managers and design teams to conduct periodic engineering reviews and program reviews with counterparts at our customers. We believe that these extensive collaborative engineering activities provide us valuable insight into our customers’ broader and longer term needs.

We employ a direct sales force in the United States, China, India, Israel, Japan, Russia and the European Union. These individuals work closely with our product engineers, and product marketing and sales operations teams, in an integrated approach to address our customers’ current and future needs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the migration of our customers’ operations to China, where our large Shenzhen-based sales and engineering staff is able to closely and effectively support our customers. We also engage independent commissioned representatives and distributors worldwide to further extend our global reach. We expect to continue to add sales and related support personnel as we grow our business.

Our marketing team focuses on product strategy, product development, roadmap development, new product introduction processes, program management, product demand stimulation and assessment, and competitive analysis. Our marketing team also seeks to educate the market about our products by communicating the value proposition and product differentiation in direct customer interactions and presentations and at industry tradeshows and at technical conferences.

Research and development

We believe our future success depends on our ability to develop new products that address the rapidly changing technology needs of our industry and which can be manufactured at high volume and low cost. Our product development strategy is to expand the performance and reliability of our products by increasing functionality, notably through higher PIC content, in an expanding set of modules and subsystems, thus displacing alternative solutions that are more expensive, larger and less reliable.

Our research and development team comprises engineers with expertise in the areas of photonics, optical design, electronics, software, subsystem and module design, systems engineering and high-volume manufacturing. We have a rigorous product development process, with such steps as sampling and engineering verification, design verification testing and volume production verification. In order for a product to move to the next step in the process, it must pass through a “gate,” or a series of checks to verify both technical and commercial performance. For example, our research and development activities incorporate manufacturing considerations to help ensure the high-volume and cost-effective manufacturability of our products, which are verified at each “gate.”

We have dedicated new product development and product sustaining engineering teams in Silicon Valley, California and Shenzhen, China. In our Silicon Valley facilities, we conduct PIC research, development and product roadmap definitions. In our Shenzhen facilities, we conduct new product development, manufacturing and process engineering, quality control and continuous

 

102


Table of Contents

improvement and cost reduction relating to product manufacturing, assembly and test. We believe our ability to leverage lower cost engineering in China with our research and development capability in Silicon Valley provides us with a global technical competitive advantage.

We have invested and expect to continue to invest significant time and capital into our research and development operations. Research and development expenses were $23.1 million, $21.5 million and $17.3 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $16.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Intellectual property

We believe our intellectual property portfolio is one of our key competitive advantages. We have built an extensive intellectual property portfolio both as a core part of our internal research and development and technical strategies and through our strategic acquisitions, which were driven in part by the acquisition of intellectual property assets. Our intellectual property portfolio extends throughout our vertically integrated operations, from materials, design, integration and wafer fabrication to module and subsystem assembly and test. Our success as a company depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protections for our technology and intellectual property and prevent others from infringing these proprietary rights. To accomplish this objective, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections.

We have and will file patent applications to protect our proprietary information, and will pursue such applications, as well as applications for registrations for other intellectual property rights, as applicable. We have filed patent applications in the United States and in other countries, including Australia, Japan, Korea, China, Taiwan and certain countries in the European Union. Our patents will expire between 2013 and 2028.

Because our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China, where we have substantial operations, we also seek to secure, to the extent possible, comparable intellectual property protections in China. While we have issued patents and pending patent applications in China, portions of our intellectual property portfolio are not yet protected by patents in China. Moreover, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in China may not be comparable to that afforded in the United States. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business —If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operation could be materially harmed.”

Our portfolio of patents and patent applications covers a broad range of intellectual property that encompasses over 100 different families. Our designation of families represents what we believe are distinct technological or method developments, or in some cases, a collection of distinct technological or method developments, that are protected by one or more patents or patent applications and which we believe are sufficiently related to warrant being grouped. Significant technology areas protected by one or more families of our patented intellectual property include:

 

 

PIC fabrication and design;

 

 

hybrid PIC integration;

 

103


Table of Contents

 

 

athermal and enhanced AWG designs;

 

 

large scale integration for optical circuit designs;

 

 

optimized methods and apparatus for assembly and packaging;

 

 

optical MEMS;

 

 

advanced-modulation-format optoelectronics;

 

 

PON transceivers; and

 

 

telecom transceivers.

We seek to protect our intellectual property rights by having our employees and independent consultants enter into a confidentiality and inventions assignment agreements when they join us. Additionally, we enter into non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information.

In addition, we have registered the trademark “NeoPhotonics” in the United States.

Manufacturing, assembly and test

We believe that our vertically integrated manufacturing strategy, which extends from wafer fabrication through module and subsystem assembly and test, provides a sustainable competitive advantage in our industry. Manufacturing of our modules and subsystems is highly complex, utilizing extensive know-how in multiple disciplines and accumulated knowledge of manufacturing processes and equipment. For example, we employ design-for-manufacturing, advanced computer-aided simulation methods, and disciplined statistical process monitoring and controls. We believe this knowledge and experience base allows us to achieve high manufacturing yields with high product consistency and reliability at a low overall cost.

Our vertically integrated manufacturing model uses proprietary manufacturing processes and technologies and is based on established methods used in the semiconductor industry. Our products are constructed using hierarchical building blocks, or PIC-based elements, which are similar to standard cells used in the semiconductor industry. These PIC-based elements are designed and tested for manufacturability and use repeated deposition, lithography and etch, precision materials doping, metrology and inspection, with feedback methodologies for continuous process control. As a result, these elements have a well-characterized performance and standardized interfaces. These elements can be used as fundamental building blocks to construct complex modules and subsystems. Since these elements are well-characterized, the design process can be accomplished relatively quickly and easily and with fewer cycles. We developed these proprietary processes and technologies over many years in an effort to address the major issues that had been inhibiting the development of PICs and to provide products that differentiate us from our competitors.

Using our technology platform, we often work closely with customers during the design and manufacturing stages. Co-location of our research and development and manufacturing teams allows our design-for-manufacturing practices to operate seamlessly. Through our vertically integrated manufacturing operations, we believe we can develop, test and produce new products and configurations with higher performance, consistency and reliability and in less time than it would take by working with external vendors. We have developed proprietary testing

 

104


Table of Contents

methodologies that we believe allow us to develop products in short periods of time, which enable us to introduce products to the market more quickly and capitalize on new opportunities.

We have manufacturing operations in the United States and China. Our wafer fabrication operations are located in our Silicon Valley, California facilities and include chip design, clean room fabrication, integration and related facilities for PICs. Our manufacturing, assembly and test operations are located in our Shenzhen, China facilities, and include clean room fabrication, general manufacturing and assembly and test operations utilizing production expertise and cost-effective volume capabilities. Our operations in Shenzhen have primary responsibility for dicing, testing, volume packaging and assembly of PIC-based products. Our Shenzhen facilities also manufacture certain electrical, optical and mechanical parts, such as printed circuit board assemblies and photodiodes, which are incorporated into our products.

We have in-house tooling design, automation and testing platform development to enable process control, maximize output, help ensure consistency of output and optimize product development while maximizing capital efficiency. We operate automated testing and process control systems in both Silicon Valley and Shenzhen to ensure consistent quality and specifications as well as to enforce standard process control parameters. Each facility also includes comprehensive ongoing reliability and product test verification laboratories.

We have quality control processes and quality management methods in our internal manufacturing operations. Certain of our products are designed and qualified to meet applicable Telcordia Technologies, Inc., TÜV SÜD America Inc. and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. standards. Our manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen are third-party certified to TL 9000, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18000 standards and our facilities in Silicon Valley are certified to ISO 9001 standards.

We use suppliers from the United States, China and Japan to optimize product availability, quality and cost. We use comprehensive resource planning systems and methods to coordinate procurement and manufacturing. Although there are multiple sources for most of the component parts of our products, some components are sourced from single or, in some cases, limited sources. For example, various types of adhesives are sourced from various manufacturers which presently are sole sources for these particular adhesives. We typically do not have written agreements with any of these component manufacturers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our products. We regularly monitor the supply of components and the availability of alternative sources. In order to manage a disruption in our supply chain, we provide forecasts to our manufacturers so they have adequate lead time to source the key components in advance of their anticipated use, with the objective of maintaining an adequate supply of these key components. In addition, we maintain an inventory of key components that we believe are most critical to the manufacturing process.

Backlog

Sales of our products generally are made pursuant to purchase orders, often with short lead times. These purchase orders are typically made without deposits and are often subject to revision or cancellation. The quantities actually purchased by our customers, as well as the shipment schedules, are frequently revised to reflect changes in our customers’ needs and in our supply of products. Because of the possibility of changes in delivery or acceptance schedules, cancellations, modifications or price reductions with limited or no penalties, we do not believe that backlog is a reliable indicator of our future revenue and do not rely on backlog to manage our business or evaluate our performance. Changes in the amount of our backlog do not necessarily reflect a corresponding change in the level of actual or potential sales.

 

105


Table of Contents

Competition

The market for optical communications systems is highly competitive. While no company competes against us in all of our product areas, our competitors range from large international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. We believe the principal competitive factors in this market are:

 

 

ability to design and manufacture high quality, reliable products critical to the network;

 

 

breadth of product solutions;

 

 

price to performance characteristics;

 

 

financial stability;

 

 

ability to quickly and consistently produce in high volume and high quality;

 

 

ability to meet customers’ specific requirements;

 

 

ability to meet customer lead time demands; and

 

 

depth of relationships with and proximity to key customers globally.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors. We believe our principal competitors include Finisar Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, NTT Electronics Corporation, Source Photonics, Inc. and Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations, Inc. We also compete with various other companies.

Our competitors may have substantially greater name recognition and technical, financial and marketing resources than we do. Many of our competitors have greater resources to develop products or pursue acquisitions, and more experience in developing or acquiring new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for these products and technologies than we do. In addition, a number of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and which could adversely affect our financial performance.

We also face competition from some of our customers who evaluate our capabilities against the merits of manufacturing products internally. These customers may have the ability to manufacture competitive products at a lower cost than we would charge as a result of their higher levels of integration. As a result, these customers may purchase less of our products and there would be additional pressure to lower our selling prices which, accordingly, would negatively impact our revenue and gross margin.

Employees

As of September 30, 2010, we had 2,990 employees, of which 167 employees were based in our corporate headquarters in Silicon Valley, California and 2,823 were based in Shenzhen, China. As of that date, we had 100 employees in sales and marketing, 312 employees in research and development, 2,427 employees in manufacturing and operations and 151 employees in general and administrative functions.

None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Chinese law requires that all employees be members of a union that is overseen by the People’s Republic of China. Our

 

106


Table of Contents

labor union places emphasis on the recreational welfare of our direct labor force. We have never experienced employment-related work stoppages and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Silicon Valley, California where we lease approximately 63,000 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in two facilities under a lease that expires in 2012 with an option to renew for three additional years. In Shenzhen, China, we own approximately 237,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space in two facilities, and we are using an additional approximately 33,000 square feet of basement space located at these facilities. In addition, we lease approximately 40,000 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space under a lease that expires in December 2012. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Environmental, health and safety matters

Our research and development and manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These regulations govern, among other things, the discharge of pollutants to air, water, and soil; the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination; the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials; employee health and safety; and the hazardous material content and recycling of our products. We use, store and dispose of hazardous materials in our manufacturing operations and as components in our products. We incur costs to comply with existing environmental, health and safety requirements, and any failure to comply, or the identification of contamination for which we are found liable, could cause us to incur additional costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, or civil or criminal penalties, or result in the curtailment of our operations. In addition, environmental, health and safety requirements have become more stringent over time, and changes to existing requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, or cause us to incur other significant expenses or to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products have enacted requirements regarding the recycling of waste electronic equipment, and/or the packaging and hazardous material content of certain products. For example, jurisdictions including China and the European Union, among a growing number of jurisdictions, have placed restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which affects the composition and packaging of our products. The passage of such requirements in additional jurisdictions, or the tightening of standards or elimination of certain exemptions in jurisdictions where our products are already subject to such requirements, could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could limit the markets into which we may sell our products.

Additionally, increasing efforts to control emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHG, may also impact us. For example, our semiconductor manufacturing operations in California use perfluorocarbons, which are classified as a high global warming potential greenhouse gas. California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act will require us to design and install additional pollution control equipment at our San Jose, California, manufacturing plant to reduce our perfluorocarbon emissions beginning in 2012. In the United States, the Environmental

 

107


Table of Contents

Protection Agency has announced a finding relating to GHG emissions that may result in promulgation of federal GHG air quality standards. The U.S. Congress is also considering various options, including a cap and trade system which would impose a limit and a price on GHG emissions and establish a market for trading GHG credits. China has recently agreed to join the Copenhagen Climate Accord, a voluntary (and non-binding) GHG agreement. Globally, negotiations for a treaty to succeed the 1997 Kyoto Protocol Treaty are ongoing, and it is not yet known whether (or on what terms) agreement will be reached on a successor treaty. Additional restrictions, limits, taxes, or other controls on GHG emissions could significantly increase our operating costs and, while it is not possible to estimate the specific impact any final GHG regulations will have on our operations, there can be no assurance that these measures will not have significant additional impact on us. In addition, some of our operations might be affected by the physical impacts of climate change. For example, some of our facilities are located in coastal areas that might be vulnerable to changes in sea level.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of business, including commercial disputes and employment issues. As of the date of this prospectus, other than as described below, we are not involved in any pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, as described below, a certain pending dispute involves a claim by a third party that our activities infringe their intellectual property rights. This and other types of intellectual property rights claims generally involve the demand by a third party that we cease the manufacture, use or sale of the allegedly infringing products, processes or technologies and/or pay substantial damages or royalties for past, present and future use of the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate any third-party intellectual property rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers) often involve highly complex, technical issues, the outcome of which is inherently uncertain. Moreover, from time to time, we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights. Regardless of the merit or resolution of any such litigation, complex intellectual property litigation is generally costly and diverts the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel which could adversely affect our business.

Finisar Corporation v. Source Photonics, Inc., et al.

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., Oplink Communications, Inc. and us, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the co-defendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products in the United States. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers, and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, we filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including us)

 

108


Table of Contents

except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each co-defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against us. We and Finisar had agreed to a 90 day tolling of our respective claims and not to refile any claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period.

At the end of the tolling period, Finisar may bring a new similar lawsuit against us, and if we are unsuccessful in our defense of the Finisar patent infringement claims, a license to use the allegedly infringing technology may not be available to us at all, and if it is, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms and therefore may limit or preclude us from competing in the market for optical transceivers in the United States, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, or otherwise materially harm our business.

Although we believe that we would have meritorious defenses to the infringement allegations and intend to defend any new similar lawsuit vigorously, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our defense. Even if we are successful, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending the lawsuit. Further, a new lawsuit, if brought, would be likely to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel, which could harm our business.

 

109


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2010:

 

Name    Age      Position
 

Timothy S. Jenks

     55       President, Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

James D. Fay

     37       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Benjamin L. Sitler

     55       Vice President of Global Sales

Dr. Chi Yue (“Raymond”) Cheung

     43       Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Dr. G. Ferris Lipscomb

     58       Vice President of Marketing

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     41       Vice President of Product Development and Engineering

Bandel L. Carano (1)

     49       Director

Stephen T. Jurvetson (1)

     43       Director

Allan Kwan (2)

     52       Director

Björn Olsson (1)

     54       Director

Yat Bun (“Robert”) Peng (3)

     48       Director

Michael J. Sophie (2)

     53       Director

T. Peter Thomas (1)(3)

     64       Director

Lee Sen Ting (2) (3)

     68       Director
 

 

(1)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

(2)   Member of the audit committee.

 

(3)   Member of the compensation committee.

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and executive officers. Set forth below is biographical information, including the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that each member of our board of directors should serve as a director as of the date of this prospectus.

Executive officers

Timothy S. Jenks has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since April 1998. From November 2002 until August 2005, Mr. Jenks also served as Chief Executive Officer of NanoGram Corporation, a nanomaterials applications company that we spun out, and served on its board of directors until July 2010. From November 2002 until March 2003, Mr. Jenks served as Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of NanoGram Devices Corporation, a medical device battery company that we spun out and that was acquired by Greatbatch, Inc. in 2004. Mr. Jenks served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director at the time we filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to address certain liabilities, including real estate lease obligations in November

 

110


Table of Contents

2003. From 1985 until 1998, Mr. Jenks served in several positions of increasing responsibility at Raychem Corporation, a California-based materials engineering company, acquired by Tyco International Ltd. in 1998, including General Manager of its Wire & Cable Division serving the Pacific Rim countries; its Wire & Cable Division in Swindon, United Kingdom serving the Europe and the Middle East, and Vice President and General Manager of its electrical products division, based in Munich, Germany and having operations in locations including the United States, Germany, Russia, Singapore, Saudi Arabia and the United Kingdom. Since March 2010, Mr. Jenks has served as a director of Ignis ASA, an optical technology company based in Norway in which, as of September 30, 2010, we have a minority equity investment of approximately 22.7% of the outstanding equity. Mr. Jenks is a former naval officer, and holds a master of business administration degree from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, a master of science degree in nuclear engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering and marine engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy. Mr. Jenks brings to our board of directors demonstrated leadership and management ability at senior levels. In addition, his years of experience in engineered components industries, as well as his leadership in engineering and manufacturing business operations in several countries around the world, provide a valuable perspective for our board. He also brings continuity to our board and deep historic knowledge of our company through his tenure as Chief Executive Officer.

James D. Fay has served as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2009 and previously served as our Vice President of Legal Affairs and General Counsel from May 2007 to January 2009. From March 2007 to May 2007, Mr. Fay was in private practice representing start-up companies. From January 2000 until March 2007, Mr. Fay served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs and General Counsel for @Road, Inc., a mobile resource management service provider acquired by Trimble Navigation Limited in March 2007. From October 1998 until January 2000, Mr. Fay was an attorney for Venture Law Group. Mr. Fay holds a juris doctor degree from Harvard Law School and bachelor of arts degrees in international business and French from North Central College.

Benjamin L. Sitler has served as our Vice President of Worldwide Sales since July 2007 and previously served as our Vice President of Tunable Products from November 2006 to July 2007. From June 2003 until November 2006, Mr. Sitler served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Paxera Corporation, a provider of tunable lasers, which was acquired by us in November 2006. From December 2002 until May 2003, Mr. Sitler served as Vice President of Business Development of JCP Photonics, Inc., a tunable fiber laser company. From November 1999 until September 2002, Mr. Sitler served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales of Lightwave Microsystems Corporation, a communications equipment company that was acquired by us in 2003. From 1984 until 1999, Mr. Sitler served in a variety of positions for Raychem Corporation. Mr. Sitler is a former naval officer, and holds a master of business administration degree from the Anderson School of Business at the University of California, Los Angeles and a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy.

Raymond Cheung, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since November 2008 and is an employee of NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. Previously, he served as our Vice President of Research and Development from September 2007 to October 2008 and Vice President of Product Engineering from June 2007 to August 2007. From April 2004 until May 2007, Dr. Cheung served as Director of SAE Magnetics (HK) Ltd., a hard disc drive design and manufacturing company, and was responsible for manufacturing operations in Dongguan, China. Dr. Cheung has also held various senior technical, operations and management positions with

 

111


Table of Contents

Hong Kong Applied Science & Technology Research Institute and Philips Semiconductor. Dr. Cheung holds a doctorate degree in materials and mechanics from Cambridge University (UK) and a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering from King’s College London (UK).

G. Ferris Lipscomb, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President of Marketing since November 2002. Mr. Lipscomb served as our Vice President of Marketing at the time we filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to address certain liabilities, including real estate lease obligations in November 2003. From January 1999 until October 2002, Dr. Lipscomb served as Vice President of Marketing of Lightwave Microsystems Corporation, which was acquired by us in 2003. From January 1993 until December 1998, Dr. Lipscomb served in various positions including as General Manager and Executive Vice President at Akzo Nobel Electronic Products, Inc., a division of a multinational materials company. From September 1983 until December 1993, Dr. Lipscomb served in various positions including Chief Scientist for Photonics and Lightwave Technology in the Research and Development Division of Lockheed Missiles & Space Company. From September 1981 until August 1983, Dr. Lipscomb served on the Technical Staff of the TRW Technology Research Center. Dr. Lipscomb holds a doctorate degree in solid state physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor of science degree from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

Wupen Yuen, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President of Product Development and Engineering since September 2006 and previously served as our Director of Business Development since joining us in January 2005. From August 2002 until December 2004, Dr. Yuen served as Chief Technology Officer of Bandwidth9, Inc., a telecommunications tunable laser company. Dr. Yuen was Chief Technology Officer of Bandwidth9 when it filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in August 2004. Dr. Yuen holds a doctorate degree in electrical engineering, a master of science in electrical engineering from Stanford University and a bachelor of science in electrical engineering from National Taiwan University.

Board of directors

Bandel L. Carano has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2004. Since 1987, Mr. Carano has been a General Partner of Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in 1985. Mr. Carano is a director of Airspan Networks Inc., Kratos Defense and Security Solutions, Inc. and several privately-held companies. In addition, Mr. Carano has previously invested in and served on the board of directors of public companies including Tele Atlas BV, Synopsys, Inc. and Polycom, Inc. Mr. Carano also serves on the Investment Advisory Board of the Stanford Engineering Venture Fund. Mr. Carano holds both a master of science degree and a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from Stanford University. As a venture capitalist, Mr. Carano has been involved with numerous technology companies in the telecommunications, wireless, rich media and semiconductor industries including 2Wire, Inc., Avici Systems, Qtera Corporation, Sentient Networks, Inc. and FiberTower Corporation, among others. Mr. Carano’s years of venture capital investing, his experience as a director of various public companies and his insights in building these businesses provide valuable perspective to the board of directors.

Stephen T. Jurvetson has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2004. Since 1997, Mr. Jurvetson has been a Managing Director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm. Mr. Jurvetson is a director of Tesla Motors, Inc., Synthetic Genomics, Inc., Space Exploration Technologies and several private companies. From June 1990 until September 1993, Mr. Jurvetson

 

112


Table of Contents

served as a Consultant at Bain & Company, Inc. From 1987 to September 1989, Mr. Jurvetson served as a part-time research and development engineer at Hewlett-Packard Company, where he worked on communications chip designs. His prior technical experience also includes programming, materials science research (such as electron microscope imaging of semiconductors), and computer design at Hewlett-Packard’s PC Division, the Center for Materials Research, and Mostek Corporation. Mr. Jurvetson holds a master of business administration degree from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, a master of science degree in electrical engineering and a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from Stanford University. Mr. Jurvetson has extensive experience in technology development and in assessing technology trends and their impact on markets. His years of venture capital investing, knowledge of semiconductor devices and electronic design, and his creative insights for new technology strategies provide a valuable perspective for our board of directors.

Allan Kwan has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2008. Since April 2007, Mr. Kwan has been a Venture Partner of Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm. From May 2007 to May 2008, Mr. Kwan served on the board of directors of Linktone Ltd., a China-based wireless content and applications provider. From July 2001 until April 2007, Mr. Kwan served first as Managing Director of North Asia, then as Vice President International of Yahoo! Inc. Mr. Kwan previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Asia.com, a provider of web services, and in various senior executive positions at Motorola and Nortel. Mr. Kwan holds a bachelor of applied science degree in mechanical engineering from the University of British Columbia in Canada, a master of business administration degree from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, and a master of arts degree in international studies from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Kwan’s leadership experience in senior management and corporate development positions in North America and China, as well as his operating experience in wireline and wireless telecommunications businesses, brings significant industry expertise, cross border expertise and an important global perspective to the board of directors.

Björn Olsson has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2009. Since July 2009, Mr. Olsson has been a Founding Partner and board member of EMA Technology AB, a Swedish investment company. In the first half of 2009, Mr. Olsson was engaged in market and business research related to founding EMA Technology AB. Previously, Mr. Olsson was Executive Vice President and a member of the Ericsson Group Management Team from January 2004 until December 2008. He joined Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson in 1981 and held several senior management positions, including head of the Broadband, Cellular Systems (North American Standards), Transmission Networks and Systems business units, and as Chief Information Officer. Mr. Olsson holds a master of science in industrial management and engineering from the Linköping Institute of Technology in Sweden. Mr. Olsson has more than 25 years of experience in telecommunications, information technology, general management and leadership experience in the telecommunications industry and wireless systems development and architecture globally. With his extensive knowledge of our industry and locally in Europe, Mr. Olsson brings a deep understanding of our customers’ end markets, providing valuable guidance and direction to our management team and board of directors.

Robert Peng has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2005. Since January 2000, Mr. Peng has served as the Managing Director of China Investments of CEF Holdings Ltd., an investment holding company. Mr. Peng is the Managing Director of Concord Investments Company Ltd., an investment holding company and a director of Changyuan Group Ltd., a heat-shrinkable products manufacturer listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Mr. Peng holds a master of business

 

113


Table of Contents

administration degree from the Chinese University of Hong Kong and a bachelor of arts degree in business administration from the University of Washington. As a China-based venture capitalist working with manufacturing and infrastructure companies, Mr. Peng provides our management and board of directors with important guidance as we grow our operations in China.

Michael J. Sophie has been a member of our board of directors since November 2006. Mr. Sophie has served as a director of Pericom Semiconductor Corporation since August 2008. Mr. Sophie has also served as interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Proxim Wireless Corporation, a provider of wireless broadband technologies, since October 2010. Since May 2006, Mr. Sophie has served on the boards of several private companies and provided advisory services. From October 2007 to December 2007, Mr. Sophie served on the board of directors of Marvell Technology Group, a provider of storage, communications and consumer silicon solutions. From March 2003 to January 2007, Mr. Sophie served on the board of directors of McDATA Corporation Ltd., a provider of storage networking solutions. He was previously employed at UTStarcom Inc., a global seller of telecommunications hardware and software products, serving as its Chief Financial Officer from August 1999 through August 2005, and as Chief Operating Officer from June 2005 through May 2006. Previously, Mr. Sophie held executive positions at P-Com, Inc., a developer of network access systems, from August 1993 to August 1999, including Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Group President. From 1989 through 1993, Mr. Sophie was Vice President of Finance at Loral Fairchild Corp., a unit of Loral, a defense electronics and communications company. He holds a bachelor of science degree from California State University, Chico and a master of business administration degree from the University of Santa Clara. On May 1, 2008, the SEC issued an order in which UTStarcom, its then Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Sophie, its former Chief Financial Officer, were ordered to cease and desist from causing or committing violations of federal securities laws described in the order. These laws require filing accurate periodic reports with the SEC, making and keeping accurate books and records, devising and maintaining adequate internal accounting controls, and accurately providing the officer’s certification that must accompany a publicly traded company’s periodic reports. The order stated that the two individuals failed to implement and maintain adequate internal controls and falsely certified that UTStarcom’s financial statements and books and records were accurate, as more fully set forth in the order. Mr. Sophie agreed to pay a civil fine of $75,000 and consented to the order without admitting or denying the findings (other than SEC jurisdiction). The order did not prevent Mr. Sophie from serving as an officer or director of a publicly traded company. Mr. Sophie brings to our board of directors valuable capabilities in financial understanding, business perspective and U.S.-China cross border experience. Mr. Sophie provides an important role in keeping our board of directors current with audit issues, collaborating with our independent registered public accounting firm and management team and providing guidance and advice on our financial position.

T. Peter Thomas has served as a member of our board of directors since 1996. Since April 2004, Mr. Thomas has been a Founder and Managing Director of ATA Ventures, a venture capital firm. He was previously a General Partner at Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from 1985 to 2000. Prior to his venture experience, Mr. Thomas worked in a variety of engineering and management positions in high tech companies. His last role from 1975 to 1982 was with Intel Corporation. In the past five years, he has previously been a board member of public companies, including Transmeta Corporation, Atmel Corporation and @Road, Inc. He is presently a director of several privately-held companies. Mr. Thomas holds a master of science degree in computer science from Santa Clara University and a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from Utah State University. Mr. Thomas’ years of experience investing in and serving on the board of directors of multiple successful semiconductor and communications-

 

114


Table of Contents

related companies brings significant industry expertise and appropriate perspective to the board of directors. His long-standing experience on our board of directors since our founding, as well as his experience on numerous other boards of directors, enables him to provide key insight, historical knowledge and guidance to our management team and board of directors.

Lee Sen Ting has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Since April 2003, Mr. Ting has served as a Managing Director at W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, a financial services firm, and since July 2002, Mr. Ting has served as an Advisor to WK Technology Fund, a venture capital firm. From October 2000 to March 2002, Mr. Ting served as an Advisory Director to W.R. Hambrecht + Co. LLC. From July 1965 to August 2000, Mr. Ting served in various roles at Hewlett-Packard Company, most recently as Corporate Vice President and a Managing Director. Mr. Ting is a director of the Lenovo Group, a Chinese hardware manufacturer and Microelectronics Technology Inc. Mr. Ting holds a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from Oregon State University and is a graduate of the Stanford Executive Program. Mr. Ting has more than 40 years experience in management and banking positions in China and internationally. His lengthy operating experience at Hewlett Packard provided him with extensive knowledge about operating in multiple Asian countries as well as dealing with cross-border management issues. This extensive background and international perspective provides valuable insights to our board of directors.

Director independence

Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock is expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period following that company’s listing date in conjunction with its initial public offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

On March 30, 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Carano, Jurvetson, Kwan, Olsson, Peng, Sophie, Thomas and Ting are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, constituting a majority of independent directors of our board of directors as required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management.

 

115


Table of Contents

Board composition

Our board of directors is currently composed of nine members. Our bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and nine directors are currently authorized. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Following the completion of this offering, at each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2011 for the Class I directors, 2012 for the Class II directors and 2013 for the Class III directors.

 

 

Our Class I directors will be Robert Peng, Stephen T. Jurvetson and Timothy S. Jenks;

 

 

Our Class II directors will be T. Peter Thomas, Bandel Carano and Michael J. Sophie; and

 

 

Our Class III directors will be Lee Ting, Allan Kwan and Björn Olsson.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that the number of our directors will be fixed from time to time by a resolution of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Voting arrangements

Pursuant to our 2008 voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock:

 

 

funds affiliated with Oak Investment Partners have the right to designate a director to our board of directors, which is currently Mr. Carano;

 

 

ATA Ventures has the right to designate a director to our board of directors, which is currently Mr. Thomas;

 

 

funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson have the right to designate a director to our board of directors, which is currently Mr. Jurvetson;

 

 

one member of our board of directors will be our then-current Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

certain parties affiliated with Concord Investments Co. Ltd. have the right to designate two directors to our board of directors, one of which is currently Mr. Peng, and the other is required to be the currently serving General Manager of NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd., which board of directors position is currently vacant;

 

 

holders of our Series 3 preferred stock have the right to designate a director to our board of directors, subject to the reasonable approval of us and International Finance Corporation, which is currently Mr. Sophie; and

 

116


Table of Contents

 

 

the majority of the then-serving members of our board of directors have the right to nominate one director to our board of directors, which is currently Mr. Ting.

The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and there will be no further contractual arrangements regarding the election of our directors.

Board committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. For that purpose, our audit committee, among other things:

 

 

evaluates the qualifications and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

determines and approves the scope of engagement and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

confers with management and our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

 

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls; and

 

 

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm.

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Sophie, Kwan and Ting. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sophie is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under applicable SEC rules. Mr. Sophie has also been appointed to serve as the chairman of our audit committee. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee. In determining Mr. Kwan’s independence, our board of directors considered Mr. Kwan’s position as a venture partner of Oak Investment Partners, including his lack of voting and dispositive power over any of our shares held by Oak Investment Partners.

 

117


Table of Contents

Compensation committee .    Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. The functions of the committee include:

 

 

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers and senior members of management and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation; and

 

 

administering our stock option plans, stock purchase plans, compensation plans and similar programs, including the adoption, amendment and termination of such plans.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Peng, Thomas and Ting. Mr. Thomas has been appointed to serve as the chairman of our compensation committee. We believe that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, is a non-employee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Nominating and corporate governance committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Carano, Jurvetson, Olsson and Thomas, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Carano is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our nominating and corporate governance committee is independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The functions of this committee include:

 

 

assessing the performance of our management and our board of directors;

 

 

identifying, reviewing, and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors, including nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

 

reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors;

 

 

making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the membership of the committees of the board of directors; and

 

 

developing a set of corporate governance principles.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Peng, Thomas and Ting. None of the members of our compensation committee have, at any time, been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serve, or in the past year have served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee. Beginning in May 2008, Nison Limited and certain entities affiliated with ATA Ventures purchased shares of our Series X preferred stock. Mr. Peng is a director of Nison Limited and Mr. Thomas is a Managing Director of ATA Ventures. For more information, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

118


Table of Contents

Code of business conduct and ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.neophotonics.com . We intend to disclose future amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements on our website to the extent permitted by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Director compensation

We currently have in place the following compensation package for our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our significant stockholders.

 

     

Annual retainer

   $ 20,000   

Additional retainer audit committee chair

     12,000   

Additional retainer audit committee member

     6,000   

Additional retainer compensation committee chair

     6,000   

Additional retainer compensation committee member

     3,000   

Additional retainer nominating and governance committee chair

     6,000   

Additional retainer nominating and governance committee member

     3,000   

Additional retainer technical advisory board chair

     6,000   
   

Mr. Olsson’s annual retainer for 2009 was $24,000, which was effected prior to the approval of a written policy that provides for each non-employee director to receive an annual retainer of $20,000.

Under our current non-employee director compensation policy, upon election to our board of directors, each non-employee director who is not affiliated with one of our significant stockholders receives an initial option grant to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each of these non-employee directors also receives an additional option grant to purchase 2,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, for each committee (up to three) for which such director is appointed as a member. After each initial option grant has fully vested, each such non-employee director also receives an annual grant of an option to purchase 1,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. Options granted as compensation for service on our board of directors vest ratably over 48 months, unless otherwise approved by our board of directors.

Certain non-employee directors and their affiliated entities have been granted warrants to purchase our common stock in the past in connection with our financing activities. However, such grants were not intended as compensation for service on our board of directors. Employee directors and directors affiliated with our significant stockholders are not compensated for their service as directors.

 

119


Table of Contents

Director compensation table

The following table sets forth information regarding fees paid to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Name    Fees earned
or paid in
cash
   

Option
awards (1)

     Total  
   

Bandel L. Carano

   $      $       $   

Stephen T. Jurvetson

                      

Allan Kwan

     28,000                28,000   

Björn Olsson

     29,500 (2)       17,700         47,200   

Robert Peng

                      

Michael J. Sophie

     32,000                32,000   

T. Peter Thomas

                      

Lee Sen Ting

     28,000                28,000   
   

 

(1)   Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2009 calculated in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions and exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)   Mr. Olsson’s retainer for 2009 was $24,000, which was effected prior to the approval of a written policy which allows for each non-employee director to receive a retainer of $20,000. Includes $1,500 paid to Mr. Olsson for serving as the chairman of our technical advisory board. Mr. Olsson’s payments are made to Cilindri AB, an entity solely controlled by him.

As of December 31, 2009, our non-employee directors held outstanding stock options as follows:

 

Name    Stock
options
 
   

Bandel L. Carano

       

Stephen T. Jurvetson

       

Allan Kwan

       

Björn Olsson

     6,000 (1)  

Robert Peng

       

Michael J. Sophie

     9,000 (2)

T. Peter Thomas

       

Lee Sen Ting

     7,000 (3)  
   

 

(1)   Option grant has an exercise price of $4.25 per share and vests as to 25% of options after one year and 1/48 of options monthly thereafter. This grant is not exercisable prior to vesting.

 

(2)   Includes a grant of 4,000 options with an exercise price of $4.25 with 25% vesting after the first year and 1/48 of the options vesting on a monthly basis thereafter. Also includes grant of 1,000 options with an exercise price of $4.25 with 1/48 of the options vesting on a monthly basis. Also includes an grant of 4,000 options with an exercise price of $4.25 per share which vested monthly over two years and is fully vested. Each of these grants is exercisable prior to vesting, subject to our right to repurchase unvested shares in the event the director’s service with us terminates.

 

(3)  

Includes three option grants to purchase 1,000, 4,000 and 2,000 shares, respectively, each with an exercise price of $4.25 per share with  1 / 48 of the options vesting on a monthly basis. The initial grant of 1,000 options is early exercisable and the subsequent grants of 4,000 and 2,000 options are not exercisable prior to vesting.

 

120


Table of Contents

In January 2010, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to each non-employee director affiliated with our significant stockholders who had not previously received an equity grant. The following options were granted under our 2004 stock option plan, effective as of January 27, 2010:

 

Director    Options     

Exercise

price per

share

 
   

Bandel L. Carano

     4,000       $ 12.00   

Stephen T. Jurvetson

     4,000         12.00   

Robert Peng

     4,000         12.00   

T. Peter Thomas

     4,000         12.00   
   

The exercise price of each option granted represented the fair market value of our common stock at that date as determined by our board of directors. The options are not early exercisable and vest as to half of the options on December 8, 2010 and 1/24th of the options monthly thereafter.

On January 27, 2010, we also granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our significant stockholders as part of their director compensation packages. Accordingly, the following options were granted under our 2004 stock option plan effective as of January 27, 2010.

 

Director    Options     

Exercise

price per

share

 
   

Allan Kwan

     2,000       $ 12.00   

Björn Olsson

     2,000         12.00   

Michael J. Sophie

     2,000         12.00   

Lee San Ting

     2,000         12.00   
   

These options were granted for service on board committees and vest as to half of the options on December 8, 2010 and 1/24th of the options monthly thereafter. In addition, Mr. Kwan received a grant of 6,000 options on January 27, 2010, 4,000 of which was granted based upon Mr. Kwan’s election to our board of directors and 2,000 of which was granted for Mr. Kwan’s committee service in 2009. This grant vests as to 25% of the options after one year and 1/48th of the options monthly thereafter. The options are not early exercisable.

On November 2, 2010, our board of directors approved the amount of several options to purchase shares of our common stock to be granted to our non-employee directors. These options are expected to be granted in December 2010 at the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

 

121


Table of Contents

Director Options

 

Director    Options  
   

Bandel L. Carano

     1,000   

Allan Kwan

     1,000   

Robert Peng

     1,000   

Björn Olsson

     1,000   

Michael J. Sophie

     1,000   

T. Peter Thomas

     1,000   

Lee San Ting

     1,000   

Stephen T. Jurvetson

     1,000   
   

New director compensation program

In anticipation of this offering, in April 2010, our compensation committee approved the following compensation package for our non-employee directors, effective upon completion of this offering.

 

Annual retainer

   $ 36,000   

Additional retainer audit committee chair

     24,000   

Additional retainer audit committee member

     12,000   

Additional retainer compensation committee chair

     9,000   

Additional retainer compensation committee member

     6,000   

Additional retainer nominating and corporate governance committee chair

     9,000   

Additional retainer nominating and corporate governance committee

     6,000   

Additional payment for lead director per regular meeting

     1,000   

Additional payment for technical advisory board per regular meeting

     2,500 (1)  
   

 

(1)   If meeting requires one day or more of travel, then amount paid will be $5,000.

Upon election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will receive an initial option grant to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to (1) $100,000 divided by (2) the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of such grant, which shall vest ratably over 48 months. Each year following the initial option grant on the date of each annual stockholder meeting, each such non-employee director will receive a grant of an option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to (1) $50,000 divided by (2) the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of such grant, which shall vest ratably over 24 months. Each of the option grants described above shall have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

122


Table of Contents

Compensation discussion and analysis

The following discussion describes and analyzes our executive compensation programs and policies as they apply to Timothy S. Jenks, James D. Fay, Benjamin L. Sitler, Dr. Raymond Cheung and Dr. Wupen Yuen, who we also refer to as our named executive officers.

Compensation philosophy and objectives

Our executive compensation program has four primary components—base salary, performance-based cash bonuses, long-term equity incentive awards and severance/change in control benefits. We also provide our executive officers with health and welfare benefits that are available to all salaried employees.

General .     The various elements comprising our executive officer compensation program are designed to achieve the following objectives:

 

 

provide total compensation packages that attract, motivate, reward and retain exceptional executive-level talent;

 

 

establish a direct and meaningful link between corporate, individual and team performance and the compensation payable in respect of such performance;

 

 

provide strong incentives for our named executive officers to promote our growth and create stockholder value; and

 

 

align the financial interests of the named executive officers with those of our stockholders.

While our compensation committee (or our board of directors, as applicable) reviews the total compensation package for each of our named executive officers in connection with the decisions it makes each year regarding each individual element of compensation, the amount of any one element of compensation awarded is generally determined independent of the amount of any other element awarded. Our compensation committee (or board of directors, as applicable) determines the appropriate level for each compensation component in a given year based on a number of factors, the importance of any one of which may vary in any given year, including:

 

 

corporate and/or individual performance, as we believe this encourages our named executive officers to focus on achieving our business objectives;

 

 

the need to motivate executives to address particular business challenges that are unique within any given year;

 

 

the experiences and individual knowledge of the members of our board of directors regarding compensation of similarly situated executives at other companies (without reliance on third party surveys of compensation paid to such executives at any specific companies or benchmarking to any specified level of compensation paid by any specific companies), as we believe this approach helps us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent while at the same time maintaining a reasonable and responsible cost structure;

 

 

internal pay equity of the compensation paid to one named executive officer as compared to another, as we believe this contributes to retention and a spirit of teamwork among our executives;

 

 

the potential dilutive effect on our stockholders generally from equity awards granted to named executive officers;

 

123


Table of Contents

 

 

common pay practices and local economic conditions in foreign countries where a named executive officer may work;

 

 

broader economic conditions, in order to ensure that our pay strategies are effective yet responsible, particularly in the face of any unanticipated consequences of the broader economy on our business; and

 

 

individual negotiations with executives, particularly in connection with their initial compensation package, as these executives may be leaving meaningful compensation opportunities at their prior employer in order to work for us, as well as negotiations upon their departures, as we recognize the benefit to our stockholders of smooth transitions.

Our intent is to perform at least an annual review of our named executive officers’ overall compensation packages to determine whether they meet our compensation objectives.

Benchmarking.     In setting compensation levels for our named executive officers for 2009, we did not create a peer group of companies, rely on any third party survey data or otherwise engage in benchmarking. Like the boards of many private companies, our compensation committee (or our board of directors, as applicable) discussed compensation levels in the context of the experiences and individual knowledge of each board member. This approach called for our board members to use their reasonable business judgment in determining compensation levels that would allow us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent, without the cost of engaging a compensation consultant or otherwise obtaining third party survey data (data which, in the private company context, is not as readily available as it is for public companies). As described below under “2010 peer group of companies,” starting in 2010, we have developed a peer group of companies, and we anticipate reviewing third party survey data for this peer group of companies in setting compensation after this offering.

Role of our compensation committee .     Our compensation committee is generally responsible for:

 

 

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our named executive officers and senior members of management and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation; and

 

 

administering our stock option plans, stock purchase plans, compensation plans and similar programs, including the adoption, amendment and termination of such plans.

For 2009, our compensation committee approved base salary and bonus payouts for our named executive officers. Our compensation committee may, at its discretion and in accordance with the philosophy of making all information available to our board of directors, present executive compensation matters to the entire board of directors for their review and approval. At various board meetings in 2009 (as further described below in the discussions of each element of compensation), our compensation committee presented its recommendations on target bonus levels and equity awards for our named executive officers to our board of directors for approval. In each instance, our board of directors (including the non-employee directors) approved these recommendations as presented without material modification.

As part of its deliberations, in any given year, our compensation committee may review and consider materials such as our financial reports and projections, operational data, tax and accounting information regarding potential compensation, executive and director stock

 

124


Table of Contents

ownership information, analyses of historical executive compensation levels and current company-wide compensation levels, and the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer.

Role of our management .      For executives other than the Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee (or the non-employee members of our board of directors, as applicable) solicits and considers the performance evaluations and compensation recommendations submitted by the Chief Executive Officer. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee (or our board of directors, as applicable) evaluates his performance and determines whether to make any adjustments to his compensation.

Our human resources and finance departments work with our Chief Executive Officer to propose for approval the design of compensation programs applicable to our named executive officers and other senior executives, to recommend changes to existing compensation programs, to recommend financial and other performance targets to be achieved under those programs, to prepare analyses of financial data and other briefing materials and ultimately, to implement the decisions of our compensation committee (or our board of directors, as applicable).

No named executive officer was present or participated directly in the final determinations or deliberations of our compensation committee (or our board of directors, as applicable) regarding the amount of any component of his own 2009 compensation package.

Role of our compensation consultant .    As described above, no compensation consultant was retained in 2009 to provide guidance on compensation payable in 2009. In March 2010, our compensation committee retained Compensia, an independent compensation consultant, to assist the compensation committee in its deliberations on compensation payable to our named executive officers. Other than providing limited advice to our management team regarding the design of our newly adopted broad-based equity compensation plans (the cost of which has not, in 2010 to the date of this prospectus, exceeded $40,000), Compensia does not provide any other services to us. We pay the cost for the consultant’s services.

The nature and scope of services of Compensia’s services in 2010 may include, but are not necessarily limited to:

 

 

working with management to provide recommendations to our compensation committee regarding the composition of our peer group of companies;

 

 

providing compensation data for similarly situated executive officers at our peer group of companies;

 

 

providing advice to our compensation committee regarding the compensation levels for similarly situated executive officers at our peer group companies;

 

 

providing advice regarding best practices and market trends in executive compensation;

 

 

assisting with the design of our broad based equity compensation program, and any other executive compensation arrangements, as needed;

 

 

preparing for and attending compensation committee meetings, as requested by our compensation committee; and

 

 

working with our named executive officers and human resource personnel to obtain any information Compensia needs about us in order to provide its services.

 

125


Table of Contents

2010 peer group of companies.     As stated above, our compensation committee did not create a peer group of companies or engage in benchmarking with respect to compensation decisions made in 2009. However, in April 2010, our Chief Executive Officer, human resources and finance teams worked with Compensia and the chair of our compensation committee to determine a set of peer companies for purposes of making compensation decisions in 2010. The companies selected were comparable to us with respect to industry segment (that is, telecommunications equipment companies), revenue level (that is, between $75 million and $400 million), and market conditions (that is, generally with revenue growth despite the challenging global economic environment). In April 2010, based on consultations with Compensia and the recommendations of our management, our compensation committee approved the following companies as our peer group of companies for purposes of determining 2010 compensation:

 

     

Aruba Networks Inc.

   IPG Photonics Corporation    Oplink Communications, Inc.

BigBand Networks, Inc.

   Ixia    Opnext, Inc.

Emcore Corporation

  

Mindspeed Technologies, Inc.

  

Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation

Harmonic Inc.

  

Occam Networks, Inc.

  

Infinera Corporation

  

Oclaro, Inc.

  
 

 

126


Table of Contents

Compensation of our named executive officers in 2009

Elements of compensation .     As noted above, our executive compensation program has four primary components—base salary, performance-based cash bonuses, long-term equity incentive awards and severance/change in control benefits. We also provide our named executive officers with health and welfare benefits that are available to all salaried employees. The table below outlines which factors were material to the decisions of our compensation committee and our board of directors in 2009 and the reasons such element of compensation is provided.

 

Compensation element    Material factors considered in 2009    Objective
 

Base salary

  

•Board members’ experience and knowledge

 

•Historical negotiations and salary levels

 

•Broader market conditions

  

•Attract and retain experienced executives

 
Performance-based cash bonuses   

•Board members’ experience and knowledge

 

•Exceptional achievement of corporate objectives, particularly in light of broader market conditions

 

•Subjective review of each executive’s overall individual performance

 

•Internal pay equity

 

•Broader market conditions

 

•Balance sheet and expected future cash flows

  

•Retain exceptional talent

 

•Motivate executives to achieve company objectives

 

•Link corporate and individual performance with compensation paid

 

•Provide incentives to promote our growth and create stockholder value

 

•Align the financial interests of the executive officers with those of our stockholders

 
Long-term equity incentive awards   

•Board members’ experience and knowledge

 

•Exceptional achievement of corporate objectives, particularly in light of broader market conditions

 

•Internal pay equity

 

•The potential dilutive effect on our stockholders

  

•Retain exceptional talent

 

•Motivate executives to achieve company objectives

 

•Link corporate and individual performance with compensation paid

 

•Provide incentives to promote our growth and create stockholder value

 

•Align the financial interests of the executive officers with those of our stockholders

 

 

127


Table of Contents
Compensation element    Material factors considered in 2009    Objective
 
Severance/Change in control benefits   

•Board members’ experience and knowledge

 

•Internal pay equity

 

•Historical individual negotiations with executives

  

•Retain exceptional talent

 

•Motivate executives to achieve company objectives, which may in any given year include completion of a strategic transaction

 

•Align the financial interests of the executive officers with those of our stockholders—that is, the completion of a desired transaction without regard to executive’s own compensation/job security

 

Base salary .     Historically, our board of directors has reviewed and adjusted the annual salaries for each of our named executive officers on an as-needed basis (that is, not at a specific time each year). In 2009, our compensation committee reviewed base salaries in the first quarter of 2009, taking into account our board members’ collective knowledge and experiences on compensating individuals in positions held by our named executive officers at other companies (without reference to any specific peer group or any specific benchmark level of compensation) and prior salary negotiations with executives (particularly at the time of their hiring). In addition, in 2009, our compensation committee considered the overall state of our industry and the local economies in which we operate. Based on these factors, and at the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee decided that no changes would be made to base salaries from the 2008 levels, other than with respect to Mr. Fay, who had a base salary of $250,000 as of the end of 2008. In 2009, in light of his appointment as Chief Financial Officer (in addition to his responsibility for legal matters for us) the board of directors approved a $5,000 supplemental payment for the first and second quarters, then increased Mr. Fay’s base salary to $275,000, effective July 1, 2009.

 

128


Table of Contents

In July 2010, our compensation committee reviewed base salaries for our named executive officers. As part of this review, the committee reviewed and considered a report prepared by Compensia , which included an assessment of our executives’ base salaries relative to those of comparable executives at our peer group of companies and a broad group of high technology companies (both public and private). After considering input from Compensia (but without benchmarking to any specific level), as well as the compensation committee members’ collective knowledge and experience on compensating individuals in positions held by our named executive officers at other companies, the improved state of our industry and changes in the local economies in which we operate, our compensation committee approved increases to the base salaries of each of our named executive officers, effective July 1, 2010, as follows:

 

Named executive officer    New base salary  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

   $ 330,000   

James D. Fay

     285,000   

Benjamin L. Sitler

     226,000   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

     246,849   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     215,000   
   

Performance-based cash bonuses.     Historically, including in 2009, our board of directors has approved an annual discretionary cash bonus program for executives, including target bonus amounts, in the first quarter of each year. In January 2009, our board of directors approved the terms of the annual discretionary cash bonus opportunity for each of our named executive officers.

Our board of directors determined each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity, expressed as a percentage of base salary, as follows: 30% for Mr. Jenks and 25% for each of Messrs. Fay and Sitler and Drs. Cheung and Yuen. These percentages were determined based on our board members’ collective knowledge and experiences, the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, other than in connection with himself, and considerations for internal pay equity—that is, while our board of directors generally believes compensation for our named executive officers should increase with responsibility, our board of directors also recognized that achievement of the corporate goals underlying the 2009 bonus program would require a team effort among management, and therefore the target bonus percentages should fall within a narrow range, with the largest percentage awarded to our Chief Executive Officer in light of his responsibilities.

Our board of directors structured the bonus program so that payouts would be determined based in part on achievement against corporate objectives, including:

 

 

U.S. GAAP revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009;

 

 

U.S. GAAP gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2009;

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

 

 

Confidential metrics related to customer satisfaction for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Our board of directors picked these goals because they are the best indicators of the achievement of the execution of our operating plan and are the factors that are most critical to increasing the value of our common stock. The board of directors believed these goals therefore best aligned the financial interests of the executive officers with those of the stockholders.

 

129


Table of Contents

Our board of directors established threshold, target and stretch levels of performance for each of the metrics, other than the customer satisfaction metric, for which only target and threshold levels were established. While these various levels of performance were selected, these levels were merely non-binding guidelines to be used as one factor in determining the actual bonuses earned. In establishing the bonus program for 2009, our board of directors did not ascribe a specific dollar value in bonus payout to any one of the corporate goals or to any individual performance achievements. Instead, at the close of 2009, our compensation committee, acting in lieu of our board of directors, considered our corporate performance against these metrics and other aspects of corporate performance such as our balance sheet and cash flows. Specifically, the compensation committee reviewed our corporate performance against each of the corporate goals, and determined (as further disclosed in the table below) that we had exceeded the stretch goal for each metric (other than customer satisfaction and GAAP gross margin for 2009, as to each of which we exceeded the target goal). Our compensation committee determined that awarding bonuses based strictly on the achievement of each goal at target or stretch, as applicable, would not be financially responsible. Instead, our compensation committee awarded actual bonuses based upon a general, subjective conclusion as to the appropriate bonus amount in light of (1) corporate performance against each of the corporate goals, (2) whether each named executive officer had performed his duties in a satisfactory manner (as further discussed below), and (3) our overall budget (that is, the appropriate level of bonuses to pay in light of broader economic conditions and our balance sheet and expected cash flows).

 

Corporate objective (1)

(all dollar figures in millions)

   Threshold      Target      Stretch      Actual 2009
achievement
 
   

U.S. GAAP revenue for 2009

   $ 121       $ 134.5       $ 141       $ 155.1   

U.S. GAAP gross margin for 2009

     22%         24.2%         27%         26.1%   

Adjusted EBITDA for 2009

   $ 0       $ 4.5       $ 6.75       $ 11.4   
   

 

(1)   We are not disclosing the confidential internal threshold, target or maximum performance levels or the actual achievement of the metrics related to customer satisfaction as we believe doing so could cause material competitive harm to us. Specifically, we believe doing so could enable competitors and customers to determine our key strategic and financial goals and pricing strategies, thereby potentially placing us at a significant strategic and competitive disadvantage. When our board of directors established these goals in early 2009, it believed these goals were difficult to achieve even in positive economic conditions, which was not the case in 2009. More importantly, we are not disclosing these goals or actual achievement levels because given the overall subjective nature of the determination of the actual bonus amounts awarded in 2009, we believe that disclosure of these threshold, target or maximum performance levels and the actual results is not material to our stockholders’ understanding of our compensation policies and decisions for 2009.

In making the final decision in the first quarter of 2010 on the amount of bonuses earned by the named executive officers, our compensation committee considered these corporate results as well as (1) the performance reviews for each named executive officers (other than for himself) given by the Chief Executive Officer, (2) our compensation committee’s evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer’s performance and (3) internal pay equity and (4) our compensation committee’s evaluation of the appropriateness of the amount of the bonuses in light of our balance sheet, expected cash flows and broader economic considerations, notwithstanding our exceptional performance against corporate goals and the material role each named executive officer played in achieving those goals. Our compensation committee did not apply any specific weighting or formula for these factors, but considered them as a whole. In considering each named executive officer’s individual performance, our compensation committee made note of the following:

 

 

With respect to Mr. Jenks, his leadership and his vision for our company, which our compensation committee believes played a vital part in our success to date.

 

130


Table of Contents

 

 

With respect to Mr. Fay, his development of our finance organization and preparation of our company for this offering.

 

 

With respect to Mr. Sitler, his performance generating revenue and development of our sales organization.

 

 

With respect to Dr. Cheung, his performance in managing production and development of our quality organization, as well as his key role in our achievement of the gross margin results for 2009.

 

 

With respect to Dr. Yuen, his performance in delivering new products and product designs.

As a result of these deliberations, our compensation committee awarded actual 2009 bonuses in the first quarter of 2010 as follows:

 

Named executive officer    Target bonus award      Actual bonus award  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

   $ 96,000       $ 130,000   

James D. Fay

     68,750         135,000   

Benjamin L. Sitler

     55,000         128,000   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

     58,422         136,772   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     50,000         110,000   
   

In sum, the amount of bonus that was actually earned by the named executive officers in 2009 was a subjective, entirely discretionary, determination made by our compensation committee without the use of pre-determined formulas. Our compensation committee believes that maintaining discretion to evaluate each named executive officer’s performance at the close of the year based on the totality of the circumstances, and to award or fail to award bonus compensation without reliance on rote calculations under set formulas, is currently appropriate in responsibly discharging its duties.

We do not have a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of the award or payment.

Long-term equity incentive awards .     We utilize long-term equity incentive awards in the form of options to purchase our common stock to ensure that our named executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. We award equity compensation because we believe that if our named executive officers own shares of our common stock with values that are significant to them, they will have an incentive to act to maximize longer-term stockholder value instead of short-term gain. We also believe that equity compensation is an integral component of our efforts to attract exceptional executives, senior management and employees.

We believe that properly structured equity compensation works to align the long-term interests of stockholders and employees by creating a strong, direct link between employee compensation and stock price appreciation. Specifically, because we grant stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (which in the past has been determined by our board of directors), these options will have value to our named executive officers only if the fair market value of our common stock increases after the date of grant and through the date of vesting. Typically, stock options granted to our named executive officers vest over 48 months with 25% of the options vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months. This vesting schedule provides a retention incentive to our named executive officers. In addition, under the terms of our stock plans, the vesting of options is partially accelerated in the event of certain material

 

131


Table of Contents

corporate transactions, as well as in the event of certain involuntary terminations of employment following certain material corporate transactions. We believe these accelerated vesting provisions are appropriate in light of the collective knowledge and experiences of our board members on compensating individuals in the positions held by our named executive officers at other companies (without reference to any specific peer group or any specific benchmark level of compensation), and therefore allow us to attract and retain high quality executives, and, in the case of accelerated vesting upon a change in control, the accelerated vesting allows our named executive officers to focus on closing a transaction that may be in the best interest of our stockholders even though the transaction may otherwise result in a termination of their employment and, absent such accelerated vesting, a forfeiture of their unvested equity awards.

While our board of directors has delegated authority to our compensation committee to make stock option grants to executive officers, all stock option grants previously awarded to our executive officers have been granted by our full board of directors. These grants have been made as and when necessary, as determined by our board of directors, rather than at a specific time each year.

In determining the size of stock option grants made in 2009 to our named executive officers, our compensation committee made its recommendations based primarily on the members’ experience and knowledge, internal pay equity (that is, generally similar award sizes as among the named executive officers, with larger awards to our Chief Executive Officer in light of his responsibilities), our performance (that is, the significant achievement as of the date of grant toward the achievement of the financial metrics described above under the 2009 bonus program), and the potential dilutive effect on our stockholders. These factors were considered as a whole, without any specific weighting or formula. In February 2009, in recognition of Mr. Fay’s appointment as Chief Financial Officer, and in an effort to provide greater internal pay equity among our named executive officers, our board of directors awarded Mr. Fay a stock option grant under our 2004 stock option plan, as amended, or 2004 Plan, for 16,000 shares. In May 2009, our compensation committee recommended, and our board of directors approved, the following stock option grants under our 2004 Plan:

 

Named executive officer    Number of options  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

     31,999   

James D. Fay

     23,999   

Benjamin L. Sitler

     23,999   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

     24,000   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     23,999   
   

In January 2010, our compensation committee recommended, and our board of directors approved, the following stock option grants under our 2004 Plan:

 

Named executive officer    Number of options  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

     16,799   

James D. Fay

     14,000   

Benjamin L. Sitler

     8,400   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

     12,000   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     11,200   
   

In determining the size of the stock option grants made in January 2010 to our named executive officers, our compensation committee made its recommendations based primarily on the members’

 

132


Table of Contents

experience and knowledge, an assessment of each individual’s existing equity ownership and vesting status, our performance (that is, the achievement of certain financial metrics described above under the 2009 bonus program), the potential dilutive effect on our stockholders, and the expected potential dilutive effect of this offering on our named executive officers. These factors were considered as a whole, without any specific weighting or formula.

On November 2, 2010, our board of directors approved the amount of several options to purchase shares of our common stock to be granted under our 2004 Plan to our named executive officers. These options are expected to be granted in December 2010 at the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

 

Named executive officer    Number of options  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

     18,000   

James D. Fay

     16,000   

Benjamin L. Sitler

     12,000   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

     12,000   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

     12,000   
   

In determining the amount of stock options to be granted to our named executive officers, our compensation committee made its recommendations based primarily on the members’ experience and knowledge, an assessment of each individual’s existing equity ownership and vesting status, our performance through September 30, 2010, the potential dilutive effect on our stockholders, and the expected potential dilutive effect of this offering on our named executive officers. These factors were considered as a whole, without any specific weighting or formula.

Equity compensation policies.      We encourage our named executive officers to hold a significant equity interest in our company, but have not set specific ownership guidelines. In April 2010, we adopted a grant timing policy with respect to stock options awarded by our Chief Executive Officer to newly hired non-officer employees. Those grants will be made effective as of the 15th day of the month (or first market trading day thereafter if the 15th is not a market trading day) following the month in which the employee starts work for us. We have not adopted any other grant timing policy at this time.

Severance and change in control benefits .    The employment of Messrs. Jenks, Fay, Sitler and Yuen is “at will.” Dr. Cheung’s employment is for a fixed term through June 30, 2012 as a result of local labor laws in China. Each of Messrs. Jenks, Fay and Sitler, and Dr. Yuen is eligible to receive severance benefits upon certain involuntary terminations of employment under the terms of their respective severance agreements. These agreements (and the amount of benefits offered under each such agreement) reflect the negotiations of each of the applicable named executive officers as well as a desire to have internal parity among our named executive officers with respect to their potential severance benefits. We consider these severance benefits critical to attracting and retaining high caliber executives.

In addition, we believe that change in control severance benefits and partially accelerated vesting (primarily under our stock plans, but also under our 2008 acquisition bonus plan that will expire upon the consummation of this offering), if structured appropriately, serve to minimize the distractions to an executive and reduce the risk that a named executive officer terminates his employment with us before an acquisition is consummated. We believe that our existing arrangements allow our named executive officers to focus on continuing normal business operations and, in the case of change in control benefits, on the success of a potential business

 

133


Table of Contents

combination, rather than being distracted by how business decisions that may be in the best interest of our stockholders will impact each named executive officer’s own financial security. That is, these existing arrangements help ensure stability among our named executive officers, and we believe will help enable our named executive officers to maintain a balanced perspective in making overall business decisions during periods of uncertainty. In February 2009, we adopted an acquisition bonus plan (called the 2008 acquisition bonus plan) for the reasons stated above. In particular, this bonus plan was structured to provide our named executive officers and certain of our other employees with a financial gain upon a change in control in light of the possibility that the stock options held by these individuals could have little to no value in such a transaction due to the substantial liquidation preferences held by our preferred stockholders. As our preferred stock will convert into common stock in connection with this offering (thereby terminating these liquidation preferences), this acquisition bonus plan will also terminate in connection with this offering.

A more detailed description of these provisions is set forth below under “Management—Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

Broad based employee benefits .     We provide the following benefits to the named executive officers, on the same terms and conditions as provided to all other eligible employees:

 

 

health, dental insurance and vision;

 

 

basic life insurance;

 

 

medical and dependent care flexible spending account;

 

 

short-and long-term disability, accidental death and dismemberment; and

 

 

401(k) plan.

We believe these benefits are consistent with benefits provided by other companies based on the experiences and individual knowledge of the members of our board of directors regarding compensation of similarly situated executives at other companies (without reliance on third party surveys of compensation paid to such executives at any specific companies or benchmarking to any specified level of compensation paid by any specific companies) and help us to attract and retain high quality executives. In addition, Dr. Cheung’s annual salary includes RMB 20,000 ($2,929 based on an average exchange rate of RMB 6.82768 per U.S. dollar in 2009) to cover the cost of family health insurance premiums in China.

Personal benefits .    We provide only limited perquisites to our named executive officers. In considering potential perquisites, our compensation committee reviews the cost to us as compared to the perceived value of providing such perquisites. In 2010, we purchased life insurance policies providing supplemental life insurance for Messrs. Jenks, Fay and Sitler and Drs. Cheung and Yuen. The face value of these policies is $1,500,000 for Mr. Jenks, $400,000 for Mr. Fay and $250,000 for each of Dr. Yuen, Mr. Sitler and Dr. Cheung, based on negotiations with them. Our compensation committee decided that rather than pay our executives these amounts as severance upon death out of our general assets, it is more cost effective to provide for these payments through insurance. Our compensation committee believes that this limited perquisite is important for attracting and retaining key talent.

 

134


Table of Contents

Accounting and tax implications

We account for equity compensation paid to our employees under applicable accounting guidance for stock-based compensation arrangements, which requires us to estimate and record an expense over the service period of the award. Our cash compensation is recorded as an expense at the time the obligation is incurred.

After completion of this offering, and subject to certain rules that exempt pre-existing arrangements approved prior to this offering, as a publicly-traded company we will not be permitted a federal income tax deduction for compensation paid to certain executive officers to the extent that compensation exceeds $1.0 million per covered officer in any year. The limitation applies only to compensation that is not performance based. Non-performance based compensation paid to our executive officers for 2009 did not exceed the $1.0 million limit per officer and our compensation committee does not anticipate that the non-performance based compensation to be paid to executive officers for 2010 will be in excess of the deductible limit.

Our compensation committee believes that in establishing the cash and equity incentive compensation programs for our executive officers, the potential deductibility of the compensation payable under those programs should be only one of a number of relevant factors taken into consideration, and not the sole governing factor. For that reason, our compensation committee may deem it appropriate to provide one or more executive officers with the opportunity to earn incentive compensation, whether through cash incentive award programs tied to our financial performance or equity incentive grants tied to the executive officer’s continued service, which may be in excess of the amount deductible by reason of Section 162(m) or other provisions of the Code. Our compensation committee believes it is important to maintain this flexibility in determining cash and equity incentive compensation in order to attract and retain high caliber executive officer candidates, even if all or part of that compensation may not be deductible by reason of the Section 162(m) limitation.

Also, our compensation committee takes into account whether components of our compensation program may be subject to the penalty tax associated with Section 409A of the Code, and aims to structure the elements of compensation to be compliant with or exempt from Section 409A to avoid such potential adverse tax consequences.

 

135


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Summary compensation table

The following table provides information for the year ended December 31, 2009 regarding the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and each of our three other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers, or our named executive officers.

 

Name and principal position    Year      Salary     Bonus     Option
awards (1)
     All Other
Compensation
    Total  
   

Timothy S. Jenks

President, Chief Executive Officer

     2009       $ 320,000      $ 130,000      $ 94,405       $      $ 544,405   

James D. Fay

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     2009         272,500 (2)       135,000        114,450                521,950   

Benjamin L. Sitler

Vice President of Global Sales

     2009         220,667 (3)       128,000        70,623                419,290   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

     2009         233,686 (4)       136,772 (4)       71,206        
2,929
(5)  
    444,593   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

Vice President of Product Development and Engineering

     2009         200,000        110,000        70,826        

  
    380,826   
   

 

(1)   Amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2009, calculated in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for share based payment transactions and excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)   Includes a supplemental payment of $5,000 made in each of the first quarter and second quarter of 2009 in connection with Mr. Fay’s appointment as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Fay’s base salary was also increased to $275,000 effective July 1, 2009 (from $250,000 as of December 31, 2008).
(3)   Includes $667 paid to Mr. Sitler in lieu of health insurance premiums.
(4)   Dr. Cheung’s salary and bonus in 2009 was RMB 1,595,533 and RMB 933,831, respectively. Conversion to U.S. dollars is based on an average exchange rate of RMB 6.82768 per U.S. dollar in 2009.
(5)   Represents family health insurance premiums. The premiums were RMB 20,000 in 2009. Conversion to U.S. dollars is based on an average exchange rate of RMB 6.82768 per U.S. dollar in 2009.

 

136


Table of Contents

Grants of plan-based awards

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during 2009. During 2009, none of our named executive officers were awarded or held any equity incentive plan awards, non-equity incentive plan awards or stock awards. We do not consider our bonus opportunities, which are purely discretionary, to be non-equity plan compensation.

 

Name   Grant
date
    All other
option
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options
    Exercise or
base price of
option awards
(per share) (1)
    Grant date
fair value of
stock and
option
awards (2)
 
   

Timothy S. Jenks

    5/28/2009        31,999      $ 4.25      $ 94,405   

James D. Fay

    2/26/2009        16,000        4.25        43,678   
    5/28/2009        23,999        4.25        70,772   

Benjamin L. Sitler

    5/28/2009        23,999        4.25        70,623   

Dr. Raymond Cheung

    5/28/2009        24,000        4.25        71,206   

Dr. Wupen Yuen

    5/28/2009        23,999        4.25        70,826   
   

 

(1)   Our common stock was not publicly traded during 2009, and the exercise price of the options was determined by our board of directors on the grant date based on its determination of the fair market value of our common stock on such grant date. For more information on our methodology for determining the exercise price of the options, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations – Critical accounting policies and estimates – Stock-based compensation expense” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)   In accordance with SEC rules, this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of each equity award, calculated in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for stock-based payment transactions. For additional information on the valuation assumptions underlying the value of these awards, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value realized by the named executive officers.

The material terms of the named executive officers’ annual compensation, including base salaries, bonus opportunities, equity awards and potential severance benefits are described in greater detail below under the section titled “Employment agreements.” The explanations of the amounts of compensation awarded in 2009, including how each individual element of compensation was determined, are set forth in the section titled “Compensation discussion and analysis.” As discussed in greater detail in “Compensation discussion and analysis,” the number of stock option awards granted is determined by our board of directors based on a number of subjective factors. Generally, these options vest over 48 months with 25% of the options vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remainder vesting monthly over the next 36 months, in each case subject to continued employment (except as such vesting may be partially accelerated upon certain material corporate transactions or involuntary terminations of employment). The stock option grants were made under our 2004 Plan. We did not pay dividends on our common stock during 2009.

 

137


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2009

The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009. All vesting is generally contingent upon continued employment with us, except as such vesting may be partially accelerated upon certain material corporate transactions or involuntary terminations of employment.

 

      Option awards     Stock Awards  
Name   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable (1)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable (1)
    Option
exercise
price (2)  ($)
    Option
expiration date
    Number
of shares
of stock
that have
not
vested (#)
   

Market

value of
shares of
stock
that have
not
vested ($)

 
   

Timothy S. Jenks

    31,999 (3)            $ 4.25        5/27/2019                 
    51,286 (4)              4.25        11/03/2018                 
    1,286               4.25        5/14/2018                 
    193,019 (5)              4.25        5/15/2017                 
    20,146               4.65        7/06/2015                 
    79,999               3.75        5/10/2014                 

James D. Fay

    23,999 (3)              4.25        5/27/2019                 
    16,000 (6)              4.25        2/25/2019                 
    14,000 (4)              4.25        11/03/2018                 
                                8,499 (13)         
                                5,666 (13)         

Benjamin L. Sitler

    23,999 (3)              4.25        5/27/2019                 
    16,594 (4)              4.25        11/03/2018                 
    595               4.25        5/14/2018                 
    1,916 (7)       2,084 (7)       4.25        10/23/2017                 
    2,000               4.25        7/29/2017                 
    1,400               4.25        7/29/2017                 
           6,000 (8)       4.25        7/29/2017                 
    14,500 (9)       9,500 (9)       4.25        7/29/2017                 

Dr. Raymond Cheung

    24,000 (3)              4.25        5/27/2019                 
    10,000 (4)              4.25        11/03/2018                 
    2,708 (10)       7,292 (10)       4.25        11/03/2018                 
    12,500 (11)       7,500 (11)       4.25        7/23/2017                 

Dr. Wupen Yuen

    23,999 (3)              4.25        5/27/2019                 
    16,403 (4)              4.25        11/03/2018                 
    403               4.25        5/14/2018                 
    3,833 (12)       4,167 (12)       4.25        10/23/2017                 
    22,000 (5)              4.25        5/15/2017                 
    3,400               4.65        7/06/2015                 
    600               3.75        5/16/2015                 
    5,000               3.75        1/18/2015                 
   

 

(1)   Unless otherwise noted, shares subject to the stock option are vested in full.

 

(2)   Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. For more information on our methodology for determining the exercise price of the options, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Stock-based compensation expense” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

138


Table of Contents

 

(3)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on May 1, 2010, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. This option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to our right to repurchase any shares that fail to vest prior to a termination of service in accordance with this vesting schedule.

 

(4)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period commencing on August 1, 2008, with 1/48th of the shares subject to the stock option vesting on a monthly basis. This option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to our right to repurchase any shares that fail to vest prior to a termination of service in accordance with this vesting schedule.

 

(5)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on September 1, 2007, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. This option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to our right to repurchase any shares that fail to vest prior to a termination of service in accordance with this vesting schedule.

 

 

(6)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a one year period commencing on January 1, 2009, with 1/12th of the shares subject to the stock option vesting on a monthly basis. This option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to our right to repurchase any shares that fail to vest prior to a termination of service in accordance with this vesting schedule.

 

 

(7)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on January 1, 2009, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

 

(8)   100% of the shares subject to the stock option vest on the four year anniversary of July 30, 2007.

 

(9)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period commencing on July 30, 2007, with 1/48th of the shares subject to the stock option vesting on a monthly basis.

 

(10)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on November 1, 2009, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

 

(11)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on June 4, 2008, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

 

(12)   The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock option vested on January 1, 2009, and the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

 

(13)   On December 31, 2009, Mr. Fay held 39,999 shares of our common stock pursuant to the early exercise of stock options granted on May 16, 2007 and June 28, 2007. Amounts in this column represent the number of shares of common stock subject to a repurchase right in our favor.

Option exercises and stock vested during fiscal 2009

The following table shows information regarding the exercise of stock options held by our named executive officers during 2009.

 

       Stock Awards  
Name    Number
of shares
acquired
on vesting
(#) (1)
     Value
realized
on  vesting
($) (2)
 
   

James D. Fay

     10,000      
   

 

(1)   On December 31, 2009, Mr. Fay held 39,999 shares of our common stock pursuant to the early exercise of stock options granted on May 16, 2007 and June 28, 2007. The shares of common stock are subject to a right of repurchase that lapsed as to 10,000 shares in 2009.

 

(2)   The value realized upon vesting was calculated by multiplying the number of shares of common stock that vested during 2009 by an assumed initial public offering price of $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Employment agreements

Definitions . Except as otherwise expressly set forth below, for purposes of the amended and restated severance rights agreements entered into with our named executive officers on April 13, 2010, the following definitions apply:

“Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any act of personal dishonesty taken by the named executive officer in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the named executive officer; (ii) the

 

139


Table of Contents

conviction of a felony; (iii) a willful act by the named executive officer that constitutes gross misconduct and which materially injures us; and (iv) following delivery to the named executive officer of a written demand for performance from us, which describes the basis for our belief that the named executive officer has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by him of his obligations to us that are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the named executive officer’s part.

“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of our securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by our then-outstanding voting securities; (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent at least 60% of the total voting power represented by our voting securities or the voting securities of such surviving entity (or its parent) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) certain changes affecting the majority of the directors of our board of directors.

“Disability” means that the named executive officer has been unable to perform his duties as the result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least 26 weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by us or our insurers and acceptable to the named executive officer or his legal representative.

“Good Reason” means the named executive officer’s voluntary resignation from all positions he holds with us, effective within 90 days after the occurrence of: (i) a material reduction or other material adverse change in the named executive officer’s job duties, responsibilities, authority or requirements, including the removal of such job duties, responsibilities, authority or requirements; (ii) any material reduction of the named executive officer’s annual base compensation; (iii) our requiring the named executive officer to move his primary work location to a location that increases his one-way commute by more than 50 miles from our then-current location; or (iv) our failure to obtain the assumption, in all material respects, of the severance rights agreement by any of our successors; provided that the named executive officer must provide written notice to us of the existence of one of these conditions within 60 days after its initial existence, and we must be provided with a period of 30 days during which we may cure the circumstances giving rise to the condition, in which case no Good Reason will exist.

“Involuntary Termination” means (i) any termination of the named executive officer’s employment by us without Cause (other than by reason of death or Disability) or (ii) the named executive officer’s resignation for Good Reason.

Timothy S. Jenks.     On March 30, 2010, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Jenks. Prior to the execution of this letter agreement, we had not entered into a binding offer letter with Mr. Jenks. Pursuant to this letter agreement, Mr. Jenks will continue to serve, on an at-will basis, as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President. This employment letter agreement provides for an annual base salary of $320,000 per year, subject to periodic review and adjustment. The letter also indicates Mr. Jenks’ general eligibility for annual variable pay based on our performance, our stock awards and long-term incentives. The letter also refers to the fact that we would enter into an amended severance rights agreement with Mr. Jenks.

Effective as of April 13, 2010, we entered into the amended and restated severance rights agreement with Mr. Jenks, which amends and restates the prior severance rights agreement with

 

140


Table of Contents

Mr. Jenks dated as of December 31, 2008. The amended and restated severance rights agreement provides for the payment of certain Change in Control benefits and severance benefits. The April 13, 2010 agreement is similar in all material respects to the prior agreement, except that the April 13, 2010 agreement provides for the payment of additional benefits as follows: (i) a severance payment based on Mr. Jenks’ target bonus for the year of termination upon an involuntary termination; (ii) the payment of continued health insurance coverage upon an involuntary termination absent and upon a Change in Control; and (iii) full accelerated vesting of Mr. Jenks’ outstanding equity awards upon a Change in Control. The terms of the December 31, 2008 agreement are described below under “Executive Compensation - Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

Involuntary termination generally .    Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Mr. Jenks’ employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination and provided that Mr. Jenks provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Jenks will receive the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) six months of his base salary and (B) 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination; and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment.

Involuntary termination following a change in control .    Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Mr. Jenks’ employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, and provided that Mr. Jenks provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Jenks will receive the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) 12 months of his base salary and (B) 100% of his target bonus for the year of termination; and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first 12 months following termination of employment. If Mr. Jenks’ employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination prior to the closing of a Change in Control, and Mr. Jenks reasonably demonstrates to the satisfaction of our board of directors that such termination was at the request of a third party in connection with a Change in Control, Mr. Jenks will be eligible for the severance described in this paragraph.

Change in control .    Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, upon a Change in Control, and provided that Mr. Jenks provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, the vesting of Mr. Jenks’ outstanding equity awards (and the rate of lapsing of any repurchase rights applicable to shares received under such awards) will accelerate in full.

James D. Fay.     In April 2007, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Fay to serve as our Vice President of Legal Affairs and General Counsel, on an at-will basis. The offer letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $240,000 per year, subject to periodic review and adjustment. The letter also indicates Mr. Fay’s general eligibility for annual variable pay based on our performance, our stock awards and long term incentives. The letter also refers to the fact that we would enter into a severance rights agreement with Mr. Fay. Effective as of April 13, 2010, we entered into the amended and restated severance rights agreement with Mr. Fay, which amends and restates the prior severance rights agreement with Mr. Fay dated as of December 18, 2008. The amended and restated severance rights agreement provides for the payment of severance benefits to Mr. Fay in the event of the termination of his employment, as described below. The amended and restated agreement is similar in all material respects to the prior agreement. The terms of the December 18, 2008 agreement are described below under “Executive compensation - Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

 

141


Table of Contents

Involuntary termination generally .    Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Mr. Fay’s employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination, and provided that Mr. Fay provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Fay will receive the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) six months of his base salary and (B) 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination; and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment.

Involuntary termination following a change in control .    Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Mr. Fay’s employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, and provided that Mr. Fay provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Fay will receive the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) 12 months of his base salary and (B) 100% of his target bonus for the year of termination; (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first 12 months following termination of employment; and (iii) the vesting of Mr. Fay’s outstanding equity awards (and the rate of lapsing of any repurchase rights applicable to shares received under such awards) will accelerate as to the number of shares that would vest in the 24 months following termination. If Mr. Fay’s employment terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination prior to the closing of a Change in Control, and Mr. Fay reasonably demonstrates to the satisfaction of our board of directors that such termination was at the request of a third party in connection with a Change in Control, Mr. Fay will be eligible for the severance described in this paragraph.

Benjamin L. Sitler .    We currently have not entered into a binding offer letter with Mr. Sitler. Mr. Sitler’s original offer letter with us expired at the end of 2007. Mr. Sitler’s employment with us is on an at-will basis.

We entered into a severance rights agreement with Mr. Sitler on April 14, 2010. The severance rights agreement provides for the payment of severance benefits to Mr. Sitler in the event of the termination of his employment in the scenarios described below. Prior to April 14, 2010, we had not entered into a severance rights agreement with Mr. Sitler.

Involuntary termination generally .    Under the severance rights agreement, if Mr. Sitler’s employment terminates as a result of termination without Cause, and provided that Mr. Sitler provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Sitler will receive the following severance benefits: (i) continuation of his base salary for up to six months (or until such earlier date as he commences new employment) and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment.

Involuntary termination following a change in control .    Under the severance rights agreement, if Mr. Sitler’s employment terminates as a result of termination without Cause or the failure of a successor to materially assume our obligations under this agreement, in either case on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, and provided that Mr. Sitler provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Sitler will receive the following severance benefits: (i) Mr. Sitler’s base salary at the time of termination on our normal payroll schedule until the earlier of (A) 12 months following termination and (B) the date Mr. Sitler commences new employment; (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment; (iii) a

 

142


Table of Contents

lump sum payment equal to 100% of Mr. Sitler’s target bonus amount for the year of termination; and (iv) the vesting of Mr. Sitler’s outstanding equity awards in accordance with the terms of the applicable stock plan under which they were granted.

Dr. Raymond Cheung .     On August 14, 2007, consistent with local labor laws in China, we entered into a fixed-term labor contract with Dr. Cheung to serve as our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, which expires on June 30, 2012, unless terminated prior to such date upon any of the following: (i) Dr. Cheung reaches retirement; (ii) Dr. Cheung dies or has been pronounced dead or missing by a Chinese court; (iii) our bankruptcy; (iv) the revocation of our business license, termination of our business, or our dissolution; or (v) as required by law. Upon the ordinary course expiration of the term of employment, if Dr. Cheung is still employed by us, the labor contract will remain valid until the labor contract is renewed or until either party rescinds the employment relationship.

We may rescind the labor contract without making any payment of damages to Dr. Cheung only in the following circumstances: (i) Dr. Cheung demonstrates his inability to meet the criteria for employment; (ii) Dr. Cheung commits a material breach of our rules or regulations; (iii) Dr. Cheung causes significant losses to us due to his dereliction of duties or malpractice; (iv) Dr. Cheung simultaneously enters into an employment relationship with another employer, which seriously affects his completion of tasks assigned by us or refuses to rectify the situation; (v) Dr. Cheung deceptively or coercively forces us to change the terms of the labor contract against our will; or (vi) Dr. Cheung is under investigation for criminal liability.

The labor contract provides for an initial base salary of RMB 100,000 per month, subject to increase based on our normal procedures for salary increase. Additionally, Dr. Cheung is prohibited from engaging in any secondary occupation or activity that conflicts with our interests without our written consent. If either Dr. Cheung or we breach the labor contract and cause the other to suffer damages, the defaulting party will be responsible for damages.

Dr. Wupen Yuen .    In January 2005, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Yuen to serve as our Director of Business Development on an at-will basis. The offer letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $165,000 per year, subject to periodic review and adjustment. Effective as of April 13, 2010, we entered into the amended and restated severance rights agreement with Dr. Yuen, which amends and restates the prior severance rights agreement with Dr. Yuen dated as of December 24, 2008. The amended and restated severance rights agreement provides for the payment of severance benefits to Dr. Yuen in the event of the termination of his employment, as described below. The amended and restated agreement is similar in all material respects to the prior agreement except that the amended and restated agreement provides for the payment of continued health insurance coverage upon an involuntary termination. The terms of the December 24, 2008 agreement are described below under “Executive compensation - Potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

Involuntary termination generally . Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Dr. Yuen’s employment terminates as a result of termination without Cause, and provided that Dr. Yuen provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Dr. Yuen will receive the following severance benefits: (i) continuation of his base salary for up to six months (or such earlier date as he commences new employment) and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment.

 

143


Table of Contents

Involuntary termination following a change in control . Under the amended and restated severance rights agreement, if Dr. Yuen’s employment terminates as a result of termination without Cause or the failure of a successor to materially assume our obligations under this agreement, in either case on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, and provided that Dr. Yuen provides a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Dr. Yuen will receive the following severance benefits: (i) Dr. Yuen’s base salary at the time of termination on our normal payroll schedule until the earlier of (A) 12 months following termination and (B) the date Dr. Yuen commences new employment; (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment; (iii) a lump sum payment equal to 100% of Dr. Yuen’s target bonus amount for the year of termination; and (iv) the vesting of Dr. Yuen’s outstanding equity awards in accordance with the terms of the applicable stock plan under which they were granted.

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

The section below describes the payments that we would have made to our named executive officers in connection with certain terminations of employment and/or certain corporate transactions like a Change in Control, if such events had occurred on December 31, 2009. For further information, see the section entitled “Executive compensation—Employment agreements.”

Potential payments upon involuntary termination, not in connection with a change in control .

Timothy S. Jenks .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, upon a termination of Mr. Jenks’ employment without Cause (as defined in a manner that is materially consistent with the definition set forth above), subject to his execution of a binding release of claims, Mr. Jenks would have received severance benefits in an amount equal to six months of his base salary at the time of termination, payable over such six month period.

James D. Fay .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, upon an Involuntary Termination (as defined in a manner that is materially consistent with the definition set forth above), and subject to his execution of a binding release of claims, Mr. Fay would have received the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) six months of his base salary and (B) 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination; and (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first six months following termination of employment.

Benjamin L. Sitler .    Mr. Sitler had no severance rights as of December 31, 2009. We entered into a severance rights agreement with Mr. Sitler on April 14, 2010, as described above.

Dr. Raymond Cheung.     Under the terms of our August 14, 2007 fixed-term labor contract with Dr. Cheung, if we had terminated his service on December 31, 2009 other than upon the natural expiration of the contract or for cause (as described above under the description of this agreement under “Executive compensation – Employment agreements”), we would have owed statutory severance to Dr. Cheung as calculated in accordance with employment law in China.

Dr. Wupen Yuen .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, upon a termination of Dr. Yuen’s employment without Cause (as defined in a manner that’s materially consistent with the definition set forth above), subject to his execution of a binding release of claims, Dr. Yuen would have received severance benefits in an amount equal to six months of his base salary (paid over time for six months or, if earlier, until he commences new employment).

 

144


Table of Contents

Potential payments upon a change in control, regardless of treatment of stock awards .

Pursuant to our 2008 acquisition bonus plan, each of Messrs. Jenks, Fay and Sitler and Drs. Cheung and Yuen, and certain other members of our management team, were eligible to receive a cash amount based on the net proceeds available in connection with an acquisition. The amount that each named executive officer would be entitled to receive upon a qualifying transaction would have been equal to the product of (i) the total bonus pool (determined by reference to the value of the proceeds available for payment to stockholders in the transaction) and (ii) an amount equal to the number of vested shares of common stock and vested shares of common stock subject to stock options held by participant as of the closing of any such acquisition, divided by the sum of all vested shares of common stock and vested shares of common stock subject to stock options held by all participants in the pool as of the closing of any such acquisition (including any shares of common stock that vest in connection with any such acquisition under the terms of our stock plan or any contractual arrangements with each participant). This bonus amount would have been reduced by any consideration in the transaction payable to the participant in respect of their shares or stock options. Subject to certain exceptions for certain involuntary terminations (including termination without cause, resignation for good reason, death or disability, in each case within a limited period of time prior to the closing of the transaction), the payment of the bonus would have been subject to the participant’s continued employment through the closing of the transaction. Payments under the plan would also have been subject to the execution of a release of claims. Amounts would be paid generally at the same time, and under the same conditions (including the same form of payment), as the consideration in the deal would be paid to stockholders. The 2008 acquisition bonus plan will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Potential payments upon a change in control, stock awards not assumed .

Pursuant to our 2004 Plan, in the event that there had been a change in control (as defined in the 2004 Plan in a manner that’s generally consistent with the definition set forth above) on December 31, 2009, and if the surviving or acquiring corporation had elected not assume or substitute for outstanding options (or assume the repurchase rights held in respect of shares purchased under such options, as applicable), the vesting of outstanding options held by each of our named executive officers on such date would have accelerated (and the repurchase rights with respect to the shares issued upon exercise of such options would have lapsed) as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested and become exercisable as of December 31, 2010, that is, the date that is 12 months after the date of the change in control.

Potential payments upon a change in control concurrent with an involuntary termination of employment .

Pursuant to our 2004 Plan, in the event that there had been a change in control (as defined in the 2004 Plan in a manner that’s generally consistent with the definition set forth above) on December 31, 2009, and if the surviving or acquiring corporation had elected to assume or substitute for outstanding options (and assume the repurchase rights held in respect of shares purchased under such options, as applicable), and if the employment of any of our named executive officers would have terminated on such date as a result of an Involuntary Termination (as defined in a manner that’s generally consistent with the definition set forth above), the vesting of outstanding options would have accelerated (and the repurchase rights with respect to the shares issued upon exercise of such options would have lapsed) as to an additional number of shares equal to the number of shares that would otherwise have vested

 

145


Table of Contents

and become exercisable as of December 31, 2010, that is, the date that is 12 months after the date of the change in control.

Timothy S. Jenks .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, upon a termination of Mr. Jenks’ employment either without Cause or as a result of a successor failing to assume our obligations under the severance rights agreement, in either case within 12 months following our merger or sale, and subject to his execution of a binding release of claims, Mr. Jenks would receive severance benefits equal to 12 months of his base salary (paid over time) and payment of the bonus to which he would have been entitled during the 12 months in which he would have received continued base salary as severance.

James D. Fay .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, if Mr. Fay’s employment had terminated as a result of Involuntary Termination (as defined in a manner that’s materially consistent with the definition set forth above) within 12 months following a Change in Control, and provided that Mr. Fay executed a valid and effective release of all employment related claims, Mr. Fay would have received the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) 12 months of his base salary and (B) 100% of his target bonus for the year of termination; (ii) paid premiums for continued health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for up to the first 12 months following termination of employment; and (iii) the vesting of Mr. Fay’s outstanding equity awards (and the rate of lapsing of any repurchase rights applicable to shares received under such awards) would have accelerated as to the number of shares that would have vested in the 24 months’ following termination. If Mr. Fay’s employment has terminated as a result of such an Involuntary Termination prior to the closing of a Change in Control, and Mr. Fay reasonably demonstrated to the satisfaction of our board of directors that such termination was at the request of a third party in connection with a Change in Control, Mr. Fay would have been eligible for the severance described in this paragraph.

Benjamin L. Sitler .    Mr. Sitler had no severance rights as of December 31, 2009 other than as provided in the 2004 Plan, as described above. We entered into a severance rights agreement with Mr. Sitler on April 14, 2010, as described above.

Dr. Raymond Cheung.     Under the terms of our August 14, 2007 fixed-term labor contract with Dr. Cheung, if we had terminated his service on December 31, 2009 in connection with a change in control, and other than upon the natural expiration of the contract or for cause (as described above under the description of this agreement under “Executive Compensation—Employment agreements”), we would have owed statutory severance to Dr. Cheung as calculated in accordance with employment law in China.

Dr. Wupen Yuen .    Under the severance rights agreement that was in effect on December 31, 2009, upon a termination of Dr. Yuen’s employment either without Cause (as defined in a manner that is materially consistent with the definition set forth above) or as a result of a successor failing to assume our obligations under the severance rights agreement, in either case within 12 months following our merger or sale, and subject to his execution of a binding release of claims, Dr. Yuen would receive severance benefits equal to 12 months of his base salary (paid over time over 12 months, or, if earlier, or until he commences new employment), payment of the bonus to which he would be entitled during the 12 months in which he would have receive continued base salary as severance, and, pursuant to the terms of our 2004 Plan, 12 months of accelerated vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

 

146


Table of Contents

2009 potential payments upon termination or change in control

The following table shows the amounts each of our named executive officers would receive in the event of his or her termination and/or upon a change in control, assuming the event took place on December 31, 2009, the last business day of our most recently completed fiscal year. All severance benefits are contingent upon the individual’s execution of a general release of all claims.

 

Named
executive
officer
  Termination or change
in control event (1)
 

Salary

($)

    Bonus
($)
   

Bonus
pursuant
to 2008
acquisition
bonus
plan ($) (2)

    Benefits
($)
    Equity
acceleration (3)
    All other
compensation
($)
   

Total

($)

 
   
Timothy S. Jenks  

•Termination without cause

    160,000 (4)                                  
 

•Change in control — awards assumed plus involuntary termination (5)

    320,000 (6)       130,000 (7)                      
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus involuntary termination (8)

    320,000 (6)       130,000 (7)                      
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus employment continues (9)

                            
James D. Fay  

•Involuntary Termination, as defined in the section “Employment Agreements”

    137,500 (4)       34,375 (10)              3,110 (11)                  
 

•Change in control — awards assumed plus involuntary termination (5)

    275,000 (6)       68,750 (12)         6,220 (13)             
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus involuntary termination (8)

    275,000 (6)       68,750 (12)         6,220 (13)             
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus employment continues (9)

                       
Benjamin L. Sitler (14)  

•Termination for any reason

                                                
 

•Change in control — awards assumed plus involuntary termination (5)

                                      
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus involuntary termination (8)

                                      
 

•Change in control — awards not assumed plus employment continues (9)

                            

(footnotes on following pages)

 

147


Table of Contents
Named
executive
officer
  Termination or change
in control event (1)
 

Salary

($)

    Bonus
($)
   

Bonus
pursuant
to 2008
acquisition
bonus
plan ($) (2)

    Benefits
($)
    Equity
acceleration (3)
    All other
compensation
($)
   

Total

($)

 
   
Dr. Raymond Cheung  

• Termination without cause

                                       53,928 (15)    
 

• Change in control — awards assumed plus involuntary termination (5)

                             53,928 (15)    
 

• Change in control — awards not assumed plus involuntary termination (8)

                             53,928 (15)    
 

• Change in control — awards not assumed plus employment continues (9)

                                 
Dr. Wupen Yuen  

• Termination without cause

    100,000 (4)                                  
 

• Change in control — awards assumed plus involuntary termination (5)

    200,000 (6)       110,000 (7)                      
 

• Change in control — awards not assumed plus involuntary termination (8)

    200,000 (6)       110,000 (7)                      
 

• Change in control — awards not assumed plus employment continues (9)

                                 
   

 

(1)   No compensation is payable where there is a change in control, awards are assumed and employment continues.

 

(2)   The bonus that our named executive officers would receive, calculated assuming an acquisition price per share equal to $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the exercise price of the named executive officers’ unvested options or awards, subject to acceleration upon a qualifying event.

 

(3)   The value realized is the gain that our named executive officers would receive, calculated as the difference between our assumed initial offering price $             , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the exercise price of the named executive officers’ unvested options or awards, subject to acceleration upon a qualifying event.

 

(4)   Represents six months base salary calculated at the rate in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

(5)   Represents benefits received by such named executive officer upon a change in control in which the surviving or acquiring entity elects to assume or substitute outstanding options or awards concurrent with an involuntary termination of employment of such named executive officer.

 

(6)   Represents 12 months base salary calculated at the rate in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

(7)   Represents such named executive officer’s actual 2009 bonus.

 

(8)   Represents benefits received by such named executive officer upon a change in control in which the surviving or acquiring corporation elected not to assume or substitute outstanding options or awards concurrent with an involuntary termination of employment of such named executive officer.

 

(9)   Represents benefits received by such named executive officer upon a change in control in which the surviving or acquiring corporation elected not to assume or substitute outstanding options or awards and such named executive officer’s employment continues.

 

(10)   Represents 50% of such named executive officer’s 2009 target bonus.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

148


Table of Contents

 

(11)   Represents six months of COBRA health benefits for such named executive officer at the applicable benefit rate for 2009.

 

(12)   Represents 100% of such named executive officer’s 2009 target bonus.

 

(13)   Represents 12 months of COBRA health benefits for such named executive officer at the applicable benefit rate for 2009.

 

(14)   As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Sitler did not have any severance rights, however, he entered in to a severance rights agreement with us on April 14, 2010. See “Employment Agreements.”

 

(15)  

Represents statutory entitlement pursuant to employment law in China based on a formula equal to one month of base salary plus one additional month of base salary per full year of service completed. Dr. Cheung was employed in June 2007 and as of December 31, 2009, had completed more than two but less than three years of service. Typically, employees in China are paid their annual base salary on a schedule of 1/13th per month plus 1/13th subsequent to the end of the calendar year. Dr. Chueng’s base salary per month for 2009 was RMB 122,733. Conversion to U.S. dollars is based on an average exchange rate of RMB 6.82768 per U.S. dollar in 2009.

Employee benefit plans

2004 stock option plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2004 stock option plan, as amended, or 2004 Plan, in March 2004. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options. Upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, no additional options will be granted under the 2004 Plan. All outstanding options previously granted under the 2004 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2004 Plan.

Share reserve .    There are 3,010,769 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan. As of September 30, 2010, 598,964 shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2004 Plan, options to purchase 1,784,863 shares of common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $5.62 per share and 626,940 shares remained available for future grant under the 2004 Plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, administers our 2004 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated such authority to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, has the authority to construe, interpret, amend and suspend the 2004 Plan, as well as to determine the terms of an option or amend the terms of an option. However, no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights under any outstanding option unless the holder consents to that amendment.

Eligibility .    The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Stock option provisions generally .    In general, the exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, an incentive stock option granted to a person who on the date of grant owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any of our affiliates must have a term of no more than five years and an exercise price that is at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.

Generally, an optionee may not transfer his or her stock option other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. However, an optionee may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionee’s death. Shares subject to options under the 2004 Plan generally vest and become exercisable in periodic installments. In general, the term of stock options granted under the 2004 Plan cannot exceed ten years.

 

149


Table of Contents

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit generally will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Subject to capitalization adjustments, no more than 3,010,769 shares of common stock may be issued under the 2004 Plan pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options.

Unless otherwise provided by an optionee’s stock option agreement, if an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the optionee generally may exercise the vested portion of any options for 60 days following the cessation of service. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or an optionee dies within 30 days following cessation of service, the optionee or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of six months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to the 2004 Plan and to the number of shares and price per share of all outstanding options.

Corporate transactions .    Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, if we dissolve or liquidate, then outstanding stock options under the 2004 Plan will terminate immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation, even though the optionee may still be providing services to the us.

In the event that there is a certain specified significant corporate transaction, such as an acquisition of, or a merger of NeoPhotonics with or into another entity, or a material change in the ownership of our common stock, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume or substitute equivalent options for the outstanding options granted under the 2004 Plan, and the successor entity will succeed to any repurchase rights applicable to shares purchased upon the exercise of options. If the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding stock options (or the repurchase rights held in respect of such options, as applicable) granted under the 2004 Plan, then outstanding options under the 2004 Plan will terminate upon consummation of the corporate transaction.

In the event that there is a certain specified significant corporate transaction that also constitutes a change in control of NeoPhotonics, if the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding options (or the repurchase rights held in respect of such options, as applicable), the vesting of outstanding options held by our officers, certain of our senior employees and our non-employee directors will accelerate and the options will become exercisable (and the repurchase rights with respect to the shares issued upon exercise of the options will lapse) as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested and become exercisable as of the date that is 12 months after the date of the change in control, and such outstanding options will terminate upon consummation of the change in control. In the event of a significant corporate transaction that also constitutes a change in control of NeoPhotonics in which the surviving or acquiring corporation assumes or substitutes for outstanding options (or the repurchase rights held in respect of such options, as applicable) and a participant who is one of our officers, one of our certain senior employees or one of our non-employee directors is terminated by us without cause or such participant voluntarily terminates his or her service within 60 days following a specified reduction in such participant’s job responsibilities, a material relocation of such participant’s work

 

150


Table of Contents

site, or a material reduction in such participant’s salary, in any such case within 12 months after such change in control, the vesting of outstanding options held by such participant will accelerate and the options will become exercisable (and our repurchase rights with respect to the shares issued upon exercise of the option will lapse) as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested and become exercisable as of the date that is 12 months after the date of such participant’s termination of service.

2007 stock appreciation grants plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 stock appreciation grants plan, or SAG Plan, in October 2007. The SAG Plan provides for the grant of cash-settled stock appreciation units. All outstanding awards previously granted under the SAG Plan will remain subject to the terms of the SAG Plan.

Units granted .    As of September 30, 2010, 355,300 units had been issued under the SAG Plan and 263,020 units were outstanding at a weighted average base value of $6.14 per unit. The base value per share represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, administers our SAG Plan. Our board of directors has delegated such authority to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, has the authority to interpret, amend and terminate the SAG Plan, as well as to determine the terms and conditions of an award or amend the terms of a stock award. However, the plan administrator may not take any action that would adversely affect the rights under any award unless the holder consents to that amendment.

Eligibility .    The SAG Plan provides for the grant of cash-settled stock appreciation units to any employee or consultant that is in a position to make a significant contribution to our success or to the success of our affiliates. Awards granted under the SAG Plan have been, to date, exclusively granted to employees or consultants of our affiliates in China.

Stock appreciation units .    Stock appreciation units are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Upon the exercise of stock appreciation units, we will pay the participant an amount in cash generally equal to the product of (a) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the base value per share, multiplied by (b) the number of units with respect to which the award is exercised. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, grant awards where the amount paid to the participant is calculated from a price of the stock that is higher or lower than the fair market value on the date of grant, which we call the attributed value, in which case we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (a) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the attributed value, multiplied by (b) the number of units with respect to which the award is exercised. Generally, a participant may not transfer his or her award other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

An award granted under the SAG Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation grant agreement as determined by the plan administrator. An award granted under the SAG Plan is not exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of time agreed to between our underwriters and certain of our stockholders in connection with an initial public offering of our common stock, or the lock-up period, or (ii) the consummation of a change in control, such as an acquisition of, or a merger of NeoPhotonics with or into another entity or a material change in the

 

151


Table of Contents

ownership of our common stock. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason prior to the effective date of an initial public offering or the consummation of a change in control, the participant will have no right to exercise any stock appreciation units held by the participant, regardless of the number of units that have vested at the time of the termination of service, and the units held by the participant will be cancelled as of the date that the participant’s service relationship is terminated. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason during the lock-up period and the participant exercises his or her stock appreciation units during the lock-up period, the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise will equal the average closing price for our common stock on the first three business days following the expiration of the lock-up period.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation units granted under the SAG Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation grant agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation unit that is otherwise exercisable under the SAG Plan for a period of 90 days following the participant’s cessation of service. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation unit that is otherwise exercisable under the SAG Plan for a period of one year following the participant’s cessation of service. In no event may a stock appreciation unit be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of stock appreciation units subject to each outstanding award and any other award provisions affected by the change.

Change in control .    In the event of a change in control, with respect to outstanding stock appreciation units under the SAG Plan that remain unexercised, the plan administrator may waive any exercise limitations of the award, so that all outstanding awards from and after a date prior to the effective date of such a change in control, as specified by the plan administrator, may be exercisable in full or the plan administrator may cancel all outstanding awards as of the effective date of any change in control, provided that the plan administrator provides advanced written notice of such cancellation to each holder of an outstanding award, and each such holder of an outstanding award will have the right to exercise the award in full during a 10-day period after delivery of such notice of cancellation.

2010 equity incentive plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2010 equity incentive plan, or 2010 Incentive Plan, in April 2010, and our stockholders approved this plan in July 2010. We expect the 2010 Incentive Plan will become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will terminate on April 13, 2020, unless sooner terminated by our board of directors. We may amend or suspend the 2010 Incentive Plan at any time, although no such action may impair the rights under any then-outstanding award without the holder’s consent.

Stock awards .    The 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants. Additionally, the 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the

 

152


Table of Contents

grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share reserve .    Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan after the 2010 Incentive Plan becomes effective is 865,420 shares. Then, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan will automatically increase on January 1st each year, starting on January 1, 2011 and continuing through January 1, 2020, by 3.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2010 Incentive Plan is 8,000,000 shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 800,000 shares of our common stock under our 2010 Incentive Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 400,000 shares or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $10,000,000. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

If a stock award granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2010 Incentive Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise price of an option. Shares issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2010 Incentive Plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2010 Incentive Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Our board of directors has delegated such authority to our Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

 

153


Table of Contents

The plan administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding stock award, cancel and re-grant any outstanding stock award or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under U.S. GAAP, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock options .    Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2010 Incentive Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionee’s stock option agreement provides otherwise, if an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionee may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or an optionee dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionee or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the right to terminate the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionee, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is a nonstatutory option, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionee may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionee’s death.

Tax limitations on incentive stock options .    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonstatutory stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted stock awards .    Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) past services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in

 

154


Table of Contents

accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator.

Restricted stock unit awards .    Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock appreciation unit s.    Stock appreciation units are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation unit, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation unit, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation unit is exercised. A stock appreciation unit granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation grant agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation units granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation grant agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation unit for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation unit term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation unit following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation unit for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation units generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the right to terminate the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation unit be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance awards .    The 2010 Incentive Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

 

155


Table of Contents

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (25) customer satisfaction; (26) stockholders’ equity; (27) capital expenditures; (28) debt levels; (29) operating profit or net operating profit; (30) workforce diversity; (31) growth of net income or operating income; (32) billings; and (33) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated goals; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to U.S. GAAP; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under U.S. GAAP; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and/or the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; and (10) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other stock awards .    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan, (b) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (c) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (d) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that

 

156


Table of Contents

can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2010 Incentive Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (e) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate transactions .    In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

 

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

 

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

 

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

 

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

 

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

 

make a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Change in control .    In the event of a change in control of NeoPhotonics, if the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume, continue or substitute for outstanding stock awards (or the reacquisition or repurchase rights held in respect of such stock awards, as applicable), the vesting of such outstanding stock awards (and, with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, the time when such stock awards may be exercised) held by our officers, certain of our senior employees and our non-employee directors whose service has not terminated prior to the change in control will accelerate as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested as of the date that is 12 months after the effective date of the change in control and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the time of the effective time of the change in control, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will similarly lapse. Additionally, in the event of change in control in which the surviving or acquiring corporation assumes, continues or substitutes for outstanding stock awards, with respect to stock awards that have been assumed, continued or substituted that are held by such participants due to an involuntary termination (not including death or disability) of the participant without cause or due to a voluntary termination by the participant that is a resignation for good reason (as specified in the 2010 Incentive Plan) in connection with or within 12 months of the change in control, then, as of the date of termination of service, the vesting of such stock award (and, with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, the time when such stock awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested as of the 12 months after the effective date of the change in control.

If any payment or benefit a participant would receive pursuant to a change in control would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and be

 

157


Table of Contents

subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such payment will be reduced to such amount that would result in no portion of the payment being subject to the excise tax or the largest portion of the payment, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the excise tax, that results in the participant’s receipt (on an after-tax basis) of the greater amount of the payment notwithstanding that all or a portion of the payment may be subject to the excise tax.

2010 employee stock purchase plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2010 employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, in April 2010, and our stockholders approved this plan in July 2010. We expect the ESPP will become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

Share Reserve .    The ESPP initially authorizes the issuance of 342,568 shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1st each year, starting January 1, 2011 and continuing through January 1, 2020, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 3.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 600,000 shares of our common stock or (3) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no rights have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been purchased under our ESPP.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the ESPP. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee.

Purchase rights .    The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Purchase rights are generally not transferable. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated early under certain circumstances such as a material change in control of NeoPhotonics.

Payroll deductions .    Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings toward the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for participating employees at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering, or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations .    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (a) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week (b) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year, or (c) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time not to exceed two years. No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock, based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering, for each calendar year in which such purchase

 

158


Table of Contents

right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if, immediately after such rights are granted, such employee owns our stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our outstanding capital stock.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the class and maximum number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (b) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (c) the class and number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights, and (d) any limits on the class and number of shares that may be purchased in an offering or purchase period (if applicable).

Corporate transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, such as an acquisition of the NeoPhotonics that results in a material change in the ownership of NeoPhotonics, any then-outstanding purchase rights under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company, provided that the rights of any participant under any such assumption, continuation or substitution will not be impaired. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

Plan amendments .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP, provided any such action will not be taken without the consent of an adversely affected participant. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law.

401(k) plan

We offer a 401(k) plan to all employees who meet specified eligibility requirements. Eligible employees may contribute up to 90% of their respective compensation subject to limitations established by the Code.

Indemnification of directors and officers and limitation of liability

Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal liability of a director for monetary damages resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director.

Our bylaws, as in effect upon completion of this offering, provide that:

 

 

we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

 

we may indemnify our other employees and agents as provided in indemnification contracts entered into between us and our employees and agents;

 

 

we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

159


Table of Contents

 

 

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. We have also obtained directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors, officers and some of our employees for liabilities, including liabilities under securities laws. We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements and this insurance are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

A stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees regarding which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

160


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2007 to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Executive compensation” and “Management—Director compensation” sections of this prospectus.

Sales of our Series X preferred stock

In the period from May 2008 through January 2010, we sold an aggregate of 18,497.4400 shares of our Series X preferred stock at $2,500.00 per share for aggregate consideration of $46.2 million. Pursuant to the terms of our current amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon completion of this offering, shares of Series X preferred stock will convert to shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series X preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates. The terms of these purchases were the same as those provided to unaffiliated purchasers.

 

Investor    Aggregate
purchase
price
     Shares of Series X
preferred stock purchased
     Percentage of
total issued
 
   

Timothy S. Jenks (1)

   $ 34,000         13.6         *   

Stephen T. Jurvetson (2)

     27,000         10.8         *   

Entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners (3)

     21,973,800         8,789.52         47.5%  

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (4)

     3,091,000         1,236.4         6.7   

International Finance Corporation

     7,000,000         2,800         15.1   

Nison Limited (5)

     1,292,900         517.16         2.8   

Entities affiliated with ATA Ventures (6)

     100,000         40         *   

Entities affiliated with Institutional Venture Partners (7)

     371,000         148.4         *   
   

 

 *   Represents ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Series X preferred stock.

 

(1)   Includes 1.2 shares held by Mr. Jenks, 4.4 shares held by the The Timothy S. Jenks and Atsuko K. Jenks Declaration of Trust dated 7 January 1996 and 8 shares purchased by Mr. Jenks’ parents.

 

(2)   The Steve and Karla Jurvetson Living Trust dated August 27, 2002 purchased shares. Stephen T. Jurvetson, one of our directors, is a trustee of The Steve and Karla Jurvetson Living Trust and a Managing Director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC. Additionally, Draper Fisher Partners, LLC, Draper Associates, L.P., Draper GC Partners, LLC, Tim Draper, The Timothy C. Draper Living Trust, The Steve and Karla Jurvetson Living Trust dated August 27, 2002, The Fonstad Living Trust, Dated March 26, 1999, Mark Greenstein and Warren Packard purchased shares and are affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. Mr. Jurvetson disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

 

(3)   Oak Investment Partners X, Limited Partnership and Oak X Affiliates Fund, Limited Partnership purchased these shares. Bandel L. Carano, one of our directors, is a Managing Member of Oak Associates X, LLC, the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners X, Limited Partnership and Oak X Affiliates Fund, Limited Partnership. Mr. Carano disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

 

(4)   Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC purchased shares. Stephen T. Jurvetson, one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC. Additionally, Draper Fisher Partners, LLC, Draper Associates, L.P., Draper GC Partners, LLC, Tim Draper, The Timothy C. Draper Living Trust, The Steve and Karla Jurvetson Living Trust dated August 27, 2002, The Fonstad Living Trust, Dated March 26, 1999, Mark Greenstein and Warren Packard purchased shares and are affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

161


Table of Contents

 

(5)   Concord Investments Co. Ltd., or Concord, owns 100% of the shares of Nison Limited. Robert Peng, one of our directors, is a director of Nison Limited. Concord collectively beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock through affiliated entities. See “Principal stockholders” for additional information about other entities affiliated with Concord. Mr. Peng disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

 

(6)   ATA Ventures I, L.P., ATA Affiliates Fund I, L.P. and ATA Investment Fund I, L.P. purchased these shares. T. Peter Thomas, one of our directors, is a Managing Director of ATA Management I, LLC, the General Partner of ATA Ventures I, L.P., ATA Affiliates Fund I, L.P. and ATA Investment Fund I, L.P. Mr. Thomas disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

 

(7)   Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. and Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. purchased these shares. T. Peter Thomas, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P., the General Partner of Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. Institutional Venture Partners is referred to herein as IVP. Mr. Thomas disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

See “Principal stockholders” for additional information about the entities described above and elsewhere in this section.

Description of Series X preferred stock

Please see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary description of the terms of the Series X preferred stock.

Investors’ rights agreement

In connection with our Series X preferred stock financing, the first closing of which occurred in May 2008, we entered into a 2008 investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” In addition to the registration rights, the investors’ rights agreement provides for certain information rights and rights of first refusal. The provisions of the investors’ rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights and certain other covenants, will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Voting agreement

We have entered into a 2008 voting agreement with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock. The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and there will be no further contractual arrangements regarding the election of our directors. For a description of the 2008 voting agreement, see the section titled “Management—Voting arrangements.”

Stock repurchases

In December 2009, we repurchased 70 shares of our common stock from Oak Investment Partners VI, L.P. and Oak VI Affiliates Fund, L.P. for $4.65 per share for purposes of assisting these funds to close out older de minimus investments. Mr. Carano, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Oak Investment Partners.

 

162


Table of Contents

Indemnification of officers and directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. For further information, see the section entitled “Executive compensation—Indemnification of directors and officers and limitation of liability.”

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth above on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

Following this offering, all future related party transactions will be reviewed and approved by our audit committee. Pursuant to our code of business conduct and ethics, the audit committee is responsible for approving, prior to our entry into any transaction involving related parties, all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

In reviewing and approving these transactions, our audit committee will obtain, or will direct our management to obtain on its behalf, all information that the committee believes to be relevant and important to a review of the transaction prior to its approval. Following receipt of the necessary information, a discussion will be held of the relevant factors, if deemed to be necessary by the committee, prior to approval. If a discussion is not deemed to be necessary, approval may be given by written consent of the committee. No related party transaction will be entered into prior to the completion of these procedures.

Our audit committee will approve only those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, taking into account all available facts and circumstances as the committee or the chairman determines in good faith to be necessary. No member of our audit committee will participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction with respect to which the member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party.

 

163


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 17, 2010 by:

 

 

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors; and

 

 

all executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table below is based upon              shares of common stock outstanding as of November 17, 2010, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) on a 1-for-1 basis into common stock and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis. The percentage ownership information indicated in the following table reflects the sale by us of                  shares of common stock in this offering.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of shares to persons who possess sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to such shares. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after November 17, 2010. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person or entity, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity.

 

164


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o NeoPhotonics Corporation, 2911 Zanker Road, San Jose, California 95134, USA.

 

      Beneficial ownership
prior to the offering
    Beneficial ownership
after the offering
 

Name and address

of beneficial owner

 

Total

shares

of

common

stock (1)

    Percent     Percent
(assuming no
exercise of
over-
allotment
option)
   

Percent

(assuming

full exercise
of over-
allotment

option)

 
   

5% Stockholders:

       

Funds affiliated with Oak Investment Partners (2)
525 University Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301

    5,295,473        33%       

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (3)
2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150 Menlo Park, CA 94025

    1,714,042        11%       

Funds affiliated with Concord Investments Co.,
Ltd. (4)
Suite 2001, 20/F, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s
Road Central, Hong Kong

    850,644        5%       

International Finance Corporation
2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20433

    1,520,000        10%       

Funds affiliated with ATA Ventures (5)
203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 550
Redwood City, CA 94065

    552,209        3%       

Named executive officers and directors:

       

Timothy S. Jenks (6)

    402,897        3%       

James D. Fay (7)

    92,918        1%       

Benjamin L. Sitler (8)

    43,741        *           

Dr. Raymond Cheung (9)

    57,332        *           

Dr. Wupen Yuen (10)

    77,805        *           

Bandel L. Carano (11)

    5,297,639        33%       

Stephen T. Jurvetson (12)

    1,716,208        11%       

Allan Kwan (13)

    2,708        *           

Björn Olsson (14)

    3,833        *           

Robert Peng (15)

    852,810        5%       

Michael J. Sophie (16)

    10,083        *           

T. Peter Thomas (17)

    215,282        1%       

Lee Sen Ting (18)

    6,958        *           

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 people) (19)

    8,780,214         
   

 

*   Represents less than 1%.

(footnotes on following pages)

 

165


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Includes all outstanding shares of common stock and conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

 

(2)   Includes 1,622,872 shares of common stock held by Oak Investment Partners IX, LP, 38,947 shares of common stock held by Oak IX Affiliates Fund A, LP, 17,291 shares of common stock held by Oak IX Affiliates Fund, LP and 100,555 shares of common stock held by Oak Investment Partners XI, LP. Also includes 3,460,256 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Oak Investment Partners X, LP, 55,552 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Oak X Affiliates Fund, LP. The names of the parties who share power to vote and dispose of the shares held by Oak Investment Partners IX, L.P. are Bandel L. Carano (a member of our board of directors as designee of Oak Investment Partners), Edward F. Glassmeyer, Gerald R. Gallagher, Fredric W. Harman and Ann H. Lamont, each of whom is a Managing Member of Oak Associates IX, LLC, the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners IX, L.P. The names of the parties who share power to vote and dispose of the shares held by Oak IX Affiliates Fund, L.P. and Oak IX Affiliates Fund-A, L.P. are Bandel L. Carano, Fredric W. Harman, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Gerald R. Gallagher and Ann H. Lamont, each of whom is a Managing Member of Oak IX Affiliates, LLC, the General Partner of both Oak IX Affiliates Fund, L.P. and Oak IX Affiliates Fund-A, L.P. The names of the parties who share power to vote and dispose of the shares held by Oak Investment Partners X, L.P. are Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Fredric W. Harman and Ann H. Lamont, each of whom is a Managing Member of Oak Associates X, LLC, the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners X, L.P. The names of the parties who share power to vote and dispose of the shares held by Oak X Affiliates Fund, L.P. are Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Fredric W. Harman and Ann H. Lamont, each of whom is a Managing Member of Oak X Affiliates, LLC, the General Partner of Oak X Affiliates Fund, L.P. The names of the parties who share power to vote and dispose of the shares held by Oak Investment Partners XI, L.P. are Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Gerald R. Gallagher, Fredric W. Harman and Ann H. Lamont, each of whom is a Managing Member of Oak Associates XI, LLC, the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners XI, L.P. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(3)   Includes 1,099,449 shares of common stock held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P., 56,796 shares of common stock held by Draper Fisher Associates III Annex Fund, L.P., 29,682 shares of common stock held by Draper Associates, L.P., 16,031 shares of common stock held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC, 3,687 shares of common stock held by Draper Fisher Partners, LLC and 128 shares of common stock held by Draper GC Partners, LLC. Also includes 467,856 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P., 12,640 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Draper Associates, L.P., 6,816 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC, and 1,376 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Draper Fisher Partners, LLC. Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson (a member of our board of directors as designee of Draper Fisher Jurvetson) are Managing Directors of the general partner entities of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. and also Managing Members of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC, that directly hold shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson are Managing Directors of the general partner entities of Draper Fisher Associates III Annex Fund, L.P., that directly holds shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The investing and voting power of the shares held by Draper Associates, L.P. is controlled by its General Partner, Draper Associates, Inc. which is controlled by its President and majority shareholder, Timothy C. Draper. Timothy C. Draper and John H.N. Fisher are Managing Members of Draper Fisher Partners, LLC, that directly holds shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Timothy C. Draper is the Managing Member of Draper GC Partners LLC, that directly holds shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. In addition, 13,709 shares of common stock and 5,872 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock are held by individuals and trusts affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

 

(4)   Includes 439,777 shares of common stock held by Nison Limited, 100,277 shares of common stock held by Wellway International Limited and 103,726 shares of common stock held by Creative China Investment Limited. Also includes 206,864 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Nison Limited. Concord Investments Co. Ltd. owns 100% of the shares of Nison Limited and Wellway International Limited and 55% of the shares of Creative China Investment Limited. Robert Peng (a member of our board of directors as designee of Concord Investments Co., Ltd. and its affiliates) is a director of each of Nison Limited, Wellway International Limited and Creative China Investment Limited and may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Mr. Peng disclaims ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

 

(5)   Includes 511,957 shares of common stock held by ATA Ventures I, L.P., 19,381 shares of common stock held by ATA Affiliates Fund I, L.P. and 4,871 shares of common stock held by ATA Investment Fund I, L.P. Also includes 15,280 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by ATA Ventures I, L.P., 576 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by ATA Affiliates Fund I, L.P. and 144 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by ATA Investment Fund I, L.P. Michio Fujimura, Hatch Graham and T. Peter Thomas (a member of our board of directors as designee of ATA Ventures) are Managing Directors of the general partner entities of ATA Management 1 LLC, the General Partner of each of ATA Ventures 1, L.P., ATA Affiliates Fund 1, L.P. and ATA Investment Fund 1, L.P., and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(6)   Includes 21,884 shares of common stock, 480 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock and 377,735 shares of common stock subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010. Also includes 1,038 shares of common stock and 1,760 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by the Timothy S. Jenks and Atsuko K. Jenks Declaration of Trust dated January 7, 1996.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

166


Table of Contents
(7)   Includes 53,999 shares of common stock subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010 and 38,919 shares of common stock, of which 3,333 are unvested within 60 days of November 17, 2010 and subject to a lapsing right of repurchase in our favor.

 

(8)   Includes 19,900 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010 and 23,841 shares of common stock.

 

(9)   Consists solely of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(10)   Consists solely of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(11)   Includes the shares of common stock and preferred stock detailed in Note (4) above held by entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners. Also includes 2,166 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(12)   Includes the shares of common stock, and preferred stock detailed in Note (5) above held by entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson Funds.

 

(13)   Includes 2,708 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010. Although Mr. Kwan is a venture partner of Oak Investment Partners, he has no voting or dispositive power over any of our shares held by Oak Investment Partners.

 

(14)   Consists solely of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(15)   Includes the shares of common stock and preferred stock detailed in Note (6) above held by entities affiliated with Concord Investments Co. Ltd. Also includes 2,166 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(16)   Consists solely of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(17)   Includes the shares of common stock and preferred stock outstanding detailed in Note (7) above held by entities affiliated with ATA Ventures. Includes 150,677 shares of common stock held by Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P., 3,066 shares of common stock held by Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. and 13 shares of common stock held by IVP Founders Fund I, L.P. Also includes 58,176 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. and 1,184 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series X preferred stock held by Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. Institutional Venture Management is the General Partner of Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P and the General Partners of Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. are Reid W. Dennis, Mary Jane Elmore, Samuel D. Colella, T. Peter Thomas, Norman A. Fogelsong, L. James Strand, Geoffrey Y. Yang, Ruthann Quindlen and William P. Tai. The General Partner of IVP Founders Fund I, L.P. Institutional Venture Management VI, L.P. and the General Partners of Institutional Venture Management VI, L.P. are Reid W. Dennis, Mary Jane Elmore, Samuel D. Colella, T. Peter Thomas, Norman A. Fogelsong, L. James Strand, Geoffrey Y. Yang and Ruthann Quindlen. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interests therein. Also includes 2,166 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(18)   Consists solely of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of November 17, 2010.

 

(19)   Includes 619,017 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after November 17, 2010.

 

167


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0025 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0025 par value per share. A description of the material terms and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws affecting the rights of holders of our capital stock is set forth below. The description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the form of our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon to the completion of this offering and filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

As of September 30, 2010, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis, upon completion of this offering, there were outstanding:

 

 

15,974,619 shares of common stock; these were held by 347 stockholders;

 

 

1,795,220 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options; and

 

 

4,482 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

Common stock

Dividend rights .    Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting rights .    Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for the right of stockholders to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation effective upon completion of this offering establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No preemptive or similar rights .    Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Right to receive liquidation distributions .    Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

168


Table of Contents

Fully paid and nonassessable.     All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of preferred stock will be converted into common stock.

Following this offering, we will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, discouraging or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2010, we had warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 4,482 shares of our common stock at exercise price of $29.00 per share with an expiration date of December 20, 2014, and in some cases expiring upon a change in control, the closing of our initial public offering or after a certain period of time after the closing of our initial public offering, all of which are exercisable immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The exercise price of some warrants may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price.

Registration rights

Following the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,038,489 shares of our common stock will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. These registration rights have been waived with respect to this offering. As applicable, we refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Demand registration rights .    At any time, the holders of at least 20% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we file up to two registration statements. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 180 days if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders, and the underwriters of an underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders on a pro rata basis subject to certain restrictions.

Piggyback registration rights .    If we register any of our securities for public sale, the stockholders with registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration

 

169


Table of Contents

statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans or a corporate reorganization. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, but not below 20% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement.

Form S-3 registration rights .    Following completion of this offering, upon the written request of holders of at least 20% of the shares having registration rights may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $2,000,000. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 120 days if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders on a pro rata basis subject to certain restrictions.

Registration expenses .    We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with up to two demand registrations and all piggyback registrations and Form S-3 registrations, all as described above and, in each case, except for fees and expenses of legal counsel for the holders of registrable securities, underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes. However, subject to limited exceptions, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders or if the net proceeds requirement of a demand registration is not met.

Expiration of registration rights .    The registration rights described above will expire five years after this offering is completed. The registration rights will terminate earlier with respect to a particular stockholder to the extent the shares held by and issuable to such holder may be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any 90 day period.

Holders of substantially all of our shares with these registration rights have signed agreements with the underwriters or us prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for 180 days, subject to possible extension of up to 34 additional days beyond the end of such 180-day period, following the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our board of directors will be able to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or due to the resignation or departure of an existing board member. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a

 

170


Table of Contents

consent in writing, and that only our chairman of the board, Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will also include a requirement for the advance notice of nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for the ability of the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with terms set by the board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will also provide that approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws, or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the inability of stockholders to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors, as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation’s assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, unless:

 

 

the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

171


Table of Contents

 

 

at or subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate or incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We do not plan to “opt out” of these provisions. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “NPTN.”

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

172


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010, upon completion of this offering we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the              shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining 15,974,619 shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or if the sale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual lock-up restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

 

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering;

 

 

1,929,465 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act; and

 

 

6,665 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.

The number of shares eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements assume, as of September 30, 2010, the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock (other than our Series X preferred stock) into an aggregate of 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and, in the case of our Series X preferred stock, into an aggregate of 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

Lock-up agreements and obligations

All of our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that we and they will not (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or

 

173


Table of Contents

such other securities, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180-days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

The 180-day restricted period described above is subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material new or material event.

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2004 stock option plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, based on shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2010 and the other assumptions set forth above; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144,

 

174


Table of Contents

but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

As of September 30, 2010, 248,543 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock plans

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, including our 2010 employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,038,489 shares of our common stock, based on shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2010 and the other assumptions set forth above, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

175


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income and estate tax

consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock acquired in this offering by certain Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor U.S. federal tax consequences other than income and estate taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a capital asset. The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if it (x) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute

 

176


Table of Contents

dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States) if a properly-executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is filed with us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, with such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on disposition of common stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of our business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder

 

177


Table of Contents

on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than five percent of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (a) the five year period preceding the disposition or (b) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (i) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (i) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (ii) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

Information reporting requirements and backup withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption. The current backup withholding rate is 28%, but is scheduled to increase to 31% after 2010.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that backup withholding may be avoided if the holder provides a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing Non-U.S. Holder status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the U.S. through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Backup withholding may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may generally be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Recently enacted legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31,

 

178


Table of Contents

2012 to a foreign financial institution unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Federal estate tax

An individual who is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, even though such individual was not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of his or her death.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

179


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of
shares
 
   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

  

ThinkEquity LLC

  
        

Total

  
        
   

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the shares of common stock offered in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to             additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

180


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

      Per share     Total  
    Without
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
    With
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
    Without
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
    With
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
 
   

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $                   $                   $                   $                

Expenses payable by us

  $        $        $        $     
   

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) before the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell any

 

181


Table of Contents

option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) before the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NPTN.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to

 

182


Table of Contents

cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

We and the underwriters cannot assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities by distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that would result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to

 

183


Table of Contents

subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

 

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

 

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

 

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or

 

 

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may affect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

184


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.

As of the date of this prospectus, a partner of Cooley LLP beneficially owns an aggregate of 131 shares of our common stock, 624 shares of our common stock to be issued upon conversion of our Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock and 2 shares of our Series X preferred stock, and an associate of Cooley LLP beneficially owns an aggregate of 816 shares of our common stock. VLG Investments 1996, VLG Investments 1997, VLG Investments LLC, VLG Investments 2006 LLC, VLG Investments 2008 LLC and HEWM/VLG Investments LLC, each of which are entities in which certain partners of Cooley LLP are investors, beneficially own an aggregate of 665 shares of our common stock, 3,382 shares of our common stock to be issued upon conversion of our Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock and 28 shares of our Series X preferred stock.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.

For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

185


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and  2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

NeoPhotonics Corporation

The reverse stock split and amendment and restatement to the certificate of incorporation described in Note 17 to the financial statements have not been consummated at November 19, 2010. When they have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

“In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NeoPhotonics Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for noncontrolling interests effective January 1, 2009.”

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

April 15, 2010, except for Note 18, as to which the date is June 7, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

      December 31,    

September 30,
2010

   

Pro forma
equity at
September 30,
2010

 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)   2008     2009      
   
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 28,741      $ 43,420      $ 25,353     

Restricted cash

    1,516        3,286        3,006     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,188, $2,311 and $2,240 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively

    47,891        52,561        49,580     

Inventories

    18,544        14,155        25,594     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,228        2,867        5,693     
                         

Total current assets

    98,920        116,289        109,226     

Property, plant and equipment, net

    39,637        35,301        42,563     

Goodwill

    4,323        4,323        4,324     

Other intangible assets, net

    10,694        5,475        2,723     

Other long-term assets

    1,202        860        8,917     
                         

Total assets

  $ 154,776      $ 162,248      $ 167,753     
                         

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 21,561      $ 22,210      $ 32,956     

Short-term loans and notes payable

    18,895        28,341        20,973     

Current portion of long-term debt

    16,470        6,035        1,966     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    11,411        15,536        9,498     
                         

Total current liabilities

    68,337        72,122        65,393     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    1,000        2,112        4,411     

Deferred income tax liabilities

    749        768        737     

Other noncurrent liabilities

    1,283        1,378        1,326     
                         

Total liabilities

    71,369        76,380        71,867     
                         

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

       

Authorized 20,000 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited); Issued and outstanding 12,540, 16,096 and 18,497 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively; Maximum liquidation preference $62,701, $80,482 and $92,487 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively ; No shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    31,235        40,140        46,165     

Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

       

Authorized 7,400,000 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited); Issued and outstanding 6,639,513 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited); Liquidation preference $177,960 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited); No shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    165,195        165,310        165,354     
                         
    196,430        205,450        211,519     

Equity (deficit):

       

Common stock, $0.0025 par value

       

Authorized 14,000,000 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited); Issued and outstanding 1,915,347, 1,924,627 and 1,936,130 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively; Issued and outstanding pro forma 15,974,619 shares at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    5        5        5     

Additional paid-in capital

    91,276        91,894        92,923     

Deferred stock-based compensation

    (28                

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    5,971        6,000        7,588     

Accumulated deficit

    (212,027     (218,990     (216,149  
                               

Total NeoPhotonics Corporation stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (114,803     (121,091     (115,633  

Noncontrolling interests

    1,780        1,509            
                               

Total equity (deficit)

    (113,023     (119,582     (115,633  
                               

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit

  $ 154,776      $ 162,248      $ 167,753     
                               
   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

(in thousands, except share and per share
data)

  Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
  2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
   
                                  (unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 95,825      $ 133,989      $ 155,062      $ 112,014      $ 132,888   

Cost of goods sold

    83,475        109,439        114,572        86,142        91,079   
                                       

Gross profit

    12,350        24,550        40,490        25,872        41,809   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    23,076        21,480        17,266        12,431        16,049   

Sales and marketing

    10,123        10,435        9,587        7,330        7,502   

General and administrative

    13,142        14,581        15,448        11,230        12,397   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    1,826        1,665        1,136        852        855   

Asset impairment charges

    6,138        4,047        1,233                 

Restructuring charges

           1,383                        
                                       

Total operating expenses

    54,305        53,591        44,670        31,843        36,803   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (41,955     (29,041     (4,180     (5,971     5,006   
                                       

Interest income

    1,496        448        345        295        163   

Interest expense

    (1,249     (1,692     (1,046     (801     (565

Other income (expense), net

    319        432        (64     55        42   
                                       

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    566        (812     (765     (451     (360
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (41,389     (29,853     (4,945     (6,422     4,646   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    (86     1,812        (1,902     (1,211     (1,725
                                       

Net income (loss)

    (41,475     (28,041     (6,847     (7,633     2,921   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    8        (13     (116     (63     (80
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

    (41,467     (28,054     (6,963     (7,696     2,841   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           (428     (153     (122     (91
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation stockholders

  $ (41,467   $ (28,482   $ (7,116   $ (7,818   $ 2,750   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                       

Diluted

  $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                       

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

         

Basic

    1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        1,932,998   
                                       

Diluted

    1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        3,036,756   
                                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (unaudited):

         

Basic

      $ (0.51     $ 0.18   
                     

Diluted

      $ (0.51     $ 0.17   
                     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders (unaudited):

         

Basic

        13,599,967          15,883,606   
                     

Diluted

        13,599,967          16,987,364   
                     
   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,

Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

      Redeemable
convertible

preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 
(in thousands, except share
data)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                
   

Balances at January 1, 2007

    6,639,513      $ 164,789         1,815,464      $ 5      $ 89,479      $ (710   $ 1,314      $ (142,506   $ (52,418   $ 1,662      $ (50,756
 

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

                                                     (41,467     (41,467            (41,467

Net unrealized gain on investments

                                              5               5               5   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              2,097               2,097        11        2,108   

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

                                                                   (8     (8
                                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (39,365     3        (39,362

Exercise of stock options

                  108,015               234                             234               234   

Repurchases of common stock

                  (1,422            (7                          (7            (7

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                270                             270               270   

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

                                       498                      498               498   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                838                             838               838   

Forfeiture of stock options due to terminations

                                (11     11                                      
                                                                                       

Balances at December 31, 2007

    6,639,513        164,789        1,922,057        5        90,803        (201     3,416        (183,973     (89,950     1,665        (88,285
   

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,

Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss)—(continued)

 

      Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 

(in thousands, except

share data)

  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                
   

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

                                                      (28,054     (28,054            (28,054

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              2,555               2,555        102        2,657   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

                                                                   13        13   
                                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (25,499     115        (25,384

Issuance of Series X preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $137

    12,491        31,090                                                                  

Issuance of Series X preferred stock in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock

    49        123        (11,352            (123                          (123            (123

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           428                      (428                          (428            (428

Exercise of stock options

                  15,736               69                             69               69   

Repurchases of common stock

                  (11,094            (98                          (98            (98

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                98                             98               98   

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

                                       146                      146               146   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                982                             982               982   

Forfeiture of stock options due to terminations

                                (27     27                                      
                                                                                       
 

Balances at December 31, 2008

    6,652,053        196,430        1,915,347        5        91,276        (28     5,971        (212,027     (114,803     1,780        (113,023
   

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,

Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss)—(continued)

 

      Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 
(in thousands, except share data)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                
   

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

                                                      (6,963     (6,963            (6,963

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              29               29               29   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

                                                                   116        116   
                                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (6,934     116        (6,818

Issuance of Series X preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $24

    3,556        8,867                                                                  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           153                      (153                          (153            (153

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

                                (268                          (268     (387     (655

Exercise of stock options

                  9,470               40                             40               40   

Exercise of warrants

                  10,009               40                             40               40   

Repurchases of common stock

                  (10,199            (37                          (37            (37

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                43                             43               43   

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

                                       28                      28               28   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                953                             953               953   
                                                                                       

Balances at December 31, 2009

    6,655,609        205,450        1,924,627        5        91,894               6,000        (218,990     (121,091     1,509        (119,582
                                                                                       
   

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,

Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss)—(continued)

 

      Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 

(in thousands, except

share data)

  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                
   

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net income attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation (unaudited)

                                                      2,841        2,841               2,841   

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                                              1,588               1,588               1,588   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                                   80        80   
                                       

Total comprehensive income (unaudited)

                    4,429        80        4,509   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $24 (unaudited)

    2,401        5,978                                                                  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           91                      (91                          (91            (91

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

        

 
                     (199                          (199     95        (104

Sale of majority-owned interest (unaudited)

                                                                   (1,684     (1,684

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                  8,115               35                             35               35   

Exercise of warrants (unaudited)

                  3,508               13                             13               13   

Repurchase of common stock

                  (120            (1                          (1            (1

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                32                             32               32   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                1,240                             1,240               1,240   
                                                                                       

Balances at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    6,658,010      $ 211,519        1,936,130      $ 5      $ 92,923      $      $ 7,588      $ (216,149   $ (115,633   $      $ (115,633
                                                                                       
   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
(In thousands)    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                   
                           (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (41,475   $ (28,041   $ (6,847   $ (7,633   $ 2,921   

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

          

Depreciation and amortization

     12,518        13,543        13,574        10,265        9,089   

Asset impairment charges

     6,138        4,047        1,233                 

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,336        1,128        981        739        1,240   

Deferred taxes

     26        (1,574     (62     (15     (16

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     265        177        (114     (114     156   

Share of loss of unconsolidated investee

                         

  
   
176
  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     332        573        726        846        364   

Provision for inventories

     2,585        15        1,145        870        497   

Change in assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (3,934     (15,340     (5,369     (5,918     2,030   

Inventories

     (8,311     5,589        3,257        588        (12,175

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (456     39        (491     (1,101     (3,325

Accounts payable

     4,733        (38     832        2,567        8,611   

Accrued and other liabilities

     (3,151     4,622        2,897        1,489        (6,605
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (29,394     (15,260     11,762        2,583        2,963   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (12,938     (11,121     (4,595     (2,842     (10,312

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     381        122        433        375        15   

Release of (increase in) restricted cash

     (317     213        (1,770     (603     235   

Purchase of long-term investment

                                 (7,954

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

                   (655     (655       

Purchase of short-term investments

     (7,683                            

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

            998                        

Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments

     9,577        3,114                        

Proceeds received (cash transferred) upon sale of Archcom

                   550               (1,118
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,980     (6,674     (6,037     (3,725     (19,134
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

            31,090        8,867               5,978   

Repurchases of common stock

            (98     (37     (37     (1

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     453        69        40               35   

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

                   40               13   

Proceeds from bank loans

     21,727        24,286        26,455        19,860        6,280   

Repayment of bank loans

     (16,253     (18,510     (31,539     (27,214     (15,036

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     6,989        15,128        24,343        16,957        20,052   

Repayment of notes payable

     (9,109     (15,317     (19,159     (13,949     (20,796
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     3,807        36,648        9,010        (4,383     (3,475
                                        

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (399     364        (56     9        1,579   
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (36,966     15,078        14,679        (5,516     (18,067

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     50,629        13,663        28,741        28,741        43,420   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 13,663      $ 28,741      $ 43,420      $ 23,225      $ 25,353   
                                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,249      $ 1,610      $ 924      $ 681      $ 573   

Cash paid for income taxes

     17        73        179        14        2,437   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

          

Issuance of Series X preferred stock in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock

   $      $ 123      $      $      $   

Decrease (increase) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to property and equipment purchases

     (3,620     2,304        268        17        (3,660

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            428        153        122        91   
                   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. The company and basis of presentation

Business and organization

NeoPhotonics Corporation (“NeoPhotonics” or the “Company”) is a designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. NeoPhotonics, formerly known as NanoGram Corporation, was incorporated in Delaware on October 31, 1996 to develop nanoparticles for use in industrial applications. In November 2002, the Company spun out two companies, changed its name to NeoPhotonics Corporation, and focused on the design, development and manufacturing of planar lightwave circuits for optical communication platforms. During the period from January 2003 through March 2003, NeoPhotonics completed a series of reorganization transactions whereby the Company spun-off part of its business in the form of two subsidiaries, NanoGram Devices Corporation (“NDC”) and NanoGram Corporation (“NanoGram”). In March 2003, the Company acquired Lightwave Microsystems Corporation (“LMC”) and subsequently began to market standard and semi-custom planar lightwave circuits-based components and modules for metro access and other advanced optical communications platforms. In March 2004, NDC was acquired by a third party.

On November 17, 2003, the Company filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California. Under Chapter 11, certain claims against the Company in existence prior to the filing of the petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws are stayed while the Company continues business operations as a debtor-in-possession. These claims were reflected as liabilities subject to compromise in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. On February 26, 2004, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Company’s plan of reorganization. The Company’s plan of reorganization was substantially consummated on March 26, 2004, at which point the Company emerged from bankruptcy and was recapitalized.

Reclassifications

Certain prior-year amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been reclassified where necessary to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications did not affect the prior period deficit, net cash provided by (used in) operating activities or net loss.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance requiring that a noncontrolling interest held by others in a company’s majority-owned subsidiaries be part of the equity of the controlling group and reported on the balance sheet within the equity section as a distinct item separate from the company’s equity. In accordance with this guidance, minority interests have been re-captioned to noncontrolling interests and reported separately in deficit for

 

F-10


Table of Contents

2009 and prior periods. In addition, net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests has been presented below net loss in arriving at net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation for 2009 and prior periods.

Unaudited interim consolidated financial information

The interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and related interim information contained in the notes to these consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, such unaudited interim consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial information and includes all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this interim information when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010.

Unaudited pro forma equity

The Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. The shares of Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, will automatically convert upon the Company’s planned initial public offering into 6,639,513 shares of common stock. Shares of Series X preferred stock will convert to shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis. See Note 10 for more details. Additionally, as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, there are 197,000 and 263,020 (unaudited) stock appreciation units outstanding, respectively, for which the vested portion becomes exercisable upon an initial public offering or change in control. The liability related to the vested portion, and the impact to accumulated deficit for the charge to be recorded upon an initial public offering, is estimated using the price per share at which the shares of common stock are sold to the public.

Condensed parent company financial data

The Company’s subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund their statutory common reserves until such reserves have reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s subsidiaries in China had restricted net assets of approximately $3.7 million as calculated pursuant to paragraph 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X. The restricted net assets exceeded 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company as of December 31, 2009 as a result of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock being classified as mezzanine capital, rather than as a component of stockholders’ deficit. Mezzanine capital is treated as a liability when determining consolidated net assets, which results in consolidated liabilities in excess of consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009. See Note 18 for further details.

As outlined in Note 10, upon completion of a qualifying initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock and would no longer be treated as liability when determining consolidated net assets. As a result, the restricted net assets of the Company’s China-based subsidiaries would no longer exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include: the useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets as well as future cash flows to be generated by those assets; allowances for doubtful accounts; valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; reserves for excess and obsolete inventories and fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock options and preferred stock, among others. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term maturities.

Concentration of credit risk and significant customers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s investment policy requires cash and cash equivalents to be placed with high-credit quality institutions and to limit the amount of credit risk from any one issuer. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all accounts receivable, which takes into consideration an analysis of historical bad debts, specific customer creditworthiness and current economic trends. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company provided $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for allowance for doubtful accounts. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, the Company provided (released) $0.8 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited), respectively, for allowance for doubtful accounts.

The following table sets forth the Company’s significant customers:

 

       % of revenue      % of accounts receivable  
     Years ended
December 31,
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
     December 31,     

September 30,

2010

 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010      2008      2009     
   
                          (unaudited)                    (unaudited)  

Customer A

     16%         34%         53%         53%         48%         40%         56%         49%   

Customer B

     13%         12%         *         *         *         *         *         *   
   

 

*   Less than 10% of total revenue or accounts receivable.

Cash and cash equivalents

Highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase are considered cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of investments in money market funds.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Restricted cash

As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements of the Company’s subsidiaries in China, these subsidiaries are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid. These balances have been excluded from the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance and are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, the amount of restricted cash was $1.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

Investments

Equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair market value and unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s investment in equity securities is classified as long-term based on the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment for more than 12 months from the balance sheet date. The Company does not hold its securities for trading or speculative purposes.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable include trade receivables and notes receivables from customers. The Company receives notes receivable from certain customers in China that are secured by the customer’s affiliated financial institution. The notes are generally due within 6 months and may be redeemed early by the Company at a discount. Historically, the Company has collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity. The notes receivable do not meet the true sales criteria as defined by the accounting guidance for accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the aging of the Company’s trade receivables, historical experience, and management judgment. The Company writes off trade receivables against the allowance when management determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost determined on the weighted average basis, or market value. The Company routinely evaluates quantities and values of inventories in light of current market conditions and market trends, and records a write-down for quantities in excess of demand and product obsolescence. The evaluation may take into consideration historic usage, expected demand, anticipated sales price, new product development schedules, the effect new products might have on the sale of existing products, product obsolescence, customer concentrations, product merchantability and other factors. Market conditions are subject to change and actual consumption of inventory could differ from forecasted demand. The Company also regularly reviews the cost of inventories against their estimated market value and records a lower of cost or market reserve for inventories that have a cost in excess of estimated market value. Once a reserve for inventories is recorded, this results in a new cost basis for the related inventories which is not reversed.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and in-process research and development acquired in a

 

F-13


Table of Contents

business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment.

The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing as of December 31 of each year. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment utilizing a two-step process. First, impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. The Company considers that it has only one reporting unit for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an

operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $5.9 million. The Company did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Long-lived assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings

   20-30 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 years

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   5 years

Software

   5-7 years

Leasehold improvements

   5 years or lease term, if shorter
 

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value. Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s intangible assets generally range from five to seven years, except for acquired land use rights in China, which have an estimated useful life of 45 years.

The carrying value of intangible assets and other long-lived assets is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that may suggest impairment. Some factors which the Company considers to be triggering events for impairment review include a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, an accumulation of costs for an asset in excess of the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

amount originally expected, a current period operating loss or cash flow decline combined with a history of operating loss or cash flow uses or a projection that demonstrates continuing losses and a current expectation that, it is more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be disposed of at a loss before the end of its estimated useful life.

If one or more of such facts or circumstances exist, the Company will evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine if an impairment exists, by comparing it to estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life of the assets. If the carrying value of the assets is greater than the estimated future cash flow, the assets are written down to the estimated fair value. The Company’s cash flow estimates contain management’s best estimates, using appropriate and customary assumptions and projections at the time. Any write-down would be treated as a permanent reduction in the carrying amount of the asset and an operating loss would be recognized. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, impairment charges relating to finite lived assets of $0.2 million, $4.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, were recognized. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, no (unaudited) impairment charges were recognized. See Note 5 for further details.

In those cases where the Company determines that the useful life of an asset should be revised, the Company depreciates the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is derived from the sale of the Company’s products. The Company recognizes revenue provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts and/or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer. The price is equal to the amount invoiced to the customer and is not subject to adjustment and customers do not have the right of return. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers to determine that appropriate credit limits are established prior to the acceptance of an order.

Revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the buyer. The Company bears all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, the Company’s shipment terms provide that title passes to the buyer upon shipment by the Company. Other shipment terms may provide that title passes to the buyer upon delivery of the goods to the buyer. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of goods sold. The Company presents revenue net of sales taxes and any similar assessments.

The Company recognizes revenue on sales to distributors at the time of shipment or delivery to the distributors, as the distributors do not have extended rights of return, subsequent price discounts or price protection.

Product warranties

The Company provides warranties to cover defects in workmanship, materials and manufacturing for a period of one to two years to meet the stated functionality as agreed to in each sales arrangement. Products are tested against specified functionality requirements prior to delivery, but the Company nevertheless from time to time experiences claims under its warranty guarantees. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs under those guarantees based upon historical experience, and for specific items, at the time their existence is known and the amounts are determinable.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the movement in the warranty accrual (in thousands):

 

       Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
   
                            (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,468      $ 370      $ 432      $ 432      $ 613   

Warranty accruals

     369        389        536        135        285   

Settlements and adjustments

     (1,467     (327     (355     (215     (346
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 370      $     432      $     613      $     352      $     552   
                                        
   

Research and development

Research and development expense consists of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for the Company’s research and development personnel and product development costs, including engineering services, development software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and, to date, have not been significant.

Stock-based compensation

For awards granted on or before December 31, 2005, the Company applied the intrinsic value method of accounting for its employee stock option awards. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense for employees was based on the difference, if any, between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of the option on the measurement date, the date of grant. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had $1.7 million of deferred stock-based compensation expense, which was amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options on a straight-line basis and was fully amortized as of December 31, 2009.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance for stock-based compensation, which requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments, including stock options, based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company adopted the new guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, beginning January 1, 2006, employee stock-based compensation cost recognized includes: (a) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the intrinsic value method, and (b) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the new guidance.

The Company’s determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes an option-pricing model, and is impacted by its common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, as well as the projected employee option exercise behaviors (expected period between stock option vesting date and stock option exercise date), risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The fair value is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits for tax deductions from the exercise of stock options in excess of the compensation expense recorded for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as cash flows from financing activities. The Company had no excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

The Company grants stock appreciation rights to certain individuals, including employees, directors or consultants. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the Company will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (a) the excess of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (b) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. An award under the plan is not exercisable until the earlier of an initial public offering or a change in control in the Company. The Company has not recognized compensation expense relative to these awards as neither of these events have occurred and therefore the employees are not able to exercise their rights. Upon one of the above events occurring, an expense and an equal liability for the stock appreciation rights will be recorded, equal to the fair market value of the vested portion of the award on the date that the event occurs. The fair value of the award is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date over the fair market value of a share of common stock on the award’s grant date. Each reporting period thereafter, compensation expense will be recorded, based on the remaining service period and the then fair market value of the award until vesting of the award is completed. After vesting is completed, the Company will continue to remeasure the fair market value of the liability until the award is exercised, with changes in the fair value of the liability recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

See Note 12 for further details of the Company’s stock-based compensation arrangements.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company estimates actual current tax exposure as well as assesses temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax

 

F-17


Table of Contents

purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets which represent future tax benefits to be received when certain expenses previously recognized in the financial statements become deductible expenses under applicable income tax laws, or loss credit carryforwards are utilized.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. A valuation allowance is recorded for loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. It requires that tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. Upon estimating the Company’s tax positions and tax benefits, the Company considered and evaluated numerous factors, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not reflect the actual outcome. With the adoption of this new guidance, companies are required to adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained under examination. Any adjustment necessary would be directly recorded to retained earnings and recorded as a change in accounting principle as of the date of adoption. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currency translations

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar during the year are converted into the U.S. dollar at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the day transactions occurred. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Exchange gains (losses) recognized were $0.5 million, $0.8 million and ($0.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Exchange losses recognized were $50,000 (unaudited) and $2,000 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

The financial records of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are maintained in local currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such as the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”), which are their functional currencies. Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Translation adjustments are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss).

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

The Company applies the two-class method for calculating and presenting net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between common shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Participating securities are defined as securities that participate in dividends with common shares according to a predetermined formula. Basic net income (loss) per

 

F-18


Table of Contents

share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders and income allocable to participating securities to the extent they are dilutive, by the weighted average number of common shares and potential dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. The Company’s potential dilutive common share equivalents consist of incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase common shares and upon conversion of its redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new accounting guidance for determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. The guidance clarified that share-based payment awards that have not yet vested meet the definition of a participating security provided the right to receive the dividend is non-forfeitable and non-contingent. These participating securities are therefore included in the computation of basic net income (loss) per share under the two-class method. The Company has concluded that its non-vested early-exercised stock options meet the definition of a participating security and should be included in the Company’s computation of basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders. The Company also concluded that for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, its redeemable convertible preferred stock does not meet the definition of a participating security as the stockholders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. For the purposes of calculating basic and diluted net income per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company concluded that its redeemable convertible preferred stock meets the definition of a participating security. As a result, all earnings for this period have been allocated to the preferred stockholders with no earnings remaining for the benefit of common stockholders. All prior period net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders data presented has been prepared to conform with the provisions of this accounting guidance.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale marketable securities. Comprehensive income (loss) is disclosed in the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss). The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 include only foreign currency translation adjustments.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued accounting guidance on fair value measurements. This standard clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value within U.S. GAAP, and expands the disclosures regarding fair value measurements. In February

 

F-19


Table of Contents

2008, the FASB deferred the effective date of the guidance to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The Company adopted the fair value measurement guidance January 1, 2008, except for those items specifically deferred by the FASB, which were adopted January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for business combinations, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: (a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The guidance applies prospectively to the Company’s business combinations, if any, for which the acquisition date was on or after January 1, 2009. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this guidance resulted in classification changes which have been reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss).

In May 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance on subsequent events. This accounting guidance is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The guidance establishes the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, it sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for variable interest entities, which changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. The new accounting guidance will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. The

 

F-20


Table of Contents

new accounting guidance is effective for the Company beginning with its first interim period beginning January 1, 2010. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2009, the FASB reached final consensus on a new revenue recognition guidance regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new accounting guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. The new accounting guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011 and may be applied retrospectively or prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. In addition, early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, the Company adopted this amendment for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. See Note 3 for the Company’s fair value disclosures. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

3. Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with the creditor. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative accounting guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable. These levels of inputs are as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level I) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Assets measured at fair value

The Company’s financial instruments are valued using quoted prices in active markets or based upon other observable inputs. The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets as of the date presented (in thousands):

 

       Money market funds (1)  
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
   

December 31, 2008

   $ 22,633       $     —       $     —       $ 22,633   

December 31, 2009

   $ 13,105       $       $       $ 13,105   

September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

   $ 6,643       $       $       $ 6,643   
   
(1)   Money market funds are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company purchased 23% of a foreign publicly traded company and adopted equity method of accounting. See Note 7 for further details. The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s equity investment as of the date presented (in thousands):

 

       Equity Investment           
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
   

December 31, 2008

   $     —       $     —       $     —       $ —     

December 31, 2009

   $     —       $       $       $ —     

September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

   $ 11,840       $       $       $ 11,840   
   

 

F-22


Table of Contents

4. Net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

      Years ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
   
                                   (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

  $ (41,467   $ (28,054   $ (6,963   $ (7,696   $ 2,841   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           (428     (153     (122     (91

Less: net income attributable to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

                                2,750   
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

  $ (41,467   $ (28,482   $ (7,116   $ (7,618   $   
                                       
         

Denominator:

         

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

    1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        1,932,998   

Effect of dilutive securities:

         

Common stock options

                                1,103,758   
                                       

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

    1,856,215        1,924,141        1,913,117        1,912,095        3,036,756   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                       

Diluted

  $ (22.34   $ (14.80   $ (3.72   $ (4.09   $ 0.00   
                                       
   

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options are considered participating securities and are therefore included in the basic weighted average common shares outstanding.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The following weighted-average potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

      Years ended December 31,     Nine months  ended
September 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009      2010  
   
                                        (unaudited)  

Employee stock options

    1,480,427        1,637,379        1,532,041        1,570,764         1,795,220   

Common stock warrants

    17,999        17,999        7,990        18,013         4,482   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, on an if-converted basis (1)

    6,639,624        9,683,789        11,686,850        11,655,672         13,950,608   
                                        
    8,138,050        11,339,167        13,226,881        13,244,449         15,750,310   
                                        
   
(1)   For the purposes of the table above, the Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock have been converted on a 1-for-1 basis and the Series X preferred stock has been converted on a 400-for-1 basis.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders calculation assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of issuance, if later. The preferred stock converts on a 1-for-1 basis with the exception of Series X, which converts on a 400-for-1 basis. See Note 10 for further details.

In addition, the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders calculation assumes a 1-for-25 reverse stock split that the Company intends to effect prior to the completion of the sale of its common stock to the public.

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)   

Year ended

December 31, 2009

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2010
 
   
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

   $ (6,963   $ 2,841   
                

Denominator:

    

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

    

Pro forma adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of the conversion of the preferred stock

     13,599,967        15,883,606   
                

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

    

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Common stock options

            1,103,758   
                

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     13,599,967        16,987,364   
                

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.51   $ 0.18   
                

Diluted

   $ (0.51   $ 0.17   
                
   

5. Impairment of assets

In May 2007, the Company discovered an engineering flaw in the main product acquired in connection with its acquisition of BeamExpress, Inc. in 2006. Although the Company was able to design and produce a replacement product that would fulfill the Company’s warranty requirements for products already sold, the time needed to implement the solution, coupled with entry of new competitors in the market rendered the acquired product nonviable and, accordingly, the Company stopped all future sales and production. This was a triggering event and therefore an impairment

 

F-25


Table of Contents

review of goodwill and the related long-lived intangible assets was performed. As a result of the impairment review, an impairment charge of $6.1 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2007 relating to goodwill of $5.9 million and other intangible assets of $0.2 million.

In 2008, the Company discontinued the production of a tunable laser product based on factors that included an accumulation of costs for the asset group in excess of the amount originally expected, a current period operating loss and continuing cash flow decline combined with a projection that demonstrated continuing losses and a current expectation that the long-lived asset group will be disposed of at a loss before the end of its estimated useful life. As a result of the discontinuance, the Company considered that a triggering event for impairment review had occurred, due to the current period operating loss and the projection of future losses.

The Company identified the asset group associated with the tunable laser product to include finite-lived intangible assets which consisted of acquired core technology, noncompete agreement and assembled workforce and fixed assets, consisting of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements. Based on the review, the Company concluded that the asset group associated with tunable laser product was fully impaired and an impairment charge of $4.0 million was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2008. The following is a description of the asset group and impairment charge (in thousands):

 

       Gross
assets
     Accumulated
amortization /
depreciation
    Impairment  
   

Patents / core technology

   $ 4,376       $ (1,198   $ (3,178

Assembled workforce

     354         (177     (177

Noncompete agreements

     37         (37       
                         

Intangible assets

     4,767         (1,412     (3,355
                         

Machinery and equipment

     941         (529     (412

Leasehold improvements

     298         (18     (280
                         

Fixed assets

     1,239         (547     (692
                         
   $ 6,006       $ (1,959   $ (4,047
                         
   

In 2009, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its 55% ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd. (Archcom) for $1.1 million, which was less than the Company’s share of the value in the net assets of Archcom. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $0.2 million was related to tangible fixed assets and the remaining $0.6 million was recorded as an accrual for the expected loss on sale. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s share of the current assets and current liabilities associated with Archcom, which were included in cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventories and accounts payable, was $0.9 million, $1.0 million, $0.2 million and $(0.4) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, the sale of Archcom was completed and all related assets and liabilities were eliminated from the consolidated balance sheet.

In addition, in 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment which were no longer in use.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

6. Balance sheet components

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,    

September 30,

2010

 
     2008     2009    
   
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts receivable

   $ 39,435      $ 48,146      $ 48,131   

Trade notes receivable

     10,644        6,726        3,689   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,188     (2,311     (2,240
                        
   $ 47,891      $ 52,561      $ 49,580   
                        
   

The table below summarizes the movement in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

Balance as of January 1, 2007

   $ (1,329

Provision for bad debt

     (332

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     46   
        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

     (1,615

Provision for bad debt

     (573
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     (2,188

Provision for bad debt

     (726

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     603   
        

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     (2,311

Provision for bad debt (unaudited)

     (364

Write-offs, net of recoveries (unaudited)

     435   
        

Balance as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

   $ (2,240
        
   

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      September 30,
2010
 
     2008      2009     
   
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 11,223       $ 7,595       $ 12,417   

Work in process

     2,590         2,451         4,259   

Finished goods

     4,731         4,109         8,918   
                          
   $ 18,544       $ 14,155       $ 25,594   
                          
   

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,     September 30,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
   
                 (unaudited)  

Buildings

   $ 15,055      $ 15,069      $ 15,356   

Machinery and equipment

     45,243        46,077        55,260   

Furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment

     8,494        8,372        9,874   

Leasehold improvements

     2,929        2,929        2,936   
                        
     71,721        72,447        83,426   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (32,084     (37,146     (40,863
                        
   $ 39,637      $ 35,301      $ 42,563   
                        
   

Depreciation expense was $7.0 million, $7.6 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively and $6.2 million (unaudited) and $6.3 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Purchased intangible assets

Purchased intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     

Weighted
average
amortization
period (years)

  December 31, 2008     December 31, 2009     September 30, 2010  
     

Gross

assets

   

Accumulated

amortization

    Net
assets
   

Gross

assets

   

Accumulated

amortization

   

Net

assets

   

Gross
assets

    Accumulated
amortization
    Net
assets
 
   
                                            (unaudited)  

Technology and patents

  5   $ 18,635      $ (12,478   $ 6,157      $ 18,643      $ (16,541   $ 2,102      $ 18,963      $ (18,770   $ 193   

Customer relationships

  6     6,319        (3,381     2,938        6,323        (4,419     1,904        6,450        (5,313     1,137   

Leasehold interest

  45     1,246        (95     1,151        1,247        (124     1,123        1,271        (148     1,123   

Noncompete agreements

  7     710        (262     448        710        (364     346        710        (440     270   
                                                                         
    $ 26,910      $ (16,216   $ 10,694      $ 26,923      $ (21,448   $ 5,475      $ 27,394      $ (24,670   $ 2,723   
                                                                         
   

Amortization expense relating to technology and patents and the leasehold interest intangible assets is included within cost of goods sold, and customer relationships and the noncompete agreements within operating expenses. The following table presents details of the amortization expense of the Company’s purchased intangible assets as reported in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

       Years ended
December 31,
     Nine months
ended

September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
   
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 3,675       $ 4,271       $ 4,084       $ 3,215       $ 1,931   

Operating expenses

     1,826         1,665         1,136         852         855   
                                            

Total

   $ 5,501       $ 5,936       $ 5,220       $ 4,067       $ 2,786   
                                            
   

 

F-28


Table of Contents

In September 2008, the Company changed the estimated remaining useful life of acquired technology, and patents, related to ROADM products, which were associated with its acquisition of OpTun, Inc., from 57 months to 28 months. The change in estimated remaining useful life was made after review of factors such as adverse changes in the business climate that affected future projections and a current expectation that warranted the change in useful life. The effect of the change in the estimated remaining useful life increased amortization expense included within cost of goods sold for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 by $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $0.4 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited), respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, is as follows (in thousands):

 

       As of
December 31, 2009
     As of
September 30, 2010
 
   
            (unaudited)  

Years Ending December 31,

     

2010

   $ 3,271       $ 592   

2011

     798         781   

2012

     319         324   

2013

     136         139   

2014

     26         28   

Thereafter

     925         859   
                 
   $ 5,475       $ 2,723   
                 
   

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

 

       2007     2008      2009  
   

Balance as of January 1

   $ 10,207      $ 4,323       $ 4,323   

Impairment (Note 5)

     (5,884               
                         

Balance as of December 31

   $ 4,323      $ 4,323       $ 4,323   
                         
   

There were no changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Accrued and other current liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,     

September 30,

2010

 
     2008      2009     
   
                   (unaudited)  

Employee-related

   $ 6,229       $ 6,727       $ 6,410   

Other

     5,182         8,809         3,088   
                          
   $ 11,411       $ 15,536       $ 9,498   
                          
   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Other noncurrent liabilities

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), other noncurrent liabilities included an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with the Company’s facility lease in California, which expires in December 2012.

7. Investment and equity accounting

In March 2010 and June 2010, the Company purchased 5,333,333 and 4,518,540 shares, respectively, of Ignis ASA (“Ignis”). The Company’s ownership percentage in Ignis was 9.1% and 16.9% as of March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, respectively. The Company used the cost method of accounting to record its investment in Ignis during the three months ended March 31 and June 30, 2010 by recording unrealized gains or losses within accumulated other comprehensive income.

In September 2010, the Company purchased an additional 4,750,000 shares of Ignis, which increased the Company’s ownership percentage in Ignis to 22.7% as of September 30, 2010. As a result, the Company changed from the cost method to the equity method of accounting for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and retrospectively for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010. The retrospective application of the equity method of accounting is similar to accounting for a “step acquisition.” The carrying amount of the investment in Ignis was $7.9 million at September 30, 2010, and is included in other long-term assets. The Company’s proportionate share of Ignis’ net loss was $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and is included within other income (expense), net.

8. Debt

The components of debt obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,     September 30,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
   
                 (unaudited)  

Notes payable

   $ 14,506      $ 13,696      $ 12,258   

Short-term loans

     4,389        14,645        8,715   
                        

Total short-term loans and notes payable

   $ 18,895      $ 28,341      $ 20,973   
                        

Total long-term debt

   $ 17,470      $ 8,147      $ 6,377   

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (16,470     (6,035     (1,966
                        

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 1,000      $ 2,112      $ 4,411   
                        
   

Notes payable

The Company frequently directs its banking partners to issue notes payable to its suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. The Company’s Chinese subsidiaries’ banks issue the notes to vendors and issue payment to the vendors upon redemption. The Company owes the payable balance to the issuing bank. The Company’s subsidiaries in China had trade notes payable of $14.5 million and $13.7 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $12.3 million (unaudited) as of September 30, 2010. These notes are unsecured, noninterest bearing and are due approximately six months after issuance.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Short-term loans

The Company’s subsidiaries in China have short-term line of credit facilities from various banking institutions totaling $4.4 million and $14.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $8.7 million (unaudited) as of September 30, 2010. These short-term line of credit facilities have an original maturity date of one year or less and one such facility agreement is secured by the Company’s main manufacturing facility in China. Amounts requested by the Company are not guaranteed and are subject to funds and currency availability. Interest due on the outstanding balance ranges from 5.31% to 7.47% and is charged based on the interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China. The rate charged is fixed on the borrowing date for the term of the loan. The short-term line of credit facilities do not require any specific covenants. The weighted average interest rate for short-term loans outstanding was 7.34% and 5.31% as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and 4.98% (unaudited) as of September 30, 2010.

Long-term debt

In 2007, the Company entered into a series of three loan and security agreements with a bank for an available credit facility. The term of each of these agreements was two years. The loan and security agreements are secured by a building located in China owned by the Company’s primary subsidiary in China. Interest due on the outstanding balance ranges from 5% to 7% and is charged based on the interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China. The rate charged is fixed on the borrowing date for the term of the loan. In 2009, the Company repaid one of the three loan and security agreements. The remaining two loan and security agreements were renewed for a term of one year under the original terms and security conditions. These loan and security agreements do not require any specific covenants. As of December 31, 2008, $7.3 million was outstanding under the loan and security agreements and classified as short-term. The balance was paid in 2009.

In December 2007, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank for an available credit facility. The loan and security agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s U.S. assets, other than intellectual property assets. In December 2008 and December 2009, the loan and security agreement was amended, increasing the amount of credit available under the facility and extending the term of the lending arrangement through December 2011. The three components of the available credit facility are as follows:

 

 

The original loan and security agreement provided a term loan of $1.4 million payable in 12 equal principal installments plus accrued interest. The term loan bore interest at the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.50%, depending on the Company’s liquidity ratio. The term loan was paid in full as of December 31, 2008.

 

 

The original loan and security agreement provided for a $6.5 million revolving line of credit, available through December 2009. The December 2009 amendment to the loan and security agreement increased the revolving line of credit to $8.0 million and extended the term through December 2011. Amounts available under the revolving line of credit are reduced by any commercial or stand-by letters of credit issued by the bank to guarantee a loan for the Company’s subsidiaries in China. The maximum amount for which a letter of credit may be issued is $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), letters of credit for $5.0 million were outstanding, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $3.0 million were

 

F-31


Table of Contents
 

outstanding under the revolving line of credit. The total available borrowing capacity under this facility were $1.5 million and $0.0 million as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit prior to the December 2009 amendment bear interest at the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 2.50% to 3.25%, depending on the Company’s liquidity ratio, as defined. The interest rate as of December 31, 2009 was 2.73%. Borrowings subsequent to the December 2009 amendment will bear interest at the prime referenced rate, which cannot be lower than the LIBOR rate plus 3.50%. The interest rate as of September 30, 2010 was 4.25% (unaudited).

 

 

The original loan and security agreement provided for an $8.5 million credit facility which could be drawn in tranches based on equipment and software purchases, with the software component not to exceed $3.0 million. Advances were due and payable in 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. Amounts outstanding under this facility prior to the December 2009 amendment bear interest at the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.50%, depending on the Company’s liquidity ratio. The interest rates as of December 31, 2009 ranged from 2.98% to 4.25%. The interest rates as of September 30, 2010 ranged from 3.01% (unaudited) to 4.50% (unaudited). As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, $3.7 million, $1.6 million and $3.4 million (unaudited) were outstanding, respectively, under the original loan and security agreement. No further amounts may be borrowed under the original loan and security agreement.

The December 2009 amendment to the loan and security agreement provided an additional $9.5 million in credit based on capital expenditures in the United States. In addition, the amendment provided that the outstanding balance of $1.6 million is payable in 24 equal monthly installments through December 2011. Advances may be drawn in four tranches and are due and payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest for terms ranging from 30 to 18 months such that all amounts will be repaid by June 2013. Borrowings subsequent to the December 2009 amendment will bear interest at the prime referenced rate, which cannot be lower than the LIBOR rate plus 3.75%. The capacity for future borrowing is limited by specified maximum amounts. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $4.0 million and $3.5 million (unaudited) were available under this facility, respectively.

In connection with the original loan and security agreement, the Company issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 4,482 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share. The warrant was fully vested upon issuance and is exercisable for seven years from the date of issuance. The estimated fair value of the warrant was measured at issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 3.7%, expected volatility of 77%, dividend yield of 0% and a term of seven years. The fair value of the warrant at issuance of $8,000 is being amortized over the term of the loan and security agreement. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the warrant had not been exercised.

The loan and security agreement and supplemental amendments requires the Company to maintain certain financial covenants, including a liquidity ratio, and restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or to engage in certain transactions. At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants contained in this agreement.

In December 2007, the Company’s primary subsidiary in China entered into a term loan agreement with a Chinese bank under which the Company’s primary subsidiary in China

 

F-32


Table of Contents

borrowed $5.0 million, due in December 2008. This loan originally bore interest at the bank’s cost of funds plus 1.00% and interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The loan is secured by the standby letter of credit described above issued by a U.S. bank. In September 2008, the term loan agreement was amended to extend the due date of the loan to September 2009, and in 2009 was extended again through February 2010 and to set the interest rate equal to the rate charged by the People’s Bank of China. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, $5.0 million was outstanding under the term loan. In February 2010, the Company repaid the $5.0 million line of credit in full and reborrowed $2.0 million (unaudited) with an interest rate of 3.89%, which is now classified as a short-term loan on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010. The $2.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars and is due December 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, $0.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, was available under the line of credit.

At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

       As of
December 31, 2009
     As of
September 30, 2010
 
   
            (unaudited)  

Less than 1 year

   $ 6,035       $ 1,966   

1-2 years

     2,112         4,411   
                 
   $ 8,147       $ 6,377   
                 
   

The following table provides additional fair value information relating to the Company’s outstanding debt instruments (in thousands):

 

       December 31, 2008      December 31, 2009      September 30, 2010  
     Carrying
amount
    

Fair

value

     Carrying
amount
    

Fair

value

     Carrying
amount
    

Fair

value

 
   
                                 (unaudited)  

Notes payable

   $ 14,506       $ 14,506       $ 13,696       $ 13,696       $ 12,258       $ 12,258   

Short-term loans

     4,389         4,224         14,645         14,227         8,715         8,639   

Long-term debt, including current portion

     17,470         17,088         8,147         7,971         6,377         6,031   
                                                     

Total

   $ 36,365       $ 35,818       $ 36,488       $ 35,894       $ 27,350       $ 26,928   
                                                     
   

The fair value of the short-term loans, notes payable and debt have been calculated using an estimate of the interest rate the Company would have had to pay on the issuance of liabilities with a similar maturity and discounting the cash flows at that rate. The fair values do not necessarily give an indication of the amount that the Company would currently have to pay to extinguish any of this debt.

9. Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnification. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Company leases various facilities under noncancelable operating leases. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the future minimum commitments under these leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,    As of
December 31, 2009
     As of
September 30, 2010
 
   
            (unaudited)  

2010

   $ 1,748       $ 551   

2011

     1,462         1,923   

2012

     1,112         1,405   

2013

     8         717   

2014

             718   

Thereafter

            
2,646
  
                 
   $ 4,330       $ 7,960   
                 
   

Rent expense under the Company’s operating leases was $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively and $1.4 million (unaudited) and $1.1 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

In addition, the Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., Oplink Communications, Inc. and the Company, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the codefendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale of or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers, and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, the Company filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including the Company) except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against the Company. The Company and Finisar had agreed to suspend their respective claims for a 90 day period and not to refile any claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the suspension period.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Under California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act, the Company will be required to design and install additional pollution control equipment at the San Jose, California, manufacturing plant to reduce perfluorocarbon emissions beginning in 2012. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has not recorded a liability, as the process of estimating the cost to comply with the new requirements is still at an early stage and a reasonable estimate of the cost is currently not determinable.

10. Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated on May 12, 2008, the Company’s preferred stock is issuable in series. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Company to issue 7,420,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 1,840,000 shares are designated as Series 1 preferred stock, 1,440,000 shares are designated as Series 2 preferred stock, 4,120,000 shares are designated as Series 3 preferred stock and 20,000 shares are designated as Series X preferred stock.

In May 2008, the Company issued 12,491 shares of Series X preferred stock for $2,500.00 per share and received cash proceeds of $31.1 million, net of issuance cost of $137,000. In June 2008, the Company issued 49 shares of Series X preferred stock in exchange for 11,352 shares of common stock. In December 2009, the Company issued 3,556 shares of Series X preferred stock for $2,500.00 per share and received cash proceeds of $8.9 million, net of issuance costs of $24,000. In January 2010, the Company issued 2,401 shares of Series X preferred stock for $2,500.00 per share and received cash proceeds of $6.0 million (unaudited).

Prior to 2007 and in connection with the issuance of Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, warrants to purchase 10,009 shares were exercised. As of December 31, 2009, 3,508 warrants remain unexercised with an exercise price of $3.75 per share. As of December 31, 2009, the remaining weighted average contractual term of these warrants was 0.7 years, however, they expire upon the earlier of a sale or merger of the Company or the closing of an initial public offering resulting in cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, warrants to purchase 3,508 (unaudited) shares were exercised for cash proceeds of $13,000 (unaudited).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following is the activity of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

      Series X
(see note A)
    Series 3
(see note B)
    Series 2
(see note C)
    Series 1
(see note D)
   

Total
Amount

 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount    
   

Balances as of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007

         $        3,974,974      $ 98,480        856,452      $ 17,054        1,808,087      $ 49,255      $ 164,789   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock, net of stock issuance costs of $137

    12,540        31,213                                                  31,213   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           22               406                                    428   
                                                                       

Balances as of December 31,
2008

    12,540        31,235        3,974,974        98,886        856,452        17,054        1,808,087        49,255        196,430   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock, net of stock issuance costs of $24

    3,556        8,867                                                  8,867   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           38               115                                    153   
                                                                       

Balances as of December 31,
2009

    16,096        40,140        3,974,974        99,001        856,452        17,054        1,808,087        49,255        205,450   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $24 (unaudited)

    2,401        5,978                                                  5,978   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           16               21                                    91   
                                                                       

Balances as of
September 30, 2010
(unaudited)

    18,497      $ 46,134        3,974,974      $ 99,022        856,452      $ 17,054        1,808,087      $ 49,255      $ 211,519   
                                                                       
   

Note A—Liquidation preference $62,701 and $80,482 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $92,487 (unaudited) at September 30, 2010

Note B—Liquidation preference $99,376 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

Note C— Liquidation preference $28,861 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

Note D—Liquidation preference $49,723 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series 3 and Series X preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at the greater of (a) $2.25 per share for Series 3 preferred stock and $225 per share for Series X preferred stock per annum and (b) the amount of dividends declared pro rata on the common

 

F-36


Table of Contents

stock and common stock to be issued assuming conversion of all preferred stock, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series 1 preferred stock, the Series 2 preferred stock or the common stock.

After the holders of the Series 3 and Series X preferred stock have received their dividend preferences as noted above, the holders of shares of Series 2 preferred stock and Series 1 preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, at the rate of $3.03275 per share for Series 2 preferred stock and $2.475 per share for Series 1 preferred stock prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock. After the payment of any dividend to the holders of shares of Series 2 preferred stock and Series 1 preferred stock, any further dividend payable, other than in common stock of the Company, shall be payable to holders of the preferred and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming conversion of all preferred stock. Such dividends are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, and are not cumulative. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), no dividends had been declared.

No dividends can be paid on the common stock or any other preferred stock unless the holders of Series X and Series 3 preferred stock first or simultaneously receive the amount of the dividends they are entitled to.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, change in control or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series X preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Series 1 preferred stock, Series 2 preferred stock, Series 3 preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to: (a) in the case of an acquisition transaction, $5,000.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares or (b) in the case of any liquidation, dissolution of the Company, $2,500.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event that upon liquidation or dissolution, the assets and funds of the Company are insufficient to permit the payment to Series X preferred stockholders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series X preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each is otherwise entitled to receive.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, change in control or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of Series 3 preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of Series 1 preferred stock, Series 2 preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $25.00 per share for each outstanding share of Series 3 preferred stock of the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits) plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event that upon liquidation or dissolution the assets and funds of the Company are insufficient to permit the payment to Series 3 preferred stockholders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the shares of Series 3 preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each is otherwise entitled to receive. After the foregoing distributions, the remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock and common stock.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, change in control or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, and after the completion of the liquidation preference to Series 3 preferred stockholders, the holders of shares of Series 1 preferred stock and Series 2 preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $27.50 per share for each outstanding share of Series 1 preferred stock of the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits) plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares and $33.697325 per share for each outstanding share of Series 2 preferred stock of the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits) plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event that upon liquidation or dissolution the assets and funds of the Company are insufficient to permit the payment of Series 1 and Series 2 preferred stockholders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the shares of Series 1 preferred stock and Series 2 preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each is otherwise entitled to receive.

The Company has presented Series 1, 2, 3 and X preferred stock outside of deficit in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets, as the shares of Series 1, 2, 3 and X preferred stock have a change in control provision which would result in the shares being deemed to be redeemed upon a change in control, which change in control is not solely within the control of the Company.

The remaining assets, after the above mentioned provisions, will be distributed first, ratably among holders of preferred stock until (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits): (a) Series 1 preferred stockholders have received an aggregate of $55.00 per share, (b) Series 2 preferred stockholders have received an aggregate of $67.39465 per share, (c) Series 3 preferred stockholders have received an aggregate of $50.00 per share, and secondly, among the holders of common stock until they have received an aggregate of $51.035 per share.

Redemption

At any time after May 30, 2011, one or more holders of Series 3 preferred stock or Series X preferred stock that, together with all holders submitting redemption elections, either (a) own at least 400,000 shares of Series 3 preferred stock in the aggregate at the time of delivery of the redemption notice, (b) owned at least 400,000 shares of Series 3 preferred stock in the aggregate on June 30, 2006, (c) own at least 4,000 shares of Series X preferred stock in the aggregate at the time of delivery of the redemption notice or (d) owned at least 4,000 shares of Series X preferred stock in the aggregate on June 30, 2008, may redeem up to that number of shares at an amount of $25.00 per share of Series 3 preferred stock and/or $2,500.00 per share of Series X preferred stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares in three annual installments of 40%, 40% and 20% of the redemption price, respectively. As a result of the redemption provisions of the Series X and Series 3 preferred stock, the Company is required to accrete the carrying value of the preferred stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance through redemption date. As a result, during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded preferred stock accretion of $428,000, $153,000 and $91,000 (unaudited), respectively, as a charge to additional paid-in capital.

On any redemption date, if the funds of the Company are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series 3 preferred stock or Series X preferred stock to be redeemed on such date,

 

F-38


Table of Contents

those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem first the maximum possible number of such shares of Series X preferred stock, and second to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares of Series 3 preferred stock. If shares of more than one redeeming holder are to be redeemed on any redemption date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares, allocated ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the total redemption price applicable to the shares of Series X preferred stock and Series 3 preferred stock designated to be redeemed by each redeeming holder. The shares of Series X preferred stock and Series 3 preferred stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are legally available for the redemption of shares of Series X preferred stock and/or Series 3 preferred stock, as applicable, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Company has become obliged to redeem on any redemption date but which it has not redeemed. Through December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), there was no Series X preferred stock or Series 3 preferred stock presented for redemption.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into a number of fully paid shares of common stock as determined by dividing the respective preferred stock issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time. The initial conversion price of shares of Series 1 preferred stock, Series 2 preferred stock, Series 3 preferred stock and Series X preferred stock is $27.50, $33.697325, $25.00 and $25.00 respectively (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits), and all series are subject to adjustment in accordance with conversion provisions contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Conversion of the Series 1, Series 2, Series 3 and Series X preferred stock is automatic immediately upon the earlier of (a) closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering which results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $70,000,000, net of underwriting discounts on commissions, or (b) the date specified by holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock on an as converted to common stock.

The Series X preferred stock has additional special conversion features related to a subsequent equity financing and a qualified initial public offering. Prior to the amendment described in Note 17, if the Company issued and sold shares of its equity securities in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than a qualified initial public offering) and received aggregate proceeds from the equity financing of an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Series X preferred stock then outstanding (adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X preferred stock) multiplied by (b) $2,500.00, then the Series X preferred stock would automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity securities issued in the subsequent equity financing. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to holders of Series X preferred stock upon such conversion will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series X preferred stock multiplied by $2,500.00 by (ii) 50% of the price per share of the equity securities sold in the subsequent equity financing, rounded to the nearest whole share. The number of shares of Series X preferred stock, as well as the conversion ratio, is subject to adjustment for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X preferred stock.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

In the event that the Company issued and sold shares of its common stock in a qualified initial public offering, the Series X preferred stock will automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock upon the completion of the qualified initial public offering. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to holders of Series X preferred stock upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the total number of shares of Series X preferred stock held by such holders multiplied by $2,500.00 by (b) 50% of the price per share at which shares of common stock are sold to the public in the qualified initial public offering as printed on the front cover of the Company’s final prospectus for the public offering, rounded to the nearest whole share. The number of shares of Series X preferred stock, as well as the conversion ratio, is subject to adjustment for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X preferred stock.

The Company determined that the modification of the Series X special conversion feature described in Note 17 is not expected to result in any material incremental value received by the Series X stockholders. As a result, no accounting will be deemed necessary upon modification.

The Company determined that the special conversion feature of the Series X preferred stock providing for conversion of shares of Series X preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering is a contingent beneficial conversion feature. Upon completion of the initial public offering, the Company would potentially recognize a charge as a deemed dividend within retained earnings at the time of conversion. In the absence of retained earnings, the Company would record the charge within additional paid-in capital. As a result, there is no impact on net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation as the charge is recognized within equity, however, the charge will impact net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders and basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders.

Voting rights

The holder of each share of Series 1, 2, 3 and X preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which shares of preferred stock could be converted.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

11. Common stock

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorized the Company to issue 14,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0025 per share. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company had reserved the following shares of authorized but unissued common stock:

 

       As of
December 31, 2009
    

As of

September 30, 2010

 
   
            (unaudited)  

Stock options

     1,938,102         2,422,203   

Warrants

     7,990         4,482   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (1)

     13,078,168         14,038,489   
                 
     15,024,260         16,465,174   
                 
   

 

(1)   For the purposes of the table above, the Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock have been converted on a 1-for-1 basis and the Series X preferred stock has been converted on a 400-for-1 basis.

In 2007, the Company repurchased 1,422 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at an average price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000. In 2008, the Company repurchased 11,094 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders, at an average price of $8.85 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $98,000. In 2009, the Company repurchased 10,199 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at an average price of $3.62 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $37,000. The common stock repurchased is removed from common stock outstanding, is not held in treasury stock and is available for reissuance.

12. Equity incentive programs

2004 Stock Option Plan

In March 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “2004 Plan”) for the benefit of its eligible employees, consultants and independent directors. The 2004 Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase common stock. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Under the terms of the Plan, awards may be granted at prices not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, on the date of grant for an incentive stock option and not less than 85% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for a non-qualified stock option. Options vest over a period of time as determined by the Board of Directors, generally over a four year period, and expire ten years from date of grant. Subject to adjustment for certain changes in the Company’s capital structure, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2004 Plan is 3,010,769.

Stock options granted under the Company’s stock option plan provide employee option holders, if approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock, which are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionees’ employment is terminated. Any repurchased shares are not returned to the available share pool for future stock option grants. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are deemed to be outstanding. Early exercises of options are not deemed to be substantive exercises for accounting purposes. Accordingly, amounts received for early exercises are recorded as a

 

F-41


Table of Contents

liability. These amounts are reclassified to additional paid-in capital as the underlying options vest. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, there is a liability related to the issuance of these shares of $103,000, $60,000 and $39,000 (unaudited), respectively, which is included in the consolidated balance sheets within accrued and other current liabilities.

The activity of nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as a result of the early exercise of options granted to employees, is as follows:

 

       Shares  
   

Balance at December 31, 2008

     24,166   

Early exercise of options

     111   

Vested during the year

     (10,000
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

     14,277   

Vested during the period (unaudited)

     (7,612
        

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     6,665   
        
   

The following table summarizes the Company’s 2004 Plan stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010:

 

      

Options
available

for grant

   

Number

of
outstanding
options

   

Weighted

average

exercise

price

 
   

Balance at December 31, 2008

     310,324        1,627,022      $ 4.21   

Options granted

     (284,476     284,476      $ 4.25   

Options exercised

            (9,470   $ 4.27   

Options forfeited or cancelled

     380,344        (380,344   $ 4.19   
                  

Balance at December 31, 2009

     406,192        1,521,684      $ 4.22   

Additional options authorized for issuance

     492,042       

Options granted (unaudited)

     (320,603     320,603      $ 12.32   

Options exercised (unaudited)

            (8,115   $ 4.26   

Options forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

     49,309        (49,309   $ 6.26   
                  

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     626,940        1,784,863      $ 5.62   
                  
   

The following table summarizes information about 2004 Plan options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010:

 

       Options outstanding  
     Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
    

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

(in thousands)

 
   

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009

     1,409,793       $ 4.22         7.5       $ 12,816   

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

     1,281,980       $ 4.22         7.3       $ 11,657   

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     1,649,280       $ 5.42         7.5       $ 15,001   

Exercisable at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     1,322,179       $ 4.23         6.9       $ 13,580   
   

The intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest and exercisable as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price

 

F-42


Table of Contents

and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively. The intrinsic value of exercised options during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 is $9,000, $1,000, $74,000 and $72,000 (unaudited), respectively, and is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date.

The fair value of all stock options that vested in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $902,000 and $558,000 (unaudited), respectively.

The table below summarizes all stock option grants from January 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010:

 

Grant date    Options
granted
     Exercise
price
     Common
stock fair
value
    

Stock option

intrinsic
value

    

Stock option

fair value

 
   

February 26, 2009

     22,000       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.79   

May 28, 2009

     258,316       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.96   

August 13, 2009

     4,160       $ 4.25       $ 4.25       $       $ 2.93   

January 27, 2010

     288,019       $ 12.00       $ 13.75       $ 1.75       $ 9.91   

March 30, 2010

     22,120       $ 14.00       $ 14.50       $ 0.50       $ 10.09   

April 8, 2010

     2,200       $ 17.50       $ 14.50       $       $ 9.60   

April 14, 2010

     8,264       $ 17.50       $ 14.50       $       $ 9.59   
                    
     605,079               
                    
   

Stock-based compensation

The following tables summarize the components of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
         2007          2008          2009          2009          2010  
   
                                            (unaudited)  

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

   $ 498       $ 146       $ 28       $ 28       $   

Stock-based compensation recorded at fair value

     838         982         953         711         1,240   
                                            
   $ 1,336       $ 1,128       $ 981       $ 739       $ 1,240   
                                            
   

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
         2007          2008          2009          2009          2010  
   
                                            (unaudited)  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 130       $ 125       $ 53       $ 53       $ 93   

Research and development

     435         314         228         174         283   

Sales and marketing

     226         177         180         131         292   

General and administrative

     545         512         520         381         572   
                                            
   $ 1,336       $ 1,128       $ 981       $ 739       $ 1,240   
                                            
   

The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $3.28, $2.87, $2.94 and $9.88 (unaudited) per share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, there was $1.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 2.4 years. As of September 30, 2010, there was $4.0 million (unaudited) of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 2.8 years (unaudited).

The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
     2007      2008      2009                        2009                        2010  
   
                                          (unaudited)  

Weighted-average expected term (years)

     5.45         5.84         6.00         6.00         6.56   

Weighted-average volatility

     97%         77%         79%         79%         75%   

Risk-free interest rate

     4.50%-4.67%         2.81%-3.45%         2.15%-3.12%         2.15%-3.12%         2.96%-3.19%   

Expected dividends

     0%         0%         0%         0%         0%   
   

Expected term. Given the Company’s limited historical exercise behavior, the expected term of options granted was determined using the “simplified” method for years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. The Company granted “in-the-money” options on January 27, 2010 and March 30, 2010. As a result, the Company’s options do not meet the definition of a “plain-vanilla” option which is required to estimate expected term using the “simplified” method. For options granted after December 31, 2009, the expected term was estimated using the Company’s historical exercise behavior and expected future exercise behavior.

Volatility. Since the Company’s common stock is currently not publicly traded and therefore no historical data on volatility of its stock is available, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage.

Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free rate that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes option valuation model is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Expected dividends. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a

 

F-44


Table of Contents

straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rate was 8.18%, 10.60%, 6.97% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and 6.97% (unaudited) and 9.40% (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

In addition to the 2004 Plan option information described above, at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, there were 10,357 options outstanding with an exercise price of $4.25 per share, that were granted outside the 2004 Plan.

2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan

In October 2007, the Company adopted its 2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of units (“stock appreciation units”) entitling the holder upon exercise to receive cash in an amount equal to the amount by which the Company’s common stock has appreciated in value. Each stock appreciation unit shall entitle a participant to a cash payment in the amount of the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date over the fair market value of a share of common stock on the award date.

The total appreciation available to a participant from the exercise of an award is equal to the number of stock appreciation units being exercised, multiplied by the amount of appreciation per stock appreciation unit. The stock appreciation units granted under this Plan are primarily granted to employees or consultants of the Company’s subsidiaries in China.

An award under the plan is not exercisable by any recipient until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the expiration of the period of time agreed to between the Company’s underwriters and certain stockholders of the Company selected by the underwriters in connection with a public offering of the stock, or (ii) upon the consummation of a change in control, which means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation or entity. Because neither of these events have occurred and therefore the employees are not able to exercise their units, no compensation expense has been recognized to date relative to these awards. Upon the occurrence of either of the two events, the Company would recognize compensation expense and corresponding equal to the number of vested and outstanding stock appreciation units multiplied by the fair value, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, on that date. In future periods, the Company will remeasure the fair value (based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the relevant period end) of all vested and outstanding stock appreciation units and adjust compensation expense and corresponding liability accordingly. The Company will also recognize compensation expense for additional vested stock appreciation units.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The activity of stock appreciation units is as follows:

 

      

Units

available for
issuance

   

Units

outstanding

 
   

Stock appreciation units authorized

     296,520          

Stock appreciation units issued

     (78,840     78,840   

Stock appreciation units cancelled

     2,760        (2,760
                

Balances at December 31, 2007

     220,440        76,080   

Stock appreciation units issued

     (124,580     124,580   

Stock appreciation units cancelled

     30,977        (30,977
                

Balances at December 31, 2008

     126,837        169,683   

Stock appreciation units issued

     (66,720     66,720   

Stock appreciation units cancelled

     39,403        (39,403
                

Balances at December 31, 2009

     99,520        197,000   

Stock appreciation units issued (unaudited)

     (85,560     85,560   

Stock appreciation units cancelled (unaudited)

     19,540        (19,540
                

Balances at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     33,500        263,020   
                
   

13. Income taxes

The benefit from (provision for) income taxes is based upon the loss before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

 

       Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
   

U.S. operations

   $ (37,395   $ (32,693   $ (16,751

Non-U.S. operations

     (3,994     2,840        11,806   
                        
   $ (41,389   $ (29,853   $ (4,945
                        
   

The components of the benefit from (provision for) income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008      2009  
   

Current:

       

U.S. Federal tax

   $      $ 238       $ 74   

U.S. state tax

                      

Non-U.S. foreign tax

     (60             (2,038
                         
     (60     238         (1,964

Deferred:

       

U.S. Federal tax

                      

U.S. state tax

                      

Non-U.S. foreign tax

     (26     1,574         62   
                         
   $ (86   $ 1,812       $ (1,902
                         
   

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The benefit from (provision for) income taxes differs from the amount obtained by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

 

       Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
   

U.S. federal statutory rate

     34%        34%        34%   

Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate

   $ 14,072      $ 10,101      $ 1,720   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     1,939        781        844   

Nondeductible expenses

     (81     481        314   

Stock-based compensation

     (454     (384     (218

Goodwill impairment

     (2,087              

Change in valuation allowance

     (13,093     (10,263     (6,120

Research and development

     615        (43     1,390   

Foreign rate differences

     (1,175     1,423        144   

Other

     178        (284     24   
                        
   $ (86   $ 1,812      $ (1,902
                        
   

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities comprise the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
     2008     2009  
   

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 45,286      $ 47,892   

Federal and state credits

     3,728        5,093   

Reserves, accruals and other

     2,245        4,034   

Fixed assets

     376        817   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     51,635        57,836   

Valuation allowance

     (50,503     (56,623
                

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     1,132        1,213   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Acquired intangible assets

     (749     (768
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 383      $ 445   
                

Reported as:

    

Current deferred tax assets, included within prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,132      $ 1,213   

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (749     (768
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 383      $ 445   
                
   

The net valuation allowance increased by $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the increase in the net operating losses and other deferred assets.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $130.8 million and $85.4 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating losses expire starting in 2010. The Company also had federal and state research credit carryovers of $1.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively. The federal research credits expire beginning in 2018. The state research credit has no expiration. Utilization of the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

The deferred tax assets listed above do not include NOL carryforwards that are expected to expire unutilized as a result of existing ownership changes.

The Company has no present intention of remitting undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and, accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been established relative to these earnings. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries was $0.2 million.

In 2008 and 2009, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries benefited from various tax incentives, including tax holidays and reduced tax rates ranging from 15% to 20%, for operating in special economic zones or for engaging in certain qualifying business activities in China. The Company realized benefits from the reduced tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 as follows (in thousands):

 

       Years ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2009  
   

Tax provision (benefit) for China entities at statutory rate of 25%

   $ (81   $ 2,196   

Tax provision (benefit) for China entities included in the consolidated statement of operations

     (241     1,228   
                

Tax benefit from preferential tax rate

   $ 160      $ 968   
                

Shares used to compute impact of tax benefits per basic and diluted share

     1,924,141        1,913,117   
                

Impact of tax benefits per basic and diluted share

   $ 0.08      $ 0.51   
                
   

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, the Company’s China subsidiaries enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all China enterprises, including foreign invested enterprises, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, the Company’s China subsidiaries may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% unless they are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, they have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for new and high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to 2008, 2009 and 2010. The preferential rate applies to 2008, 2009 and 2010. The Company realized benefits from this 10% reduction in tax rate of $0.2 million, $1.0 million, and $1.3 million (unaudited) for 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, or $0.08, $0.51 and $0.00 (unaudited) per basic and diluted share for 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The Company will reapply for the preferential rate for 2011. If approved, the rate will remain at 15%, otherwise, the rate will be 24% for 2011 and 25% thereafter.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted revised authoritative guidance which clarified the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. Additionally, the guidance provides direction on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

As a result of the implementation of this new guidance, no cumulative adjustments to accumulated deficit were recorded upon adoption. At the adoption date of January 1, 2007, the Company had $1.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits, none of which would affect its effective tax rate if recognized. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $4.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $169,000 of which would affect its effective tax rate if recognized.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 1,059   
        

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

       

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     331   
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

     1,390   
        

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

       

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     262   
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     1,652   
        

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

       

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     2,439   
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 4,091   
        
   

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of its income tax provision. For all years presented, the Company recognized no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, as the uncertain tax position balances offset deferred tax assets, which are subject to a valuation allowance.

Uncertain tax positions relate to potential obligations related to permanent establishment in the Company’s global subsidiaries and to the determination of the research and experimental tax credit. The Company does not consider that it is reasonably possible that there will be a material change in its uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2006 through the current period and most state returns for the year ended December 31, 2005 through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

The Company’s effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was negative 18.8% (unaudited) and 35.8% (unaudited), respectively. The Company’s operating

 

F-49


Table of Contents

income is subject to varying rates of tax in the United States and foreign subsidiaries. Consequently, the Company’s effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of its earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the tax expense incurred was primarily related to the net profits recognized in our foreign subsidiaries and withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the tax expense incurred was primarily related to the net profits recognized in our foreign subsidiaries partially offset by a refund from a favorable tax ruling related to withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries.

14. Noncontrolling interests

From February 2005 through March 2006, the Company acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. (NeoPhotonics China), a Company based in China that is a manufacturer of active optoelectronics components, optical subassemblies and transceivers. The remaining 0.4% of the outstanding shares were held by a noncontrolling shareholder and therefore represented a noncontrolling interest in NeoPhotonics China. In April 2010, the Company acquired the remaining 0.4% of outstanding shares of NeoPhotonics China for $0.1 million. After the transaction, the Company owned 100% of NeoPhotonics China. As of December 31, 2008, NeoPhotonics China owned 90% of the shares of Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a Company based in China. In March 2009, NeoPhotonics China acquired the remaining 10% of outstanding shares of Broadband for $0.7 million, which was $0.3 million greater than the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest and therefore, the transaction was recorded as a reduction to NeoPhotonics China’s noncontrolling interest for the carrying amount and a reduction to additional paid-in capital for the excess amount paid. After the transaction, NeoPhotonics China owned 100% of Broadband.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had a joint venture interest in Archcom, whereby the Company owned 55% of the joint venture and Archcom Technology Limited owned 45% of the joint venture. The joint venture was consolidated, with 45% representing a noncontrolling interest in Archcom. In November 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with Archcom Technology Limited to sell its 55% ownership interest, including certain equipment held by the joint venture, for $1.1 million. Half of the amount, or $550,000, was paid to the Company in December 2009. In March 2010, the Company received foreign regulatory approval for completion of the sale of its ownership interest in Archcom. The Company received the remaining $550,000 (unaudited) of the sale consideration upon completion of the sale on March 31, 2010.

As of September 30, 2010, the Company has no noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.

15. Segment reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about product revenue, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of the customer. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant and equipment (in thousands):

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
   
                                    (unaudited)  

Revenue:

              

China

   $ 45,409       $ 72,080       $ 105,607       $ 77,409       $ 77,388   

United States

     15,957         17,319         13,498         9,128         19,538   

Japan

     13,466         17,363         13,245         9,085         13,129   

Other

     20,993         27,227         22,712         16,392         22,833   
                                            

Total revenue

   $ 95,825       $ 133,989       $ 155,062       $ 112,014       $ 132,888   
                                            
   

 

       December 31,      As of
September 30,
2010
 
     2008      2009     
   
                   (unaudited)  

Long-lived assets:

        

China

   $ 30,343       $ 27,538       $ 32,734   

United States

     9,294         7,763         9,829   
                          

Total long-lived assets

   $ 39,637       $ 35,301       $ 42,563   
                          
   

16. Restructuring

During the third quarter of 2008, the Company initiated a restructuring plan as part of a companywide cost saving initiative aimed to reduce operating costs primarily by moving manufacturing operations from the United States to China to capitalize on synergies and operational efficiencies. The Company recorded $1.3 million of expense for severance costs resulting from involuntary termination of 170 employees located in the United States and China and $126,000 of expense related to facility closure. The Company’s restructuring charges are presented as a separate line within operating expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The following table summarized the restructuring activity for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

Restructuring accrual:         

Charges

   $ 1,383   

Payments

     (965
        

Restructuring accrual at December 31, 2008

     418   

Payments

     (418
        

Restructuring accrual at December 31, 2009

   $   
        
   

 

F-51


Table of Contents

17. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 15, 2010, which is the date the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 were issued. For the issuance of the financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation was performed through November 17, 2010.

Modification of Series X special conversion features

On November 19, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to modify the terms of the special conversion features of the Series X preferred stock. In the event of a qualified initial public offering, the number of shares of common stock to be issued to holders of Series X preferred stock upon such conversion shall be on a 400-for-1 basis.

Reverse stock split

On November 19, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 1-for-25 reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, including common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The amendment will reflect that the Company’s authorized capital stock will consist of 21,420,000 shares, comprising: (i) 14,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0025 per share, (ii) 20,000 shares of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share, and (iii) 7,400,000 shares of Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share. All shares, stock options, warrants to purchase common stock and per share information presented in the consolidated financial statements has been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented and all share information is rounded down to the nearest whole share after reflecting the reverse stock split.

Subject to shareholder approval, the amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the reverse stock split will become effective prior to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 being declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

18. Additional Information—Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Parent Company Condensed Balance Sheets

 

       December 31,  
(in thousands)    2008     2009  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,034      $ 25,082   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,301        5,392   

Intercompany receivable

     8,858        792   

Inventories

     2,005        1,277   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     703        681   
                

Total current assets

     37,901        33,224   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     9,378        7,985   

Goodwill

     4,324        4,324   

Other intangible assets, net

     4,496        2,301   

Investments in subsidiaries

     38,895        49,108   

Other long-term assets

     584        597   
                

Total assets

   $ 95,578      $ 97,539   
                

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE

    

PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,198      $ 2,027   

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,974        1,054   

Accrued and other current liabilities

     5,260        6,753   
                

Total current liabilities

     11,432        9,834   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     1,200        2,112   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     36        24   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,283        1,210   
                

Total liabilities

     13,951        13,180   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock

     31,235        40,140   

Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     165,195        165,310   
                
     196,430        205,450   

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock

     5        5   

Additional paid-in capital

     91,276        91,894   

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (28       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     5,971        6,000   

Accumulated deficit

     (212,027     (218,990
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (114,803     (121,091
                

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 95,578      $ 97,539   
                
   

See accompanying Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Parent Company Condensed Statements of Operations

 

       Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009  

Revenue

   $ 29,670      $ 32,776      $ 25,624   

Intercompany revenue

     11,509        9,277        11,951   
                        

Total revenue

     41,179        42,053        37,575   

Cost of goods sold

     27,849        25,529        18,518   

Intercompany cost of goods sold

     11,390        9,465        8,630   
                        

Total cost of goods sold

     39,239        34,994        27,148   
                        

Gross profit

     1,940        7,059        10,427   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     16,681        14,667        11,603   

Sales and marketing

     6,908        6,779        4,192   

General and administrative

     9,522        10,199        10,950   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     1,042        415        264   

Asset impairment charges

     6,142        4,047        262   

Restructuring charges

            721          
                        

Total operating expenses

     40,295        36,828        27,271   
                        

Loss from operations

     (38,355     (29,769     (16,844
                        

Interest income

     1,496        363        125   

Interest expense

     (317     (312     (132

Other income (expense), net

     (220     (4     89   
                        

Total interest and other income, net

     959        47        82   
                        

Loss before income taxes and equity investees

     (37,396     (29,722     (16,762

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

            233        (506

Net income (loss) attributable to equity investees, net

     (4,071     1,435        10,305   
                        

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

     (41,467     (28,054     (6,963

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (428     (153
                        

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

   $ (41,467   $ (28,482   $ (7,116
                        
   

See accompanying Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements

 

F-54


Table of Contents

NeoPhotonics Corporation

Parent Company Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

       Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (41,467   $ (28,054   $ (6,963

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     5,990        5,163        4,955   

Asset impairment charges

     6,142        4,047        262   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,336        1,128        837   

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     357        177        (124

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     107        740        78   

Provision for inventories

     2,585        15        52   

Equity interest in income of subsidiaries

     4,071        (1,435     (10,305

Change in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (909     1,422        (2,169

Intercompany, net

     (5,791     5,704        8,476   

Inventories

     (1,329     755        676   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (238     113        (4

Accounts payable

     2,509        (2,601     (58

Accrued and other liabilities

     (2,846     1,422        1,432   
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (29,483     (11,404     (2,855
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (3,932     (5,512     (2,405

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

            2        407   

Investment in subsidiaries

     (8,000     (2,069       

Purchase of short-term investments

     (4,112              

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

            998          

Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments

     6,006        3,114          
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,038     (3,467     (1,998
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

            31,090        8,867   

Repurchase of common stock

     (69     (98     (37

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     296        69        40   

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

                   40   

Proceeds from bank loans

     6,440        2,000        634   

Repayment of bank loans

     (2,724     (3,265     (2,643
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,943        29,796        6,901   
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (35,578     14,925        2,048   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     43,687        8,109        23,034   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ 8,109      $ 23,034      $ 25,082   
                        
   

See accompanying Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements

 

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO PARENT COMPANY

CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The condensed financial statements for NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “Parent Company”) summarize the statements of operations and cash flows of the Parent Company for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and its balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

In these condensed financial statements, the Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date the Parent Company acquired them. The Parent Company’s share of net income (loss) of its subsidiaries is included in net income (loss) using the equity method. The Parent Company condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of NeoPhotonics Corporation for the corresponding years.

The Parent Company’s subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund their statutory common reserves until such reserves have reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. Pursuant to paragraph 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X, the Parent Company notes this restricted amount of net assets exceeds 25% of consolidated net assets as of December 31, 2009.

During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Parent Company invested $8.0 million and $2.1 million of cash in its subsidiaries in China, respectively.

2. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

The following summarizes the Parent Company’s contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009:

 

                Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
 

Long-term debt

   $ 3,166       $ 1,054       $ 2,112           

Operating lease

     2,278         786         1,492           

Purchase commitments

     2,959         2,959                   

Asset retirement obligation

     1,000                 1,000           
                                   
     9,403         4,799         4,604           
                                   

Expected interest payments

     205         101         104           
                                   

Total commitments

   $ 9,608       $ 4,900       $ 4,708           
                                   
   

Long-term debt

The Parent Company has outstanding long-term debt with a U.S. bank under the loan and security agreement entered in December 2007 and amended in December 2008 and December 2009. For a discussion of the debt obligations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, see Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Operating lease

The Parent Company entered into a non-cancellable facility lease in the California, which expires in December 2012.

Purchase commitments

The Parent Company is obligated to make payments under various arrangements with suppliers for the procurement of goods and services.

Asset retirement obligation

The Parent Company has an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with its facility lease in California, which expires in December 2012. This obligation is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009.

Environmental obligation

Under California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act, the Parent Company will be required to design and install additional pollution control equipment at the San Jose, California, manufacturing plant to reduce perfluorocarbon emissions beginning in 2012. As of December 31, 2009, the Parent Company has not recorded a liability, as the process of estimating the cost to comply with the new requirements is still at an early stage and a reasonable estimate of the cost is currently not determinable.

Expected interest payments

The Parent Company calculates the expected interest payments based on the outstanding debt obligations at prevailing interest rates as of December 31, 2009.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

            shares

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Piper Jaffray     Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   
Morgan Keegan     ThinkEquity LLC   

                    , 2010

Until                     , 2011, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in the prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by the registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

      

Amount paid or

to be paid

 
   

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,200   

FINRA filing fee

     12,000   

Initial New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     150,000   

Printing and engraving

     200,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,000,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,225,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     25,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     3,500   

Miscellaneous

     72,000   
        

Total

   $ 2,670,700   
        
   

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal liability of a director for monetary damages resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide that:

 

 

we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

 

we may indemnify our other employees and agents as provided in indemnification contracts entered into between us and our employees and agents;

 

 

we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

 

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provide for certain additional procedural protections. We currently carry liability insurance for our directors and officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of NeoPhotonics Corporation regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between us and our officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our directors and officers for certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Since January 1, 2007, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

(1) From January 1, 2007 through November 17, 2010, we sold and issued to our employees and consultants or former service providers an aggregate of 3,509,026 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 2004 stock option plan at prices ranging from $0.15 to $0.1859 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $607,238. The issuances of securities to individuals outside of the United States were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

(2) From January 1, 2007 through November 17, 2010, we granted options under our 2004 stock option plan to purchase 52,665,566 shares of common stock to our employees and consultants, at prices ranging from $0.17 to $0.70 per share to an aggregate number of 454 individuals. The grants of options to individuals outside of the United States were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

(3) From January 1, 2007 through November 17, 2010, we granted 8,882,520 stock appreciation units under our 2007 stock appreciation grants plan to our officers, employees and consultants in China, at prices ranging from $0.17 to $0.70 per share for to an aggregate number of 708 individuals. The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

(4) On June 28, 2007, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 331,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.17 per share to a total of six former employees and consultants. As of July 22, 2010, stock options to purchase 260,000 shares of our common stock remain outstanding.

(5) On October 15, 2007, we sold and issued 10,000 shares of common stock to a service provider at $0.17 per share, for a total consideration of $1,700.00, paid in services rendered, pursuant to the exercise of a stock purchase right to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock granted to such party on July 24, 2007.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(6) On December 20, 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase 112,069 shares of common stock to a lender at an exercise price of $1.16 per share. The warrant may be exercised at any time prior to its termination date, which is December 20, 2014.

(7) From May 2008 through November 2010, we sold an aggregate of 462,436 shares of our Series X preferred stock to 63 accredited investors at $100.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $44.9 million. Upon completion of this offering, these shares of Series X preferred stock will convert to shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

(8) From January 1, 2007 through November 17, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 338,272 shares of common stock to holders of our stock warrants pursuant to the exercise of such warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $0.15 per share.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.

Except as indicated above, the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(1) and 15(2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sell in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(4) through 15(8) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sell in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited or sophisticated person and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit no.    Description of exhibit
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to closing of this offering to effect a reverse stock split.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation, to be effective immediately upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4    Bylaws of NeoPhotonics Corporation, as currently in effect.
  3.5    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of NeoPhotonics Corporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1†    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
  4.2†    2008 Investors’ Rights Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated May 14, 2008.
  4.3†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and each of its directors and officers.
10.2    NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related documents.
10.3†    NeoPhotonics Corporation 2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan and related documents.
10.4    2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.5    2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.6†    Lease by and between BRE/PCCP Orchard, LLC and NeoPhotonics Corporation, dated April 7, 1999 with the Summary of Basic Lease Terms and Addendum No. 1 to Lease, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated November 22, 2002, the Second Amendment to Lease dated December 15, 2003, the Third Amendment to Lease dated March 13, 2007 and the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 28, 2010.
10.7†    Loan and Security Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007 as amended by First Amendment dated December 18, 2008 and December 11, 2009.
10.8**†    Property Lease Contract by and between Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Hivac Vacuum Photo-Electronics Co., Ltd. dated December 10, 2009.
10.9**†    Maximum Comprehensive Credit Line Contract and Maximum Mortgage Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 3, 2008 and December 25, 2008, respectively.
 

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit no.   Description of exhibit
10.10**†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated February 13, 2009.
10.11**†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated April 7, 2009.
10.12**†  

Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated May 13, 2009.

10.13**†   Accounts Receivable Pledge Contract by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated April 30, 2009.
10.14**†   Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated September 15, 2009.
10.15**†   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 26, 2009.
10.16**†   RMB Loan Contract by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 23, 2009.
10.17†   Employment Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks, dated March 30, 2010.
10.18†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated March 9, 2007.
10.19†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated January 2, 2005.
10.20**†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. and Chi Yue “Raymond” Cheung, dated August 14, 2007.
10.21†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks dated April 13, 2010.
10.22†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated April 13, 2010.
10.23†   Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Benjamin L. Sitler dated April 14, 2010.
10.24†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated April 13, 2010.
10.25†   NeoPhotonics Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
10.26**   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Corporation Limited and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 15, 2010.
10.27**   Working Capital Loan Contract by and between Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 11, 2010.
21.1†   List of subsidiaries of NeoPhotonics Corporation
23.1*   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1†   Power of Attorney (see pages II-8 and II-9).
 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Translation to English of an original Chinese document.
  Previously filed.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto appearing in the prospectus made part of this registration statement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing, specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the undersigned has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii)  

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of

 

II-6


Table of Contents
 

prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of this registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i)   Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii)   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on the 19th day of November, 2010.

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation

By:

 

/ S /    T IMOTHY S. J ENKS

 

Timothy S. Jenks

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date
 

/ S /    T IMOTHY S. J ENKS        

Timothy S. Jenks

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)  

November 19, 2010

/ S /    J AMES D. F AY        

James D. Fay

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

November 19, 2010

*

Bandel L. Carano

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Stephen T. Jurvetson

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Allan Kwan

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Björn Olsson

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Yat Bun Peng

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Michael J. Sophie

   Director  

November 19, 2010

 

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Signature    Title   Date
 

*

T. Peter Thomas

   Director  

November 19, 2010

*

Lee Sen Ting

   Director  

November 19, 2010

* By:

 

/s/    T IMOTHY S. J ENKS        

     November 19, 2010
 

Timothy S. Jenks

    
  Attorney-in-Fact     
 

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit no.   Description of exhibit
 
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to closing of this offering to effect a reverse stock split.
  3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation, to be effective immediately upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4   Bylaws of NeoPhotonics Corporation, as currently in effect.
  3.5   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of NeoPhotonics Corporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1†   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
  4.2†   2008 Investors’ Rights Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated May 14, 2008.
  4.3†   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007.
  5.1*   Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1†   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and each of its directors and officers.
10.2   NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related documents.
10.3†   NeoPhotonics Corporation 2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan and related documents.
10.4   2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.5   2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.6†   Lease by and between BRE/PCCP Orchard, LLC and NeoPhotonics Corporation, dated April 7, 1999 with the Summary of Basic Lease Terms and Addendum No. 1 to Lease, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated November 22, 2002, the Second Amendment to Lease dated December 15, 2003, the Third Amendment to Lease dated March 13, 2007 and the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 28, 2010.
10.7†   Loan and Security Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007 as amended by First Amendment dated December 18, 2008 and December 11, 2009.
10.8**†   Property Lease Contract by and between Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Hivac Vacuum Photo-Electronics Co., Ltd. dated December 10, 2009.
10.9**†   Maximum Comprehensive Credit Line Contract and Maximum Mortgage Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 3, 2008 and December 25, 2008, respectively.
10.10**†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated February 13, 2009.
 


Table of Contents
Exhibit no.   Description of exhibit
 
10.11**†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated April 7, 2009.
10.12**†   Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated May 13, 2009.
10.13**†   Accounts Receivable Pledge Contract by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated April 30, 2009.
10.14**†   Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated September 15, 2009.
10.15**†   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 26, 2009.
10.16**†   RMB Loan Contract by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 23, 2009.
10.17†   Employment Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks, dated March 30, 2010.
10.18†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated March 9, 2007.
10.19†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated January 2, 2005.
10.20**†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. and Chi Yue “Raymond” Cheung, dated August 14, 2007.
10.21†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks dated April 13, 2010.
10.22†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated April 13, 2010.
10.23†   Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Benjamin L. Sitler dated April 14, 2010.
10.24†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated April 13, 2010.
10.25†   NeoPhotonics Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
10.26**   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Corporation Limited and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 15, 2010.
10.27**   Working Capital Loan Contract by and between Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 11, 2010.
21.1†   List of subsidiaries of NeoPhotonics Corporation
23.1*   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1†   Power of Attorney (see pages II-8 and II-9).
 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

**   Translation to English of an original Chinese document.

 

  Previously filed.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

The undersigned, Timothy S. Jenks and John H. Sellers hereby certify that:

1.        They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

2.        The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 31, 1996 under the name “NanoGram Corporation.”

3.        The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

(A)       Classes of Stock .   This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue is Twenty-One Million Four Hundred Twenty Thousand (21,420,000) shares, each with a par value of $0.0025 per share. Fourteen Million (14,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and Seven Million Four Hundred Twenty Thousand (7,420,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

1.         Reverse Stock Split .   Upon the effective date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”), each twenty-five (25) shares of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be converted and reconstituted into one (1) share of the same class and series of capital stock from which such shares were converted (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”). Fractional shares of Series X Preferred Stock (as defined below) may be issued, but no fractional shares of any other series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be issued. In lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Common Stock, Series 1 Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series 2 Preferred Stock


(as defined below) and Series 3 Preferred Stock (as defined below), the Corporation shall pay to the holder thereof in cash an amount equal to the fraction of a share to which such holder is entitled multiplied by the fair market value of such share, as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. All share amounts and amounts per share in this Restated Certificate have been appropriately adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. No further adjustment of any dividend rates, liquidation preferences or conversion prices pursuant to Article IV(B) shall be made as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.

(B)       Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock .     The Preferred Stock authorized by this Restated Certificate may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series 1 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of One Million Eight Hundred Forty Thousand (1,840,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series 2 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of One Million Four Hundred Forty Thousand (1,440,000) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series 3 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Four Million One Hundred Twenty Thousand (4,120,000) shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series X Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Twenty Thousand (20,000) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1.         Dividend Provisions .

(a)        The holders of shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series 1 Preferred Stock, the Series 2 Preferred Stock or the Common Stock of the Corporation, equal to the greater of:

  (i)        (A) $2.250 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events with respect to such shares) per annum with respect to each share of Series 3 Preferred Stock and (B) $225.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events with respect to such shares) per annum with respect to each share of Series X Preferred Stock; and

  (ii)       the amount of dividends declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock treating the Preferred Stock as the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4) hereof.

Such dividends are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, and shall not be cumulative.

(b)        After the holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock have received their dividend preferences as set forth in Article IV(B)(1)(a) above, the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of (i) $2.475 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events with respect to such shares) per annum with respect to each share of Series 1 Preferred Stock, and (ii) $3.03275 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or similar events with respect to such shares) per annum with respect to each share of

 

-2-


Series 2 Preferred Stock, all of which may be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative.

(c)        After the payment of dividends to the holders of shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock, Series X Preferred Stock, Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(1)(a) and (b), any further dividend (payable other than in Common Stock of the Corporation or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) shall be payable to the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock).

(d)        For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall dividends be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other Preferred Stock unless the holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall be entitled to first receive or simultaneously receive the amount of dividends as contemplated herein.

(e)        If the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights to purchase any such securities or evidences of indebtedness, then, in each such case the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of the Preferred Stock were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their respective shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f)        If and to the extent the Corporation may from time to time be or become subject to certain provisions of the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL”) pursuant to the operation of Section 2115 thereof, as authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the CGCL, Sections 502 and 503 of the CGCL shall not apply with respect to payments made by the Corporation in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, or (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(g)        Dividends may be declared only with unanimous consent of the Board of Directors, provided, however, that this Article IV(B)(1)(g) shall not apply to payments made by the Corporation in connection with the stock repurchases or redemptions set forth in Article IV(B)(1)(f) above or to distributions pursuant to a “Liquidation Transaction” as set forth in Article IV(B)(2) below.

2.         Liquidation Preference .

(a)         Series X Preference.   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series X Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to

 

-3-


the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to: (i) in the case of an Acquisition Transaction (as defined below), $5,000.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series X Preferred Stock then held by them, or (ii) in the case of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation that is not an Acquisition Transaction, $2,500.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series X Preferred Stock then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series X Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series X Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b)         Series 3 Preference.   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, upon the completion of the distributions required by Article IV(B)(2)(a), the holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $25.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series 3 Preferred Stock then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(c)         Series 1 and Series 2 Preference.   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, upon the completion of the distributions required by Articles IV(B)2(a) and 2(b), the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) $27.50 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series 1 Preferred Stock then held by them, and (ii) $33.697325 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series 2 Preferred Stock then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(d)         Remaining Assets.     Upon the completion of the distributions required by Articles IV(B)2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, if any, shall be distributed as follows:

 

-4-


(i)        First, ratably among the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and the Common Stock based on the respective liquidation preference of each series of the Preferred Stock as provided in Articles IV(B)2(b) and 2(c) above and the liquidation preference of the Common Stock as provided in Article IV(B)(2)(d)(ii) below until the holders of the Preferred Stock have received:

  (A)        in the case of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, an aggregate of $55.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) of Series 1 Preferred Stock then held by them (including amounts paid pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(c)(i) above);

  (B)        in the case of the Series 2 Preferred Stock, an aggregate of $67.39465 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) of Series 2 Preferred Stock then held by them (including amounts paid pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(c)(ii) above); and

  (C)        in the case of the Series 3 Preferred Stock, an aggregate of $50.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) of Series 3 Preferred Stock then held by them (including amounts paid pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(b) above).

  (ii)      Second, ratably among the holders of the Common Stock until they have received an aggregate of $51.035 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) (including amounts paid pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(d)(i) above); and

  (iii)     Thereafter, ratably among the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock).

(e)        For purposes of this Article IV(B)(2), a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (any such transaction, a “ Liquidation Transaction ”) shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include: (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation); (ii) an exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property (or the intellectual property held by subsidiaries of the Corporation if such intellectual property, in the aggregate, constitutes all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), except to the Corporation or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, (iii) the merger, reorganization or consolidation of the Corporation (or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation the assets of which constitute all or substantially all the assets of the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole) into or with another corporation or entity if as a result of such transaction stockholders of the Corporation owning a majority of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately preceding such merger, reorganization or consolidation (solely by virtue of their shares or other securities of the Corporation or the consideration received thereof in such a transaction) do not own a majority of the voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation or entity (in approximately the same proportion, vis a vis each other, as before such transaction, (iv) the sale, transfer or lease (but not including a transfer or lease by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender) of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of related transactions (which assets shall include for these purposes two thirds (66-2/3%) or more of the outstanding voting interests of such of the Corporation’s subsidiaries the assets of which constitute all or

 

-5-


substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole), or (v) the sale, transfer or lease (but not including a transfer or lease by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender), whether in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of any of the Corporation’s subsidiaries the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and such subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such of the Corporation’s subsidiaries the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and such subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(f)        Any Liquidation Transaction occasioned by clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of the definition of “Liquidation Transaction” in subsection (e) immediately above shall be referred to as an “ Acquisition Transaction ”).

(g)        In any of the events specified in Article IV(B)(2)(e) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

  (i)        Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

   (A)        If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

   (B)        If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

   (C)        If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

  (ii)      The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

  (iii)     In the event the requirements of Article IV(B)(2) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

   (A)        cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Article IV(B)(2) have been complied with; or

   (B)        cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences

 

-6-


and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Article IV(B)(2)(f)(iv) hereof.

  (iv)        The Corporation shall give twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Article IV(B)(2), and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

3.         Redemption .     The Series 1 Preferred Stock and Series 2 Preferred Stock is not redeemable. The Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock is redeemable as set forth below.

(a)         Redemption Price .    At any time after May 30, 2011 (the “ First Redemption Date ”), but within sixty (60) days (the “ Initial Redemption Date ”) after the receipt by this Corporation of a written request or requests (each a “ Redemption Election ”) from one or more holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock that together with all holders submitting Redemption Elections either (i) own at least 400,000 shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock in the aggregate at the time of delivery of the Redemption Notice, (ii) owned at least 400,000 shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock in the aggregate on June 30, 2006, (iii) own at least 4,000 shares of Series X Preferred Stock in the aggregate at the time of delivery of the Redemption Notice or (iv) owned at least 4,000 shares of Series X Preferred Stock in the aggregate on June 30, 2008 (each a “ Redeeming Holder ”), that all or some of the shares held by such Redeeming Holder be redeemed, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem up to that number of shares specified in the Redemption Election in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article IV(B)(3) by paying in cash therefor a sum per share equal to $25.00 per share of Series 3 Preferred Stock and/or $2,500.00 per share of Series X Preferred Stock, as applicable (in each case as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares (the “ Redemption Price ”, in each case) in three (3) annual installments (each an “ Installment ”) of 40%, 40% and 20% of the Redemption Price, respectively. The date of the first Installment shall be the Initial Redemption Date, and the dates of the second and third Installments shall be the first and second anniversary, respectively, of the Initial Redemption Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Redeeming Holder may submit a Redemption Election only within the first thirty (30) calendar days after the First Redemption Date, and within the first thirty (30) calendar days after every anniversary of the First Redemption Date. Any Redemption Election not delivered within such time periods shall be invalid.

(b)         Redemption Procedure .     Within 15 days following its receipt of the Redemption Election, the Corporation shall mail a written notice, first class postage prepaid, to each Redeeming Holder (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for the Redeeming Holder, notifying the Redeeming Holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares eligible to be redeemed from the Redeeming Holder, the Redemption Date, the applicable Redemption Price and the

 

-7-


place at which payment may be obtained, and calling upon the Redeeming Holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the Redeeming Holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided in Article IV(B)(3)(c) below, on or after each date on which shares are to be redeemed (each, a “ Subsequent Redemption Date ” and together with the Initial Redemption Date, each a “ Redemption Date ”), the Redeeming Holder shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. As promptly as practicable after receipt of the surrendered certificate or certificates (and in no event more than 10 days following the Redemption Date) the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such Redeeming Holder, at such office or other place designated by the Redeeming Holder, a check for cash with respect to the shares so redeemed. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued to such Redeeming Holder representing the unredeemed shares.

(c)         Effect of Redemption; Insufficient Funds .   From and after any Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the Redeeming Holder (except the right to receive the applicable installment of the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of the applicable share certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used first to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares of Series X Preferred Stock, and second to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock. If shares of more than one Redeeming Holder are to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares, allocated ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the total Redemption Price applicable to the shares of Series X Preferred Stock and Series 3 Preferred Stock designated to be redeemed by each Redeeming Holder. The shares of Series X Preferred Stock and Series 3 Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Series X Preferred Stock and/or Series 3 Preferred Stock, as applicable, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.

4.         Conversion .   The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)         Right to Convert .   Subject to Article IV(B)(4)(d), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined (i) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, by dividing $27.50 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock) by the conversion price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, (ii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, by dividing $33.697325 (appropriately adjusted for any

 

-8-


stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock) by the conversion price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, (iii) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, by dividing $25.00 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock) by the conversion price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, and (iv) with respect to the Series X Preferred Stock, by dividing $2,500.00 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock) by the conversion price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial conversion price shall be $27.50 for each share of Series 1 Preferred Stock, $33.697325 for each share of Series 2 Preferred Stock, $25.00 for each share of Series 3 Preferred Stock and $25.00 for each share of Series X Preferred Stock. Such initial conversion price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Article IV(B)(4)(e). In addition, the Series X Preferred Stock shall be subject to special conversion rights as provided in Article IV(B)(4)(c) below, whereby shares of the Series X Preferred Stock may be converted into shares sold in the Corporation’s Next Equity Financing (as defined in Articles IV(B)(4)(c) below) or a Qualified IPO (as defined below)

(b)         Automatic Conversion .    Each share (or fraction thereof) of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the conversion price for such share (or fraction thereof) (except as set forth in subsection (4)(c) below with respect to the conversion of the Series X Preferred Stock in connection with a Qualified IPO) in effect at the time immediately upon the earlier of: (i) except as provided below in Article IV(B)(4)(c), immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public on an internationally recognized stock exchange (the “ Qualified IPO ”); or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis.

(c)         Special Conversion of Series X Preferred Stock .

  (i)         Next Equity Financing .   If, at any time after the date that any shares of the Series X Preferred Stock are first issued, the Corporation issues and sells shares of its equity securities in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than a Qualified IPO) yielding aggregate proceeds to the Corporation of an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Series X Preferred Stock then outstanding (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X Preferred Stock) multiplied by (ii) $2,500.00 (the “ Next Equity Financing ”), the Series X Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity securities issued in the Next Equity Financing. The number of shares of equity securities to be issued to each holder of Series X Preferred Stock upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series X Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by $2,500.00 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X Preferred Stock) by (ii) 50% of the price per share of the equity securities sold in the Next Equity Financing, rounded to the nearest whole share.

  (ii)       Qualified IPO .    If at any time on or before June 30, 2011, the Corporation issues and sells shares of its Common Stock in a Qualified IPO, all issued and outstanding shares of Series X Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable

 

-9-


shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to each holder of Series X Preferred Stock upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series X Preferred Stock (including any fraction thereof) held by such holder multiplied by $2,500.00 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X Preferred Stock) by (ii) $6.25, rounded to the nearest whole share.

(d)         Mechanics of Conversion .     Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a lost stock affidavit therefor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation), at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (or a lost stock affidavit therefor), and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may (unless such conversion is made in connection with any such offering in which the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on as as-converted to Common Stock basis, have elected to convert the Preferred Stock to Common Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(b)(ii)), at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(e)         Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The conversion price of the each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

  (i)         Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price .      If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the date upon which any shares of Series X Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the conversion price for the Series 3 Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the respective conversion price for such Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and Series 3 Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall each automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i).

   (A)         Adjustment Formula .     Whenever the conversion price of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, the Series 2 Preferred Stock or the Series 3 Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i), the new conversion price of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, the Series 2 Preferred Stock or the Series 3 Preferred Stock shall be determined by multiplying the conversion price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock

 

-10-


outstanding or deemed issued immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such conversion price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock actually outstanding, the number of shares of Common Stock into which the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted the day immediately preceding the given date and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of all other outstanding securities of the Corporation.

   (B)         Definition of “Additional Stock” .   For purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date) other than:

      (1)        shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Article IV(B)(4)(e)(ii) hereof;

      (2)        Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation or any subsidiary directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

      (3)        Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions that are unanimously approved by the Board of Directors;

      (4)        Shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of options, warrants, promissory notes or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of filing of this Restated Certificate;

      (5)        Capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;, including without limitation, the Corporation’s anticipated acquisition transactions with Optun, Inc. and Archcom Technology, Inc.;

      (6)        Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock are converted into Common Stock;

      (7)        Capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors;

      (8)        Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a transaction in which exemption from these antidilution provisions is approved by the written consent or

 

-11-


affirmative vote of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis;

      (9)        Shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock and Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with the Corporation’s completion of its acquisition transaction with Shenzhen Photon Technology Co., Ltd. (“ Photon ”), a corporation incorporated in the People’s Republic of China, and/or its remaining direct or indirect shareholders;

      (10)      Shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock issued pursuant to the Series 3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 30, 2006, as amended; or

      (11)      Shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of (A) any shares of Preferred Stock that are outstanding as of the date of the Series X Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Series X Purchase Agreement ”) entered into by the Company, and (B) any shares of Series X Preferred Stock issued pursuant to such Series X Purchase Agreement.

   (C)         No Fractional Adjustments .   No adjustment of the conversion price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

   (D)         Determination of Consideration .   In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

   (E)         Deemed Issuances of Common Stock .    In the case of the issuance (on or after the Purchase Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i):

      (1)        The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i)(D).

 

-12-


      (2)        In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the conversion price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

      (3)        Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the conversion price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

      (4)        The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i)(E)(2) or (B)(4)(e)(i)(E)(3).

    (F)         No Increased Conversion Price .    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article IV(B)4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Articles IV 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of the conversion price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the conversion price above the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

  (ii)         Stock Splits and Dividends .   In the event the Corporation should at any time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the conversion price of each of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Article IV(B)(4)(e)(i)(E).

  (iii)       Reverse Stock Splits .     If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than as a result of the Reverse Stock Split), then, following the record date of such combination, the conversion price for each of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

-13-


(f)         Other Distributions .   In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Article IV(B)(4)(e)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Article IV(B)(4)(f), the holders of each of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(g)         Recapitalizations .     If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Article IV(B)(4) or in Article IV(B)(2) provision shall be made so that the holders of each of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Article IV(B)(4) with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Article IV(B)(4) (including adjustment of the conversion price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h)         No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

  (i)        No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share, shares, or fraction of a share of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. If more than one share of Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at any one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock so surrendered.

  (ii)      Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4), the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such holder’s series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(i)        Notices of Record Date .   In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein (which period may be shortened or waived by holders of a

 

-14-


majority of the voting power of the Preferred Stock, voting together on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(j)         Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .   The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

(k)         Notices .     Any notice required by the provisions of this Article IV(B)(4) to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(l)         Special Mandatory Conversion .

 (i)        At any time following the Purchase Date, if (A) any holder of at least 12,000 shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and/or Series 3 Preferred Stock in the aggregate (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (and for clarification purposes, any holders affiliated with each other or under common control shall be aggregated together as a single holder for purposes of measuring whether such holder meets the 12,000 share threshold in this sentence) (such holder being a “ Qualified Holder ”) has not purchased any shares of Series X Preferred Stock; (B) the Corporation’s Board of Directors designates a future equity financing of the Corporation to be a qualified financing for purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i) (the “ Qualified Financing ”); (C) the Qualified Financing constitutes a Next Equity Financing, (D) the Corporation proceeds to consummate the Qualified Financing and offers each such holder its Full Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of the securities offered in the Qualified Financing, and (E) such Qualified Holder does not acquire its Full Pro Rata Amount of the securities offered in the Qualified Financing within thirty (30) days of the initial closing of such Qualified Financing (the “ Final Closing Date ”); then , effective immediately upon the Final Closing Date, such Qualified Holder’s shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and/or Series 3 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall automatically and without further action on the part of such Qualified Holder be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock as set forth in Article IV(B)(4)(a) hereof; provided , however , that no such conversion (as contemplated by this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i)) shall occur in connection with the Qualified Financing with respect to a particular holder of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock or Series 3 Preferred Stock, if the Corporation states in writing that such holder is not required to purchase its Full Pro Rata Amount and that such holder’s shares shall not be converted pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i). For the purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i), “ Full Pro Rata Amount ” is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and Series 3 Preferred Stock held by such Qualified Holder by (B) the total number of shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock and Series 3 Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

-15-


 (ii)        Notwithstanding the provisions of Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i) above, if, at any time following the Purchase Date, (A) the Corporation’s Board of Directors designates a future equity financing of the Corporation to be a Qualified Financing, (B) the Qualified Financing does not constitute a Next Equity Financing, (C) the Corporation proceeds to consummate the Qualified Financing and offers each such Qualified Holder its Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of the securities offered in the Qualified Financing, (D) such Qualified Holder does not acquire its Pro Rata Amount of the securities offered in the Qualified Financing within thirty (30) days of the initial closing of such Qualified Financing (the “ Final Closing Date ”) and (E) such Qualified Holder did not purchase at least the amount of shares of Series X Preferred Stock (pursuant to the Series X Purchase Agreement) equal to the product obtained by multiplying such Qualified Holder’s Full Pro Rata Amount (as defined in Article IV(B)(4)(l)(i)) by 20,000; then , effective immediately upon the Final Closing Date, such Qualified Holder’s shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock shall automatically and without further action on the part of such Qualified Holder be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock as set forth in Article IV(B)(4)(a) hereof; provided , however , that no such conversion (as contemplated by this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(ii)) shall occur in connection with the Qualified Financing with respect to a particular holder of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock, if the Corporation states in writing that such holder is not required to purchase its Pro Rata Amount and that such holder’s shares shall not be converted pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(ii). For the purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(l)(ii), “ Pro Rata Amount ” is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock held by such Qualified Holder by (B) the total number of shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 (iii)      Upon conversion pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(l), the shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and/or Series X Preferred Stock so converted shall be canceled and not subject to reissuance.

 (iv)      The holder of any shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock or Series 3 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Article IV(B)(4)(l) shall deliver to the Corporation during regular business hours at the office of any transfer agent of the Corporation for such shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock or Series 3 Preferred Stock, or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the certificate or certificates representing the shares so converted, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation. As promptly thereafter as is practicable, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, at the place designated by such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled. The person in whose name the certificate for such shares of Common Stock is to be issued shall be deemed to have become a stockholder on the effective date of the conversion of the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock or Series 3 Preferred Stock, unless the transfer books of the Corporation are closed on that date, in which case such person shall be deemed to have become a stockholder of record on the next succeeding date on which the transfer books are open.

 (v)       For the purposes of this Article IV(B)(4)(l), any holders affiliated with each other or under common control shall be aggregated together as a single holder.

5.         Voting Rights .   The holder of each share (or fraction thereof) of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any

 

-16-


provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

6.         Protective Provisions .

(a)        So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly through merger, consolidation of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

  (i)        engage in any transaction deemed to be a Liquidation Transaction pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(d) hereof, or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation which represents more than 15% of the Corporation’s revenues according to the Corporation’s most recent audited financial statements (a “ Key Subsidiary ”) to engage in such a Liquidation Transaction;

  (ii)       amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation or any Key Subsidiary if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation or any series of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation or would materially and adversely affect the value of the Corporation’s interest in the relevant Key Subsidiary;

  (iii)      increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation;

  (iv)      authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security of the Corporation (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having a preference over, or being on parity with, the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends, redemption, or upon liquidation;

  (v)       effect a reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation or any Key Subsidiary other than as provided under this Certificate of Incorporation;

  (vi)      increase or decrease the number of authorized directors of the Corporation, or change the structure of the Corporations’ Board of Directors, unless in each case unanimously approved by the Board of Directors;

  (vii)     redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of capital stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the redemption of shares of the Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock as provided in this Restated Certificate or (ii) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to agreements under which the

 

-17-


Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal or (iii) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities from stockholders owning less than 1% of the outstanding equity securities and for aggregate consideration of less than $50,000 in any twelve month period and $10,000 in each instance;

  (viii)    declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions on any capital stock, other than dividends or distributions by direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation to the Corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary thereof or unless the Board of Directors approves such declaration or payment with the approval of at least five (5) directors;

  (ix)      increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers under any stock option plan or restricted stock plan, or adopt any such plan after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate;

  (x)       create or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or incur, create or guarantee any indebtedness of any other person in excess of $5,000,000 if the Corporation’s aggregate indebtedness for borrowed money following such action would exceed $10,000,000;

  (xi)      materially change the nature of the business of the Corporation or any Key Subsidiary;

  (xii)     effect a merger, acquisition, spin-off, transfer, disposition, reorganization or sale of shares or similar transaction resulting in a change of control of the Company or any Key Subsidiary or any other transaction which results in the control of the Company being transferred to a third party or parties; for the purpose of this paragraph, “control” shall be defined as the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty (50%) of the outstanding shares of the relevant person; or

  (xiii)    any sale, merger, spin-off, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Key Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series or related transactions.

(b)        So long as at least 40,000 shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock or at least 4,000 shares of Series X Preferred Stock are outstanding (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 66.7% of the then outstanding shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series X Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation or any Key Subsidiary if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of the Series 3 Preferred Stock or Series X Preferred Stock or would materially and adversely affect the value of the Corporation’s interest in the relevant Key Subsidiary, except in each case if the amendment, alteration or repeal would affect the entire class of Preferred Stock in a similar manner.

7.         Status of Converted or Redeemed Stock .   In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Article IV(B)(4) hereof or redeemed pursuant to Article IV(B)(3) hereof, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. The

 

-18-


Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

(C)         Common Stock .

  1.         Dividend Rights .   Subject to Article IV(B)(1) and the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

  2.         Liquidation Rights .    Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Article IV(B)(2).

  3.         Redemption .   The Common Stock is not redeemable.

  4.         Voting Rights .   The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may make additional Bylaws and may alter or repeal any Bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A)        To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(B)        The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. If and to the extent that the Corporation may from time to time be or become subject to certain provisions of the CGCL pursuant to operation of Section 2115 thereof, then, as authorized by

 

-19-


Section 317(g) of CGCL, for the duration of any such period, the Corporation is authorized to indemnify officers, directors, employees, and agents of the Corporation (and any other person to which applicable law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) in excess of that which is otherwise permitted under Section 317 of the CGCL, subject only to the limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others.

(C)        Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE IX

The number of directors which will constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any statutory provision) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

* * * * * *

 

-20-


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Executed at San Jose, California, on                              , 2010.

 

 

Timothy S. Jenks, President

 

John H. Sellers, Secretary

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

The undersigned, Timothy S. Jenks and John H. Sellers hereby certify that:

1.        They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

2.        The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 31, 1996 under the name “NanoGram Corporation.”

3.        The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

(A)        This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000) shares, each with a par value of $0.0025 per share. One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.

(B)        The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof,

 


as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

(C)        Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

(A)

 

  1.

M ANAGEMENT OF B USINESS

The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

  2.

B OARD OF D IRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the

 

-2-


time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

  3.

R EMOVAL OF D IRECTORS

a.        Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

b.        Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

 

  4.

V ACANCIES

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

(B)

 

  1.

B YLAW A MENDMENTS

a.        The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the

 

-3-


Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors.

b.        The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.b.

 

  2.

B ALLOTS

The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

  3.

A CTION BY S TOCKHOLDERS

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

  4.

A DVANCE N OTICE

Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

  5.

F ORUM

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article V, Section (B)5.

ARTICLE VI

(A) The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further

 

-4-


eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

(B)        This Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the Corporation and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b), to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

(C)        Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

ARTICLE VII

(A)        The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in Section B of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

(B)        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * * * *

 

-5-


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Executed at San Jose, California, on                          , 2010.

 

 

 

 

Timothy S. Jenks, President

 

 

John H. Sellers, Secretary

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

   1

1.1 Registered Office

   1

1.2 Other Offices

   1

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

   1

2.1 Place of Meetings

   1

2.2 Annual Meeting

   1

2.3 Special Meeting

   2

2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

   2

2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

   2

2.6 Quorum

   2

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

   3

2.8 Conduct of Business

   3

2.9 Voting

   3

2.10 Waiver of Notice

   3

2.11 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

   4

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

   4

2.13 Proxies

   5

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

   5

3.1 Powers

   5

3.2 Number of Directors

   5

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

   5

3.4 Resignation and Vacancies

   6

3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

   6

3.6 Regular Meetings

   7

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice

   7

3.8 Quorum

   7

3.9 Waiver of Notice

   8

3.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

   8

3.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors

   8

3.12 Approval of Loans to Officers

   8

3.13 Removal of Directors

   8

3.14 Chairman of the Board of Directors

   9

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

   9

4.1 Committees of Directors

   9

4.2 Committee Minutes

   10

4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees

   10


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

   10

5.1 Officers

   10

5.2 Appointment of Officers

   11

5.3 Subordinate Officers

   11

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers

   11

5.5 Vacancies In Offices

   11

5.6 Chief Executive Officer

   11

5.7 President

   12

5.8 Vice Presidents

   12

5.9 Secretary

   12

5.10 Chief Financial Officer

   12

5.11 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations

   13

5.12 Authority And Duties Of Officers

   13

ARTICLE VI - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

   13

6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

   13

6.2 Indemnification Of Others

   14

6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance

   14

6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive

   14

6.5 Insurance

   14

6.6 Conflicts

   15

ARTICLE VII - RECORDS AND REPORTS

   15

7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records

   15

7.2 Inspection By Directors

   15

7.3 Annual Statement To Stockholders

   16

ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS

   16

8.1 Checks

   16

8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments

   16

8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

   16

8.4 Special Designation On Certificates

   17

8.5 Lost Certificates

   17

8.6 Construction; Definitions

   17

8.7 Dividends

   18

8.8 Fiscal Year

   18

8.9 Seal

   18

8.10 Transfer Of Stock

   18

8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements

   18

8.12 Registered Stockholders

   19

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

   19

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office .

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Corporation Service Company.

1.2 Other Offices .

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings .

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2 Annual Meeting .

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


2.3 Special Meeting .

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the president or the chairman of the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings .

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice .

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 Quorum .

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn

 

-2-


the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice .

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8 Conduct of Business .

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 Voting .

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.10 Waiver of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

-3-


2.11 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawfully action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the corporation.

(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-4-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.13 Proxies .

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers .

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2 Number of Directors .

The Board of Directors shall consist of not fewer than seven (7) nor more than eleven (11) persons, and the number of directors shall currently be nine (9); provided that the number of directors may be changed from time to time by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors .

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

-5-


3.4 Resignation and Vacancies .

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone .

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

-6-


Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any one director.

3.8 Quorum .

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

-7-


3.9 Waiver of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Written consents representing actions taken by the board or committee may be executed by telex, telecopy or other facsimile transmission, and such facsimile shall be valid and binding to the same extent as if it were an original.

3.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.12 Approval of Loans to Officers .

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.13 Removal of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without

 

-8-


cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.14 Chairman of the Board of Directors .

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees of Directors .

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property

 

-9-


and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the Bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4.2 Committee Minutes .

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees .

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Officers .

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

-10-


5.2 Appointment of Officers .

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 Subordinate Officers .

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers .

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies In Offices .

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

5.6 Chief Executive Officer .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

-11-


5.7 President .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.8 Vice Presidents .

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.9 Secretary .

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

5.10 Chief Financial Officer .

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

-12-


The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

5.11 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations .

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

5.12 Authority And Duties Of Officers .

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers .

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

-13-


6.2 Indemnification Of Others .

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive .

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation

6.5 Insurance .

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-14-


6.6 Conflicts .

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

7.2 Inspection By Directors .

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

-15-


7.3 Annual Statement To Stockholders .

The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Checks .

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments .

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares .

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the chief executive officer or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer,

 

-16-


transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4 Special Designation On Certificates .

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 Lost Certificates .

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6 Construction; Definitions .

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

-17-


8.7 Dividends .

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (i) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8 Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

8.9 Seal .

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.10 Transfer Of Stock .

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements .

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-18-


8.12 Registered Stockholders .

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

-19-

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

                                                                                                                                           

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE  

ARTICLE I

  

    OFFICES

   1  

Section 1.

  

    Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

  

    Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II

  

    CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3.

  

    Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III

  

    STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4.

  

    Place Of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

  

    Annual Meetings

     2   

Section 6.

  

    Special Meetings

     6   

Section 7.

  

    Notice Of Meetings

     7   

Section 8.

  

    Quorum

     7   

Section 9.

  

    Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     8   

Section 10.

  

    Voting Rights

     8   

Section 11.

  

    Joint Owners Of Stock

     8   

Section 12.

  

    List Of Stockholders

     9   

Section 13.

  

    Action Without Meeting

     9   

Section 14.

  

    Organization

     9   

ARTICLE IV

  

    DIRECTORS

     10   

Section 15.

  

    Number And Term Of Office

     10   

Section 16.

  

    Powers

     10   

Section 17.

  

    Classes of Directors

     10   

Section 18.

  

    Vacancies

     10   

Section 19.

  

    Resignation

     11   

Section 20.

  

    Removal

     11   

Section 21.

  

    Duties of Chairman of the board of Directors

     12   

Section 22.

  

    Meetings

     12   

Section 23.

  

    Quorum And Voting

     13   

Section 24.

  

    Action Without Meeting

     13   

Section 25.

  

    Fees And Compensation

     13   

Section 26.

  

    Committees

     14   

 

i


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(Continued)

 

        P AGE   

Section 27.

  

    Lead Independent Director

     15   

Section 28.

  

    Organization

     15   

ARTICLE V

  

    OFFICERS

     15   

Section 29.

  

    Officers Designated

     15   

Section 30.

  

    Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     15   

Section 31.

  

    Delegation Of Authority

     17   

Section 32.

  

    Resignations

     17   

Section 33.

  

    Removal

     17   

ARTICLE VI

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF

SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     18   

Section 34.

  

    Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     18   

Section 35.

  

    Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     18   

ARTICLE VII

  

    SHARES OF STOCK

     18   

Section 36.

  

    Form And Execution Of Certificates

     18   

Section 37.

  

    Lost Certificates

     18   

Section 38.

  

    Transfers

     19   

Section 39.

  

    Fixing Record Dates

     19   

Section 40.

  

    Registered Stockholders

     19   

ARTICLE VIII

  

    OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     20   

Section 41.

  

    Execution Of Other Securities

     20   

ARTICLE IX

  

    DIVIDENDS

     20   

Section 42.

  

    Declaration Of Dividends

     20   

Section 43.

  

    Dividend Reserve

     21   

ARTICLE X

  

    FISCAL YEAR

     21   

Section 44.

  

    Fiscal Year

     21   

ARTICLE XI

  

    INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

Section 45.

  

    Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     21   

ARTICLE XII

  

    NOTICES

     24   

Section 46.

  

    Notices

     24   

ARTICLE XIII

  

    AMENDMENTS

     25   

 

ii


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(Continued)

 

        P AGE   

Section 47.

        25   

ARTICLE XIV

  

    LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26   

Section 48.

  

    Loans To Officers

     26   

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

                                                                                                                                           

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.    Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2.    Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3.    Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4.    Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).


  Section 5.    Annual

Meetings.

(a)     The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b)     At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i)     For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) with respect to each nominee for election or re-election to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 5(e) of these Bylaws, and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

2


(ii)     Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii)     To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv)     The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such

 

3


nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w)    the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x)    which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y)    the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z)    which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c)     A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

 

4


(d)     Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e)     To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the corporation pursuant to a nomination under clause (iii) of Section 5(a), such proposed nominee or a person on such proposed nominee’s behalf must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 5(b)(iii) or 5(d), as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation in the questionnaire or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the corporation that has not been disclosed therein; and (iii) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the corporation.

(f)     A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or

 

5


nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(g)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(h)     For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i)     “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii)     “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

 

  Section 6.    Special

Meetings.

(a)     Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b)     The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c)     Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may

 

6


be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7.    Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8.    Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is

 

7


present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9.    Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10.    Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11.    Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with

 

8


respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12.    List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13.    Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

Section 14.    Organization.

(a)     At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)     The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the

 

9


chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15.    Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16.    Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17.    Classes of Directors

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18.    Vacancies.

(a)     Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a

 

10


sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 223(a), (b))

(b)     At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i)     Any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii)     The Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL. The term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor. (CGCL § 305(c))

In order to be valid, a written request to call a special meeting pursuant to Section 18(b)(i), shall be in writing, shall specify the nominees that such stockholder (or stockholders) proposes to nominate at the special meeting and shall be addressed to the attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Vice President or Secretary of the corporation.

Section 19.    Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20.    Removal.

(a)     Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

11


(b)     Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21.    Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 22.    Meetings.

(a)    Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(b)    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c)    Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d)    Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e)    Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall

 

12


be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 23.    Quorum And Voting.

(a)     Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b)     At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 24.    Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 25.    Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 26.    Committees.

(a)    Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the

 

13


power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b)    Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c)    Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d)    Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

14


Section 27.    Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

Section 28.    Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 29.    Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 30.    Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a)    General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

15


(b)    Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c)    Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d)    Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)    Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f)    Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the

 

16


order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g)    Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 31.    Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 32.    Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 33.    Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

17


ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 34.    Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 35.    Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 36.    Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 37.    Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost,

 

18


stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 38.    Transfers.

(a)     Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b)     The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 39.    Fixing Record Dates.

(a)     In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)     In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 213)

Section 40.    Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive

 

19


dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 41.    Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 42.    Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 43.    Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to

 

20


the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 44.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 45.    Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a)    Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b)    Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c)    Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no

 

21


further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d)    Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

22


(e)    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f)    Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)    Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h)    Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i)    Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j)    Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)     The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii)     The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii)     The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have

 

23


had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv)     References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v)     References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 46.    Notices.

(a)    Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b)    Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c)    Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with

 

24


respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d)    Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e)    Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f)    Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 47.    Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 45(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, ho wever, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

25


ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 48.    Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

26

Exhibit 10.2

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Adopted: March 14, 2004

Termination Date: March 14, 2014

1.       Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2004 Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder.

2.       Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)       Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)       Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c)       Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan (including without limitation the applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC), as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d)       Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)       Cause for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful and material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at


any time as provided in Section 5(d) below, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent or Affiliate, as appropriate.

(f)       Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s acquisition of the outstanding shares of Photon (and any and all related transactions) shall not constitute a Change of Control under this Plan.

(g)       Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h)       Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i)       Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j)       Company means NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(k)       Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(l)       Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary, or Affiliate. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m)       Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or the

 

-2-


direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(n)       Director means a member of the Board.

(o)       Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p)       Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q)       Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(r)       Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s)       Involuntary Termination means termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status under the following circumstances: (i) termination without Cause by the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent or Affiliate, as appropriate; or (ii) voluntary termination by the Participant within 60 days following (A) a material reduction in the Participant’s job responsibilities, provided that neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; (B) relocation by the Company or a Subsidiary, Parent or Affiliate, as appropriate, of the Participant’s work site to a facility or location more than 35 miles from the Participant’s principal work site for the Company at the time of the Change of Control; or (C) a reduction in Participant’s then-current base salary by at least 20%, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Participant’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a salary reduction.

(t)      “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(u)       Named Executive means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such

 

-3-


capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(v)       Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(w)       Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x)       Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(y)       Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(z)       Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(aa)      Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(bb)      Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(cc)      Participant means any holder of one or more Options, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such Options, under the Plan.

(dd)      Photon means Shenzhen Photon Technology Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the PRC and a Subsidiary of the Company.

(ee)      Plan means this 2004 Stock Option Plan.

(ff)       PRC means the People’s Republic of China.

(gg)      Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(hh)      Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(ii)        Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

-4-


(jj)       Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(kk)       Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision. Without limiting the foregoing, Photon shall be considered a Subsidiary for purposes of this Plan.

(ll)       Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3.       Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 3,010,769 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4.       Administration of the Plan .

(a)       General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b)       Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c)       Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

-5-


(i)        to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii)       to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options may from time to time be granted;

(iii)      to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted;

(iv)      to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v)       to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan, including without limitation the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan for optionees who are Employees or Consultants of Photon;

(vi)      to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock or restricted stock issued upon exercise of an Option, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii)     to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii)    to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix)      to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x)       to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi)      in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

 

-6-


5.       Eligibility .

 (a)       Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

 (b)       Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 (c)       ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

 (d)       No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time, for any reason.

6.       Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

7.       Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8.       [Reserved.]

9.       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 (a)       Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

   (i)      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

-7-


 (A)      granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 (B)      granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 (ii)      In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 (A)      granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to a person who is at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;

 (B)      granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to any other eligible person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

 (C)      granted on any date on which the Common Stock is a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 (iii)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b)       Permissible Consideration .   The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate after taking into account the potential accounting consequences of permitting an Optionee to deliver a promissory note; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program

 

-8-


involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10.       Exercise of Option .

  (a)     General .

  (i)       Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required under Applicable Laws, the Option (or Shares issued upon exercise of the Option) shall comply with the requirements of Section 260.140.41(f) and (k) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

  (ii)       Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

  (iii)       Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

  (iv)       Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

-9-


Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 (v)       Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(b)       Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i)          Termination other than Upon Disability or Death . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) and (iii)  below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 60 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination . No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii)        Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six (6) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii)       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty (30) days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may

 

-10-


be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(c)       Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11.     Taxes .

(a)      As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b)      In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option.

(c)      This Section 11(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d)      If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(d), such Shares must have been owned by

 

-11-


the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e)      Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f)      In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

12.     Non-Transferability of Options .

(a)       General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

(b)       Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

13.     Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a)       Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or

 

-12-


reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

 (b)       Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 (c)       Corporate Transactions; Change of Control. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), and the Successor Corporation shall succeed to any repurchase rights of the Company with respect to shares issued upon exercise of an award, unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the outstanding Options or to substitute equivalent options or rights, in which case the Options shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

 In the event of a Corporate Transaction that is a Change of Control, unless otherwise specified in an Option Agreement, the following provisions shall govern:

   (i)      If the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the outstanding Options or to substitute equivalent options or rights in connection with the Change of Control, in the case of an award held by any Participant who, immediately prior to the Change of Control is either (A) an officer of the Company or Photon (meaning that the Participant holds the title of at least Vice President of the Company or the equivalent at Photon), (B) an employee of the Company or Photon at the employee-director level (as determined by the Administrator), or (C) a non-employee member of the Board (or the board of directors of Photon), the Options in the award shall accelerate and become exercisable (and Company repurchase rights with respect to shares issued upon exercise of the award shall lapse) immediately prior to the Change of Control as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested and been exercisable (or with respect to which the Company repurchase right would have lapsed) as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the Change of Control, assuming the Participant remained in Continuous Service Status for its twelve month period, and upon the consummation of the Change of Control, all Options shall terminate.

   (ii)      If the Successor Corporation does agree to assume the outstanding Options or to substitute equivalent options or rights in connection with the Change of Control, in the case of an award held by any Participant who, immediately prior to the Change of Control is either (A) an officer of the Company or Photon (meaning that the Participant holds the title of at least Vice President of the Company or the equivalent at Photon), (B) an employee of the

 

-13-


Company or Photon at the employee-director level (as determined by the Administrator), or (C) a non-employee member of the Board (or the board of directors of Photon), in the event of the Involuntary Termination of the Participant in connection with or within twelve (12) months following consummation of the Corporate Transaction, then, effective immediately prior to such Involuntary Termination, any assumed or substituted award held by the Participant at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall accelerate and become exercisable as to that number of Shares that would otherwise have vested and been exercisable as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of termination, and any repurchase right applicable to any Shares subject to the award shall lapse as to that number of Shares as to which the repurchase right would otherwise have lapsed as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of termination, in each case assuming the Participant remained in Continuous Service Status for the twelve-month period.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with or prior to a Change of Control, without consent of a Participant, the Board may determine that additional Shares shall vest and become exercisable in the event of a Change of Control or Involuntary Termination in connection with or following a Change of Control.

 For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as the holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option as provided for in this Section 13); provided however that if the consideration received in the Corporate Transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Corporate Transaction.

 (d)       Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.

14.       Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be

 

-14-


given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15.       Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 (a)       Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 (b)       Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

16.       Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of Options granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement.

17.       Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18.       Agreements . Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

19.       Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

 

-15-


20.       Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-16-


NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

«Optionee_»

«address_»

«address_»

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:   «BoardApprovalDate_»
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):   «GrantDate_»
Exercise Price per Share:   $«ExercisePrice_»
Total Number of Shares Granted:   «NoofShares_»
Total Exercise Price:   $«TotalExercisePrice_»
Type of Option:   «TypeofOption_»
Expiration Date:   «ExpireDate_»
Vesting Commencement Date:   «VestingCommenceDate_»
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:   [This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant.] So long as your employment or consulting relationship with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: Unless otherwise noted, 25% of the Option Shares shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48th of the total number of Option Shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter, so long as the optionee remains an employee of or consultant to the Company. This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time for vested Option Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule

 

-17-


Termination Period:   This Option may be exercised for 60 days after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:   This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

   

NeoPhotonics Corporation

 

   

By:

 

 

«Optionee_»

   

James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer

 

-18-


NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1.       Grant of Option . NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee_» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2.       Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3.       Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

 (a)       Right to Exercise .

  (i)      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

  (ii)     In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

  (iii)    In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b)       Method of Exercise .

 (i)      This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , [the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B ,] or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

 (ii)     As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 (iii)    The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4.       Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a)      cash or check;

(b)      cancellation of indebtedness;

(c)      prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the

 

-2-


date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(d)      following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5.       Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a)       Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b)       Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

  (i)       Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

  (ii)      Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

6.       Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

-3-


7.       Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a)       Incentive Stock Option .

 (i)       Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

 (ii)      Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b)       Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8.       Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of

 

-4-


the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9.         Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-5-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

«Optionee_»

     

NeoPhotonics Corporation

 

   

By:

 

 

     

James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer

Dated:    

 

 

     

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

[EARLY] EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of              , by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee_» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

1.       Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her [vested] option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted              (the “ Option Agreement ”). [Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                      of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                      Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $ per Share for a total purchase price of $                                  . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.]

2.      [ Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3.       Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a)       Repurchase Option .

  (i)      In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including


death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

 (ii)     Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

 (iii)    One hundred percent (100%) of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b)       Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

-2-


(i)         Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii)        Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii)       Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv)        Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v)       Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi)       Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section,

 

-3-


and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c)     Involuntary Transfer .

(i)         Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii)         Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d)     Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e)     Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

-4-


(f)         Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4.        Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5.        Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a)        Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b)        Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c)        Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands

 

-5-


that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d)        Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e)        Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f)        Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice

6.        Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a)         Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i)

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR

 

-6-


 

DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b)         Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)         Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7.        No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

8.        Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the

 

-7-


Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

9.        Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

10.      Miscellaneous .

(a)         Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b)         Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c)         Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d)         Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly,

 

-8-


this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e)         Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f)         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g)         Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(h)         California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.]

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-9-


The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

 

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

«Optionee    »

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

Address:

 

 

 
 

 

 

[I,                                          , spouse of «Optionee    », have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.]

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee    »

 

 

-10-


[ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) dated                               (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                          (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.          , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                   to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:

 

 

   
     

Signature:

     

 

     

«Optionee    »

     

 

     

Spouse of «Optionee    » (if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.]


[ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                      shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1.         The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2.         The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

  (a)              has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                                               , whose business address is                                                                       , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

  (b)              has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3.         The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

  (a)              to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or

 

  (b)              not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.


4.      Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:                                  

   

 

 
   

«Optionee    »

 

Date:                                  

   

]

 
   

Spouse of «Optionee    »

 

 

-2-


[ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

NAME OF TAXPAYER:    «Optionee_»

NAME OF SPOUSE:                                   

ADDRESS:

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                                   

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                                    

TAXABLE YEAR:                           

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

                                 shares of the Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                                 

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                         

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                         

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                         

   

 

   

«Optionee    »

Dated:                         

   

 

   

Spouse of «Optionee    »]


[RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.              for                  shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”).

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

 

Dated:                         

     
   

                                                                       ]

 
   

      «Optionee_»

 


EXHIBIT B

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

[EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee_» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

1.       Exercise of Option .   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted                  , (the “ Option Agreement ”).] The purchase price for the Shares shall be $              per Share for a total purchase price of $                      . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2.       Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3.       Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a)       Right of First Refusal .   Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 (i)       Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser


or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

   (ii)       Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

   (iii)      Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

   (iv)      Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

   (v)        Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

   (vi)      Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

-3-


 (b)       Involuntary Transfer .

  (i)       Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer .   In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

  (ii)       Price for Involuntary Transfer .   With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

 (c)       Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 (e)       Restrictions Binding on Transferees .   All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 (f)       Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4.       Investment and Taxation Representations .   In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

-4-


 (a)      Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 (b)      Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 (c)      Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 (d)      Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 (e)      Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 (f)      Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in

 

-5-


connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5.         Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 (a)         Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 (b)         Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 (c)         Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6.         No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7.         Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any

 

-6-


underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8.         Miscellaneous .

 (a)       Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 (b)       Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 (c)       Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 (d)       Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 (e)       Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 (f)       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 (g)       Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

-7-


The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 (h)       California Corporate Securities Law .   THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-8-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PURCHASER:

«Optionee_»

 

(Signature)

Address:

 

 

 

 

I,                                                   , spouse of «Optionee    » , have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

  Spouse of «Optionee    »

 

-9-


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.               for                      shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation.

 

Dated:                             

   
   

 

   

    «Optionee_»


RECEIPT

NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of $                  given by «Optionee_» as consideration for Certificate No.              for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:                             

   
 

NeoPhotonics Corporation

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

   

(print)

 

Title:

 

 


NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

FOR RESIDENTS OF

THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA (“PRC”)

«Optionee    »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a company incorporated in the state of Delaware in the United States of America (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

  Board Approval Date:    «BoardApprovalDate_» «GrantDate_»
  Date of Grant:    «GrantDate_»
  Exercise Price per Share:    $«ExercisePrice_»
  Total Number of Shares Granted:    «NoofShares_»
  Total Exercise Price:    $«TotalExercisePrice_»
  Expiration Date:    «ExpireDate_»
  Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestingCommenceDate_»
  Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    So long as your Continuous Service Status with the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as such terms are defined in the 2004 Stock Option Plan) continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: [25% of the Option Shares shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remaining Option Shares shall vest as to 1/48th of the total number of Option Shares on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter, so long as the optionee remains an employee of or consultant to the Company. [ This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the six (6) month anniversary of the Grant Date.] «Vesting_Schedule» ]

 

-2-


  Termination Period:    This Option may be exercised for 60 days after termination of Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date); provided that following the date on which your Continuous Service Status terminates you shall only be permitted to exercise the Option as to vested Shares. Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
  Transferability:    This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

You are representing that you are not a United States taxpayer or otherwise subject to the federal or state tax laws of the United States of America. If you subsequently become subject to such tax laws, you agree to inform the Company immediately. Further, you represent that you are not a “U.S. Person” as defined under U.S. federal securities laws at the time of grant of this Option. In connection with this representation, you are required to provide to the Company an executed copy of Exhibit A (“ Investor Certificate ”) attached to the Stock Option Agreement.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

   

NeoPhotonics Corporation

 

 

   

By:

 

 

 

«Optionee_»

     

James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

-3-


NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1.         Grant of Option .

(i)      NeoPhotonics Corporation, a company incorporated in the state of Delaware in the United States of America (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee_» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

(ii)      Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan. Optionee is required as a condition to receipt of this Option to provide to the Company an executed copy of Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Investor Certificate ”).

2.         Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a)       Right to Exercise .

(i)      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii)      In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 4 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2.

(iii)      In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b)       Method of Exercise .

(i)      This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other


form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii)      As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for PRC or US federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding or as otherwise permitted by Applicable Laws.

(iii)      The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable PRC or U.S. federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may, on the advice of counsel, require Optionee to make representations and warranties to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming compliance with Applicable Laws, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.         Method of Payment .   Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee and, where applicable, shall be payable in U.S. Dollars with Optionee’s own legally acquired foreign currency:

(a)      cash, check or wire transfer;

(b)      cancellation of indebtedness;

(c)      prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(d)      following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

4.         Termination of Relationship .   Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 4. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the

 

-2-


Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a)       Termination .   In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b)       Other Terminations .   In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 4(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i)       Termination upon Disability of Optionee .   In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii)       Death of Optionee .   In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

5.         Non-Transferability of Option .   Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

6.         Tax Consequences .   THERE ARE POTENTIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES IN EXERCISING THIS OPTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES. THE COMPANY, PHOTON AND THE OPTIONEE SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS’ TAX REQUIREMENTS ARISING FROM THIS OPTION FROM TIME TO TIME, INCLUDING ANY WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

7.         Country of Residence Legal Requirements .   The Optionee hereby represents and warrants that he or she is not a U.S. taxpayer or otherwise subject to the federal or state tax laws of the United States of America. If Optionee subsequently becomes subject to such tax laws, Optionee agrees to inform the Company immediately. The Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that any exercise of this option or disposal of shares must comply with Applicable Laws. The Company will provide any reasonably necessary assistance in facilitating the Optionee to comply with such laws. The Optionee further confirms that he is aware of the applicable PRC foreign exchange requirements and acknowledges that he will be solely responsible for complying with such PRC foreign exchange regulations, including but not limited to the following: (a) obtaining oversea foreign investment foreign exchange registration; and (b) making such payment denominated in foreign currency using his own foreign currency acquired from a legal resource.

8.         Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of

 

-3-


the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (up to, but not exceeding, 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9.         Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

«Optionee_»

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation

   

 

    By:  

 

 
     

James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer

 

Dated:

 

 

       

 

-5-


Exhibit A

Investor Certificate

(for purposes of compliance with Regulation S)

The undersigned makes this certification in connection with the grant of an Option to purchase Shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation, upon exercise of such Option issued pursuant to the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as such may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Certificate have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stock Option Agreement dated                      to which this Certificate is attached.

The undersigned certifies and represents that, as of the date set forth below, he/she:

1.        is not a natural person resident in the United States, a partnership or corporation organized under the laws of the United States or otherwise a US person (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); a copy of such definition is attached hereto) or acting for the benefit or account of a US person);

2.        understands that neither the Option granted nor the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act;

3.        agrees (a) to resell the Option or, following exercise of the Option, the Shares in a manner that would be subject to the securities laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof) only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration (the availability of such exemption being reflected by an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company), and (b) not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act (including Regulation S thereunder); and

4.        understands that a legend will be placed on all certificates evidencing the Option and, following exercise of the Option, the Shares reflecting the restrictions upon transfer set forth in paragraph (3) above.

 

Dated:  

 

 

 

Signature:  

 

 

Print Name:  

 

 

 

-6-


Attachment to Investor Certificate

As defined in Regulation 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the term “ U.S. Person ” means:

(A) any natural person resident in the United States;

(B) any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

(C) any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

(D) any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

(E) any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

(F) any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

(G) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

(H) any partnership or corporation if: (1) organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and (2) formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) of the 1933 Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

The following are not U.S. Persons:

(A) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;

(B) any estate of which an professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if: (1) an executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and (2) the estate is governed by foreign law;

(C) any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;

(D) an employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;

(E) any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if (1) any agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and (2) the agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and

(F) the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.

 

-7-


Exhibit B

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware in the United States of America (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee_» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

1.         Exercise of Option .

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her vested option to purchase «NoofShares_» shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate_» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $ «NoofSharesExercisePrice_» per Share for a total purchase price of $                          . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares. As a condition to exercise of the Option, Purchaser shall provide an executed copy of the investor certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Investor Certificate ”) to the Company.

2.         Time and Place of Exercise .   The offer, purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office in the PRC of the Company’s subsidiary NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefore by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 3 of the Option Agreement.

3.         Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws (including any limitations arising under the Investor Certificate), Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a)       Right of First Refusal .   Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i)       Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or


otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii)       Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii)       Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, with the consent of the Purchaser.

(iv)       Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v)       Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi)       Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c)       Involuntary Transfer .

(i)       Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer .   In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth

 

-2-


in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of twenty (20) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii)       Price for Involuntary Transfer .   With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within twenty (20) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d)       Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e)       Restrictions Binding on Transferees .   All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f)       Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4.         Investment and Taxation Representations .   In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a)      Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the

 

-3-


meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b)      Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c)      Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d)      Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Regulation S and Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e)      Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Regulation S or Rules 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Regulation S and Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Regulation S or Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f)      Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g)      Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that (i) Purchaser is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and (ii) Purchaser has complied with and received any required approval under Applicable Laws before exercising the Option.

(h)      Purchaser has read, understands and has executed the Investor Certificate.

 

-4-


5.         Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a)       Legends .   The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i)      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS DONE IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO, OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

(ii)      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b)       Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)       Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6.         No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7.         Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (up to, but not exceeding, 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

-5-


8.         Miscellaneous .

(a)       Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, U.S.A., without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b)       Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c)       Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d)       Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e)       Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or seventy-two (72) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f)       Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g)       Successors and Assigns .   The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-6-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer

PURCHASER:

«OPTIONEE_»

 

(Signature)

Address:

 

 

 

 

I,                                  , spouse of «Optionee_», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee_»

 

-7-


Exhibit A

Investor Certificate

(for purposes of compliance with Regulation S)

The undersigned makes this certification in connection with the purchase of Shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation, upon exercise of an Option to purchase such Shares issued pursuant to the NeoPhotonics Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as such may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Certificate have the meanings ascribed to them in the Exercise Notice and Stock Purchase Agreement dated                  to which this Certificate is attached.

The undersigned certifies and represents that, as of the date set forth below, he/she:

1.        is not a natural person resident in the United States, a partnership or corporation organized under the laws of the United States or otherwise a US person (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); a copy of such definition is attached hereto) or acting for the benefit or account of a US person);

2.        understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act;

3.        agrees (a) to resell the Shares in a manner that would be subject to the securities laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof) only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration (the availability of such exemption being reflected by an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company), and (b) not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act (including Regulation S thereunder); and

4.        understands that a legend will be placed on all certificates evidencing the Shares reflecting the restrictions upon transfer set forth in paragraph (3) above.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

-8-


Attachment to Investor Certificate

As defined in Regulation 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the term “ U.S. Person ” means:

(A) any natural person resident in the United States;

(B) any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

(C) any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

(D) any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

(E) any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

(F) any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

(G) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

(H) any partnership or corporation if: (1) organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and (2) formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) of the 1933 Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

The following are not U.S. Persons:

(A) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;

(B) any estate of which an professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if: (1) an executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and (2) the estate is governed by foreign law;

(C) any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;

(D) an employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;

(E) any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if (1) any agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and (2) the agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and

(F) the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.

 

-9-


RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.              for                  shares of Common Stock of NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

Dated:                             

   
 

 

 
 

«Optionee_»

 

Exhibit 10.4

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL  14, 2010

T ERMINATION D ATE : A PRIL  13, 2020

 

1.

G ENERAL .

(a)    Eligible Award Recipients.     The persons eligible to receive Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b)    Available Awards.     The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(c)    Purpose.     The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)    Administration by Board.     The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)    Powers of Board.     The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)       To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii)       To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.


(iii)       To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv)       To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v)       To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi)       To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law or listing requirements, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii)       To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii)       To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however , that except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant’s rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.


(ix)       Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x)       To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi)       To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) an Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion); or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c)    Delegation to Committee.

(i)      General.     The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii)      Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.     The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d)    Delegation to an Officer.     The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are providing Continuous Service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.


(e)    Effect of Board’s Decision.     All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)    Share Reserve.     Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date shall not exceed 865,420 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”). In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten (10) years commencing on January 1, 2011 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2020, in an amount equal to three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance shall not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.

(b)    Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.     If any shares of common stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)    Incentive Stock Option Limit.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3 and, subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d)    Section 162(m) Limitation on Annual Grants .    Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, a maximum of eight hundred thousand (800,000) shares of Common Stock subject to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or


strike price of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any Participant during any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least one hundred (100% percent) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards shall not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Awards are approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(e)    Source of Shares.     The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)    Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .    Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)    Ten Percent Stockholders.     A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

5.

P ROVISIONS RELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:


(a)    Term.     Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)    Exercise Price.     Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c)    Purchase Price for Options.     The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i)       by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii)       pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii)       by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv)       if the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v)       in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable award agreement.


(d)    Exercise and Payment of a SAR.     To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(e)    Transferability of Options and SARs.     The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

(i)      Restrictions on Transfer.     An Option or SAR shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii)      Domestic Relations Orders.     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however , that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii)      Beneficiary Designation.     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

(f)    Vesting Generally.     The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any


Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g)    Termination of Continuous Service.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(h)    Extension of Termination Date.     If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of three (3) months (that need not be consecutive) after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i)    Disability of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR (as applicable) shall terminate.

(j)    Death of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s


Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(k)    Termination for Cause.     Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the date on which the event giving rise to the termination occurred, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l)    Non-Exempt Employees .    No Option or SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), any such vested Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

6.

P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a)    Restricted Stock Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:


(i)      Consideration.     A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)      Vesting.     Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)      Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.     If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv)      Transferability.     Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v)      Dividends.     A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b)    Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)      Consideration.     At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)      Vesting.     At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii)      Payment .    A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form


of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv)      Additional Restrictions.     At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v)      Dividend Equivalents.     Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi)      Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c)    Performance Awards.

(i)      Performance Stock Awards .    A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award that may vest or may be exercised contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The maximum number of shares covered by an Award that may be granted to any Participant in a calendar year attributable to Stock Awards described in this Section 6(c)(i) (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of the Performance Goals) shall not exceed four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock. The Board may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify, may permit a Participant to elect for, the payment of any Performance Stock Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii)      Performance Cash Awards .    A Performance Cash Award is a cash award that may be paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. In any calendar year, the


Committee may not grant a Performance Cash Award that has a maximum value that may be paid to any Participant in excess of ten million dollars ($10,000,000). The Board may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify, may permit a Participant to elect for, the payment of any Performance Cash Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii)      Section 162(m) Compliance .    Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee shall establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, or (b) the date on which twenty-five (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, to the extent specified at the time of grant of an Award to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the number of Shares, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(d)    Other Stock Awards .    Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a)    Availability of Shares.     During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b)    Securities Law Compliance.     The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or


issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c)    No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.     The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.

M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a)    Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.     Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)    Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards.     Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c)    Stockholder Rights.     No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d)    No Employment or Other Service Rights.     Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e)    Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation.     To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which


Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f)    Investment Assurances.     The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g)    Withholding Obligations.     Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(h)    Electronic Delivery .    Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly with at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i)    Deferrals.     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an


employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j)    Compliance with Section 409A.     To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the Shares are publicly traded and a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount shall be made upon a “separation from service” before a date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a)    Capitalization Adjustments .    In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d) and 6(c)(i), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation .    Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c)    Corporate Transaction.     The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing


the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i)         arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii)        arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii)      accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv)       arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v)        cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi)       make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d)    Change in Control.     A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, the following provisions shall govern:

(i)       in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) does not


assume or continue the Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award outstanding under the Plan (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Change in Control), then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Change in Control and who are (A) an Officer, (B) an Employee at the employee-director level (as determined by the Board), or (C) a Non-Employee Director (referred to as the “ Current Senior Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested under such Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period (with such accelerated vesting contingent upon the effectiveness of the Change in Control and effective as of the date the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control)), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Award will lapse as to that number of shares as to which such rights would otherwise have lapsed under such Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period (with such accelerated lapsing contingent upon the effectiveness of the Change in Control and effective as of the date the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control)).

(ii)       in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) assumes or continues such outstanding Stock Award or substitutes a similar stock award for such outstanding Stock Award, with respect to Stock Awards that have been assumed, continued or substituted that are held by Current Senior Participants, if any Current Senior Participant’s Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to a voluntary termination that is a Resignation for Good Reason, in either case on or within twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, and provided such termination of service is a “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then, effective as of the date of the termination of Continuous Service, the vesting of such Stock Award (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested in the ordinary course under such Stock Award as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the termination of Continuous Service, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Award held by such individual will lapse as to that number of shares as to which such rights would otherwise have lapsed under each such Stock Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the termination of Continuous Service, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period.


(e)    Parachute Payments.     If any payment or benefit the Participant would receive pursuant to a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of Stock Awards other than Options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of Options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of Stock Award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Participant’s applicable type of Stock Awards ( i.e. , earliest granted Stock Award cancelled last).

The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Participant and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Participant’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Participant or the Company) or such other time as requested by the Participant or the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Participant and the Company with an opinion that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Company.

 

10.

T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a)    Plan Term.     The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.


(b)    No Impairment of Rights.     Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

11.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, shall be granted and no Performance Cash Award shall be settled) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

12.

C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13.    D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)     Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)     Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c)     Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d)     Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)     Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f)     Cause ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term shall mean, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events that has a material negative impact on the business or reputation of the Company: (i) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (ii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any


contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iii) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (iv) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(g)     Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)       any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii)       there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)       there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined


voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv)       individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(h)     Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(i)     Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(j)     Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(k)     Company ” means NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(l)     Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(m)     Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an


Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(n)     Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)       the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)       the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(o)     Covered Employee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(p)     Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q)     Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(r)     Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11.

(s)     Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.


(t)     Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u)     Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v)     Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w)     Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)       If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii)       Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii)       In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x)     Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y)     IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z)     Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not


be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(aa)     Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb)     Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc)     Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd)     Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee)     Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff)     Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg)     Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh)     Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii)     Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj)     Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.


(kk)      “ Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(ll)        “ Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) total stockholder return; (v) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (vi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (vii) stock price; (viii) margin (including gross margin); (ix) income (before or after taxes); (x) operating income; (xi) operating income after taxes; (xii) pre-tax profit; (xiii) operating cash flow; (xiv) sales or revenue targets; (xv) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xvi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xvii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xix) market share; (xx) cash flow; (xxi) cash flow per share; (xxii) share price performance; (xxiii) debt reduction; (xxiv) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxv) customer satisfaction; (xxvi) stockholders’ equity; (xxvii) capital expenditures; (xxiii) debt levels; (xxix) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxx) workforce diversity; (xxxi) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxii) billings; and (xxxiii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm)    Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board shall appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated Performance Goals; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles, (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common shareholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and/or the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans and (10) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the


Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(nn)       “ Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo)       “ Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp)       “ Plan ” means this NeoPhotonics Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq)       “ Resignation for Good Reason ” means voluntary termination by a Participant from all positions he or she then holds with the Company, which resignation results in a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), effective within a period of ninety (90) days after the Participant provides written notice to the Company after the initial occurrence of one of the following actions taken without his or her written consent, which written notice must be provided within thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of one of the following actions, and must reasonably specify the particulars of the action; provided, however , that following the receipt of notice by the Company, the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days during which to remedy the action giving rise to a Resignation for Good Reason and if such action is materially remedied by the Company during such period, no event giving rise to a right for a Resignation for Good Reason shall be deemed to have occurred:

    (i)       the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities that results in a material diminution in the Participant’s employment role in the Company as in effect immediately prior to the date of such actions; provided, however, that mere changes in the Participant’s title or reporting relationships alone shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason;

    (ii)      a greater than twenty percent (20%) aggregate reduction by the Company in the Participant’s annual base salary (that is, a material reduction in base compensation), as in effect immediately prior to the date of such actions; provided, however, that if there are across-the-board proportionate salary reductions for all other similarly situated Employees or Consultants, as determined by the Board, by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary reduction, the reduction as to that Participant shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason; or

    (iii)     a non-temporary relocation of the Participant’s business office to a location that increases Participant’s one way commute by more than thirty-five (35) miles from the location at which the Participant performs duties as of immediately prior to the date of such action.


(rr)       Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ss)      Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt)       Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(uu)      Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv)      “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ww)     Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(xx)      “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(yy)      Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz)       Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(aaa)    Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bbb)    Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).


(ccc)     Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Type of Grant:

   ¨   Incentive Stock Option 1                      ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

  

¨   Same as Vesting Schedule

Vesting Schedule:

  

[1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]

Payment:

  

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

   x     By cash or check
   x     By bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   x     Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   x     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
  

x     If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement 2

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder by the Company, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

  O THER  A GREEMENTS :  

 

   

 

 

1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

2 An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION     O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature     Signature

 

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


A TTACHMENT II

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


N OTICE OF E XERCISE

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation

  

2911 Zanker Road

  

San Jose, California 95134

  

Date of Exercise:                               

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

  

Incentive ¨

    

Nonstatutory  ¨

     

Stock option dated:

  

 

     

Number of shares as

to which option is

exercised:

  

 

     

Shares to be

issued in name of:

  

 

     

Total exercise price:

   $                               

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                               

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)

   $                               

Value of                      shares of NeoPhotonics Corporation common stock pursuant to net exercise 3 :

   $                               

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of

 

 

3             NeoPhotonics Corporation must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise in order to utilize this payment method and must expressly consent to your use of net exercise at the time of exercise. An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.


Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

V ESTING .   Subject to the limitations contained herein and the potential vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE .   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES .   In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”).   If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however , that:

a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and


if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

M ETHOD OF P AYMENT .   Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

If the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise , by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

W HOLE S HARES .   You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such


exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

T ERM .   You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; and if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, or (y) the Expiration Date;

twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.


E XERCISE .

You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

T RANSFERABILITY .   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator


of your estate shall be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .   Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock unless such obligations are satisfied.

T AX C ONSEQUENCES .  You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors,


Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

N OTICES .   Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT .   Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

Participant:

 

 

  

Date of Grant:

 

 

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

  

Number of Units/Shares Subject to Award:

 

 

  

Consideration:

 

Participant’s past services

  

 

Vesting Schedule :

  

[                                                                                                                                                                              ].

  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, vesting shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (as defined in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement).

Issuance Schedule:

  

The shares will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 6 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the award of the Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Common Stock of the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) awards previously granted and delivered to Participant under the Plan, the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

  O THER  A GREEMENTS :      

 

       

 

 

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION     P ARTICIPANT :

By:

 

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS :        Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan


A TTACHMENT I

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and in consideration of your services, NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Unit award (the “ Award ”) under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Your Award is granted to you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice for this Award and is subject to the terms set forth herein. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

G RANT OF THE A WARD .   This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “ Account ”) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than past and future services to the Company) with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the shares or the delivery of the underlying Common Stock.

V ESTING .   Subject to the limitations contained herein and the potential vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 9(d) of the Plan, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the shares credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock.

N UMBER OF S HARES .

The number of units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

Any shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other shares covered by your Award.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. The Board shall,

 

1.


in its discretion, determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in this Section 3.

S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE .   You may not be issued any shares under your Award unless either (a) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (b) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

T RANSFER R ESTRICTIONS .   Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

Death .  Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition, upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect transactions under the Plan, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock or other consideration to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your Award to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the Award is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your Award or your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration thereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order.

D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

The Company will deliver to you a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to the number of vested shares subject to your Award, including any additional shares received pursuant to Section 3 above that relate to those vested shares on the applicable

 

2.


vesting date(s). However, if a scheduled delivery date falls on a date that is not a business day, such delivery date shall instead fall on the next following business day.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) you are subject to the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods, in effect from time to time or you are otherwise prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the public market and any shares covered by your Award are scheduled to be delivered on a day (the “ Original Distribution Date ”) that does not occur during an open “window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with such policy, or does not occur on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of the Company’s common stock on the open market, and (ii) the Company elects not to satisfy its tax withholding obligations by withholding shares from your distribution, then such shares shall not be delivered on such Original Distribution Date and shall instead be delivered on the first (1st) business day of the next occurring open “window period” applicable to you pursuant to such policy (regardless of whether you are still providing Continuous Service at such time) or the next business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open market, as applicable, but in no event later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) calendar month of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the shares of Common Stock originally became vested. The form of such delivery ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company. In all cases, the delivery of shares under this Award is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner. If it is determined that the delivery of shares under this Award does not comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), shares issued under this Award shall be delivered not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which such shares originally became vested.

D IVIDENDS .   You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment; provided, however , that this sentence shall not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS .   The shares issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .

Your Continuous Service with the Company or an Affiliate is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2 herein or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the

 

3.


Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

The right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to Section 2 and the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate your Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your Award, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate which arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Additionally, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Award to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

 

4.


In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

U NSECURED O BLIGATION .   Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares pursuant to this Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

O THER D OCUMENTS .   You hereby acknowledge receipt or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

N OTICES .   Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

M ISCELLANEOUS .

The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable to any one (1) or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under your Award may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

 

5.


This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT .   Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

S EVERABILITY .   If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS .   The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

C HOICE OF L AW .   The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the state of Delaware without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws rules.

A MENDMENT .   This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

6.


C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE .   This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

N O O BLIGATION TO M INIMIZE T AXES .   The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

7.


A TTACHMENT II

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

8.

Exhibit 10.5

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL  14, 2010

 

1.

G ENERAL .

(a)         The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan is intended to permit the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b)         The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)         The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)         The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

     (i)         To determine how and when Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock shall be granted and the provisions of each Offering of such Purchase Rights (which need not be identical).

    (ii)        To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

     (iii)       To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

     (iv)       To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under it.

     (v)        To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

     (vi)       To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.


    (vii)       Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     (viii)      To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c)         The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board shall have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d)         All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)         Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the shares of Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to Purchase Rights shall not exceed in the aggregate three hundred forty two thousand five hundred sixty eight (342,568) shares of Common Stock. In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on January 1st of each year, commencing on January 1, 2011 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2020, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year and (ii) 600,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b)         If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)         The stock purchasable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

2.


4.

G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a)         The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees in an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate, which shall comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights shall have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering shall include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering shall be effective, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b)         If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in agreements or notices delivered hereunder: (i) each agreement or notice delivered by that Participant shall be deemed to apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) shall be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) shall be exercised.

(c)         The Board shall have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the first day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date, then (i) that Offering shall terminate immediately, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering shall be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)         Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate as provided in Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee shall not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event shall the required period of continuous employment be greater than two (2) years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b)         The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee shall, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which

 

3.


coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right shall have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

     (i)         the date on which such Purchase Right is granted shall be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

     (ii)        the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

     (iii)       the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she shall not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c)         No Employee shall be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the Plan if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options shall be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d)         As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000) of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, shall be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e)         Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, shall be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code shall not be eligible to participate.

 

6.

P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a)         On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, shall be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date shall be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

4.


(b)         The Board shall establish one (1) or more Purchase Dates during an Offering as of which Purchase Rights granted pursuant to that Offering shall be exercised and purchases of shares of Common Stock shall be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(c)         In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering. In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering. In addition, in connection with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase Date, the Board may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated earnings contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available shall be made in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and equitable.

(d)         The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights shall be not less than the lesser of:

    (i)         an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

    (ii)        an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a)         An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions pursuant to an Offering under the Plan by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form (in such form as the Company may provide). Each such enrollment form shall authorize an amount of Contributions expressed as a percentage of the submitting Participant’s earnings (as defined in each Offering) during the Offering (not to exceed the maximum percentage specified by the Board). Each Participant’s Contributions shall be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. To the extent provided in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the beginning of the Offering. To the extent provided in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. To the extent specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to each Purchase Date of the Offering.

(b)         During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a notice of withdrawal in such form as the Company may provide. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the

 

5.


Offering, except as provided otherwise in the Offering. Upon such withdrawal from the Offering by a Participant, the Company shall distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated Contributions (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock for the Participant) under the Offering, and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering shall have no effect upon such Participant’s eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant shall be required to deliver a new enrollment form in order to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c)         Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan shall terminate immediately upon a Participant ceasing to be an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or other lack of eligibility. The Company shall distribute to such terminated or otherwise ineligible Employee all of his or her accumulated Contributions (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock for the terminated or otherwise ineligible Employee) under the Offering.

(d)         Purchase Rights shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or by a beneficiary designation as provided in Section 10. During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights shall be exercisable only by such Participant.

(e)         Unless otherwise specified in an Offering, the Company shall have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.

E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a)         On each Purchase Date during an Offering, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions shall be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of Purchase Rights unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b)         If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock, then such remaining amount shall be distributed in full to such Participant at the end of the Offering without interest.

(c)         No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date during any Offering hereunder the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights or any Offering shall be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date shall be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in such compliance, except that the Purchase Date shall not be delayed more than twelve (12) months and the Purchase Date shall in no event be more than twenty-seven (27) months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date under any Offering hereunder, as delayed to the

 

6.


maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights shall be exercised and all Contributions accumulated during the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock) shall be distributed to the Participants without interest.

 

9.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Purchase Rights. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

10.

D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a)         A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to the end of an Offering but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares of Common Stock or cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death during an Offering. Any such designation shall be on a form provided by or otherwise acceptable to the Company.

(b)         The Participant may change such designation of beneficiary at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a)         In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

7.


(b)         In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for those outstanding under the Plan; or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten (10) business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under any ongoing Offerings, and the Participants’ Purchase Rights under the ongoing Offerings shall terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.

A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

    (i)         The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b)         The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)         Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not be impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment.

 

13.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Purchase Rights shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

8.


14.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a)         Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)         A Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c)         The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering shall in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d)         The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

15.

D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)         “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)         Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(c)         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)         “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(e)         “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(f)         “Company” means NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(g)         “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering, that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account, if

 

9.


specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(h)         “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

    (i)         the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

     (ii)        the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

     (iii)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

     (iv)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(i)         “Director” means a member of the Board.

(j)         “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(k)         “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, who is employed for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(l)         “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(m)         “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n)         Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

    (i)         If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last trading day prior to the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the

 

10.


last trading day prior to the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

     (ii)        In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

     (iii)       Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time when the Offering commences shall be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(o)         “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(p)         “Offering” means the grant of Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees.

(q)         “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(r)         “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s)         “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t)         “Plan” means this NeoPhotonics Corporation 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(u)          “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering established by the Board on which Purchase Rights shall be exercised and as of which purchases of shares of Common Stock shall be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(v)          “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering beginning on the Offering Date or on the next day following a Purchase Date within an Offering and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(w)         “Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x)         “Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(y)         “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11.


(z)         Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market, is open for trading.

 

12.

Exhibit 10.26

(2010) shenyinhouzi #014

 

3.

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Grantee: NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Limited (hereunder referred to as Party A)

Residential address: NeoPhotonics Building, No.8, 12 th South Keji Road, South Hi-Tech

                         Industry Park, Shenzhen

Post code: 518057

Telephone: 0755-26748267

Fax: 0755-26748363

Legal representative: Timothy Storrs Jenks

Bank and account number:

Grantor: Shenzhen Branch, CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (hereunder referred to as Party B)

Residential address: Ground Floor, CITIC Plaza, 1093 Mid Shennan Road, Shenzhen

Post code: 518031

Telephone: 0755-26073125

Fax: 0755-86211610

Legal representative/responsible person: Ning YAN

 

Place of contract signing: Shenzhen

Date of contract signing: October 15, 2010

This contract is entered into upon mutual agreement by Party A and Party B, pursuant to the relevant laws and regulations of the Laws of Commercial Bank of the People’s Republic of China and the Contract Laws of the People’s Republic of China, with the principle of integrity, equality and voluntariness.

Article I Definition

  The following terms have the following meaning under this contract unless otherwise specified:

  Comprehensive credit line – the credit provided by Party B to Party A includes one or more of the following types: RMB or foreign currency working capital loan, bank acceptance bill issuance, discounted bill, L/C issuance, packaged loan, import bill advance, export bill advance, letter of guarantee issuance and other approved business types by Party B.

  Comprehensive credit limit – the maximum amount of credit provided by Party B to Party A.

  Credit balance – the sum of principal arising from the use of comprehensive credit limit under this contract and not yet repaid. Where, bank acceptance bill issuance refers to the outstanding sum of the amount of bank bill issued under this contract, L/C issuance refers to the outstanding sum of the amount of L/C issued under this contract, letter of guarantee


issuance refers to the sum of the outstanding amount of letter of guarantee issued under this contract.

Article II Comprehensive Credit Limit and Type

2.1

The comprehensive credit limit that Party A can apply for under this contract within the credit period is:

Currency RMB (in words) eighty millions , (in amount) 80,000,000 .

 

2.2

The comprehensive credit limit under this contract can be used for one or more of the following business types: loans, bank acceptance bill, discounted bill, L/C issuance, packaged loan, import bill advance, export bill advance, letter of guarantee issuance or other approved types of credit business by Party B.

 

2.3

Specific business type, amount, period, usage etc of the application for the use of abovementioned comprehensive credit limit by Party A is subject to the agreement under the specific business contract signed by both parties. Party B hereby ascertains the corresponding obligation of loan granting agreed in the specific business contract signed by both parties herein.

Article III Use of the Comprehensive Credit Limit

3.1

The period for the use of the comprehensive credit limit under this contract is one year, from October 15, 2010 to October 15, 2011 .

 

3.2

Party A may make one time or multiple written applications to Party B for the use of this comprehensive credit limit within the valid period and comprehensive credit limit agreed herein.

Credit type, period, amount etc should be specified on the written application when Party A applies for the use of comprehensive credit limit. For applications meeting credit conditions and agreements herein after verification, Party B shall sign with Party A the specific business contract or other legal documents approved by Party B.

 

3.3

The amount of credit balance used by Party A shall not exceed the comprehensive credit limit within any time of the credit period. Within the credit period of the comprehensive credit limit, Party B agrees to method (1)  below for the amount of comprehensive credit limit repaid by Party A. Unused comprehensive credit balance within the credit period of the comprehensive credit limit will be cancelled automatically upon maturity of the credit period.

 

  (1)

Revolving – for the comprehensive credit limit under Article II of this contract, for the amount repaid by Party A within the credit period of the abovementioned comprehensive credit limit, Party B shall resume the corresponding credit limit, and Party A may reuse within the credit period of the comprehensive credit limit.

 

  (2)

Non-revolving - for the comprehensive credit limit under Article II of this contract, for the amount repaid by Party A within the credit period of the abovementioned comprehensive credit limit, Party B shall not resume the corresponding credit limit, and Party A may not reuse within the credit period of the comprehensive credit limit.

 

3.4

The expenses payable to Party B, the interest rate for discounted bills, the interest rate and exchange rate applicable to loan and import and export bill advance, arising from bank acceptance bill, letter of guarantee, international trade financing and other business


 

transactions, should be specified on the specific business contract by both parties.

 

3.5

The specific business contract shall prevail in case of any discrepancies found between the specific business contract and this contract.

 

3.6

Party B shall sign a specific business contract with Party A and fulfill obligations accordingly, for applications of the use of credit limit by Party A that are in compliance with the credit condition and this contract after verification by Party B.

Article IV Representation and Warranties by Party A

 

4.1

Party A is a lawful Chinese legal entity or other type of organization established pursuant to laws of the People’s Republic of China, and possesses all the necessary civil rights and capacities for the signing and execution of this agreement, and is able to assume individual civil responsibilities, and has completed all legal approvals and authorizations internally and externally necessary for the signing of this agreement.

 

4.2

Party A warrants the use of credit limit in compliance with laws, regulations and agreements under this contract and specific business contract.

 

4.3

Party A warrants, in accordance with requests of Party B within the credit period, the submission of truthful financial statement and other documents reflecting business operation, and ascertains that documents, file, data and information provided are true, accurate, complete, legal and valid.

Article V Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

5.1

During the valid credit period of the comprehensive credit limit, Party B should be notified in writing at least thirty days in advance, any major changes relating to Party A’s business operation, including but not limited to share transfer, restructuring, merge, division, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, association, contract leasing, changes in operating scope and registered paid in capital that have potential impact on Party B’s rights and interests, and implement the repayment obligation or early repayment of debts or provision of guarantee approved by Party B as agreed herein with a form of written consent from Party B.

 

5.2

Party A should notify Party B at least thirty days in advance and obtain written consent from Party B, in the event of discharging major asset or the entire or major part of the operating income with means of transfer, lease or provision of guarantee for debts outside of this contract etc.

 

5.3

Party A should notify Party B in writing three days from the date of occurrence of the abovementioned matters or possible date of occurrence, any events that may have adverse impact on the debt execution under this agreement, including but not limited to litigation, arbitration, criminal prosecution, administrative penalty, stoppage of business, stoppage of production, dissolution, being announced bankruptcy, business license being suspended, revoked, deteriorating financial situation etc

 

5.4

Party A should provide new guarantee approved by Party B when the guarantor is encountering situations including but not limited to stoppage of business, stoppage of production, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, business license being suspended, revoked and losses from operation etc, resulting in the entire or partial loss of guarantee capacity for the loan, or decrease in the value of the collateral, pledged asset or pledged


 

rights under this agreement.

 

5.5

Party A may not transfer all or part of the debts under this contract to a third party without written consent from Party B.

 

5.6

Party A warrants the on time repayment of principal, interest expense and related expenses. Party B is entitled to deduct any outstanding amount falling due under this contract or specific business contract, without prior consent from Party A, including but not limited to loan principal, interest expense, penalty interest and other related expenses, from any bank accounts set up by Party A at Party B’s bank or associated branches. Where, the currency of the bank account differs from the currency of the transaction, when Party B makes automatic deduction in accordance with this contract and specific business contract, the amount should be converted using the exchange rate on the date of settlement published by Party B.

 

5.7

During the valid period of the comprehensive credit limit, Party B should be notified within seven days in writing, upon changes of Party A’s name of legal person, legal representative, person in charge of the project, residential address, telephone, fax etc.

Article VI Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

6.1

Party B is entitled to the decision on the signing of specific business contract with Party A based on related management regulation and credit approval procedure of CITIC Bank, as well as to checking and monitoring at any time on the implementation status of each specific business contract.

 

6.2

Party B shall sign a specific business contract with Party A and fulfill obligations accordingly, for applications of the use of credit limit by Party A that are in compliance with the credit condition and this contract after verification by Party B.

 

6.3

Any non-exercise or delay in exercise of any entitlements of Party B as agreed under this contract or specific business contract shall not constitute waiver of the rights and interests, and shall not impede Party B’s exercise of the right at any time.

 

6.4

Party B has the obligation to keep confidential all file, document and information provided by Party A, except for disclosure allowed by laws and regulations.

Article VII Guarantee

 

7.1

To secure the repayment of debts arising from this contract, the following       /     method of guarantee is adopted:

 

  (1)

Guarantor       /     signed number       /     Maximum Amount of Guarantee Contract with Party B.

 

  (2)

Pledgor        /     signed number       /     Maximum Amount of Pledged Contract with Party B.

 

  (3)

Other type of guarantee       /    

 

7.2

Party B is entitled to request Party A for the provision of other guarantee in addition to this one, upon the signing of specific business contract under this contract.

Article VIII Responsibilities for Breach of Contract

 

8.1

Both Parties should strictly fulfill the agreements under this contract and specific business contract. Any party in breach of or with incomplete fulfillment of any of the agreement


 

should be held accountable for corresponding default penalty and liable for indemnification of resulting losses to the other party.

 

8.2

During the course of the performance of the contract, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances shall constitute a default on Party A:

 

8.2.1

During the valid period of the contract, Party A explicitly expresses or expresses in action its inability or failure to fulfill the obligations under the contract or specific business contract.

 

8.2.2

Party A fails to fulfill any of the obligations agreed under this contract

 

8.2.3

Relevant documents provided by Party A and representation and warranties under Article IV of this contract, are verified to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or deliberately misleading

 

8.2.4

Party A stops the repayment of the debt falling due, or is unable or indicates its inability to repay the debt.

 

8.2.5

Party A’s stoppage of business, stoppage of production, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, business license being suspended, revoked or any litigation, arbitration or civil and administrative penalty having adverse consequences on Party A’s operation or financial condition, that Party B believes may or may have already influenced or with detrimental effect to Party B’s rights and interests under this contract.

 

8.2.6

Changes in Party A’s residential address, operating scope, legal representative and other business registration matters or significant external investment that have major influence or threat on the realization of Party B’s claims.

 

8.2.7

Party A has significant financial losses, property damage or property damage resulting from external guarantee or other financial crisis that may or may have already influenced or with detrimental effect to Party B’s rights and interests under this contract.

 

8.2.8

Voluntary change of credit usage by Party A.

 

8.2.9

Major crisis in Party A’s controlling shareholders or other related companies’ operating or financial condition, or the occurrence of significant related party transaction between Party A’s controlling shareholders and other related companies that are of detrimental effect to normal operation of Party A.

 

8.2.10

Party A’s senior management is suspected of major corruption, bribery, fraud or illegal business operation that Party B believes to may or may have already influenced Party B’s rights and interests under this contract.

 

8.2.11

Party A’s default on other debtors that influence the realization of Party B’s rights and interests and interest.

 

8.2.12

Party A fails to provide new guarantee approved by Party B, where Party A’s guarantor is in violation of agreed terms under the guarantee contract or there is occurrence of default under the guarantee contract.

 

8.2.13

Party A fails to provide new guarantee approved by Party B, in the event of the occurrence of seizure, detention, loss, stopped payment or being adopted other forcibly measure, dispute over the rights and interests, experience or possible experience of infringement from any third party, the safety and soundness condition have or may experience adverse impact and other situations, for the collateral or pledged asset under this contract.


8.2.14

The occurrence of other matters that jeopardize and damage or may jeopardize and damage Party B’s rights and interest.

 

8.3

In the event of the situations in Article 8.2 mentioned above, Party B is entitled to one or more of the following measures with no objection from Party A:

 

8.3.1

The adjustment, cancellation or termination of the comprehensive credit limit under this contract, or the adjustment on the valid period of the credit limit.

 

8.3.2

Stop the granting of comprehensive credit limit under the contract, announce the immediate maturity of all or part of the debt of Party A under the contract, and request for the immediate repayment of all or part of the credit limit used.

 

8.3.3

Request for additional guarantee provided by Party A, or other measures to ensure the legitimate rights and interests or Party B are not infringed.

 

8.3.4

Entitlement to the exercise of guarantee rights.

 

8.3.5

In accordance with terms of the contract, Party B is entitled to deduct amount for the repayment of all the debts (including the early settlement of debt called upon by Party B) under this contract and each specific business contract, without prior consent from Party A, from any bank accounts set up by Party A at Party B’s bank or associated branches.

 

8.4

Party A bears all the expenses arising from Party B’s realization of the claims (including but not limited to litigation cost, travel expense, lawyer fee, property preservation fee, notary expense, certification expense, translation expense, appraisal and auction expense etc).

Article IX Validity, Modification and Rescission

 

9.1

This contract shall take effect after signature (signature or seal) by Party A’s legal representative or authorized agent and Party B’s legal representative or responsible persons or authorized agent and affixing company seal or contract seal

 

9.2

After the contract comes into force, neither party is permitted to modify or rescind this contract. Where modification or rescission is required, both parties shall reach unanimity through consultations and enter into a written agreement.

Article X Dispute Resolution

 

10.1

All disputes arising from and related to this contract should be resolved through friendly consultations. In the case that an agreement cannot be reached, both parties agree on the following method   (2)   for resolution:

 

  (1)

Apply for arbitration at   /       Arbitration Committee

 

  (2)

File a litigation claim at the People’s Court of the residential address of Party B.

Article XI Supplementary Provision

 

11.1

Any notification and other type of communication by Party B to Party A sent via telex, telegraph, fax are deemed to have been served upon sending, postal letters are deemed to have been served three days from the date of posting.

 

11.2

Other matters agreed by both parties:

 

 

30% deposit is required for bank acceptance bill

     
 

/

             

.


Terms and conditions in the specific business contract shall prevail for agreements specified on the specific business contract.

 

11.3

The parties hereto may revise through negotiation matters not mentioned herein and set out those additional terms and conditions as appendix. Any appendix, modification or supplementation to this contract should form an inseparable constituent part of the agreement and have the same legal effect as this contract.

 

11.4

This agreement is in duplicate , one copy kept by each party, and shall be binding on both parties.

 

11.5

Party B has taken reasonable measures to draw Party A’s attention to the exclusion or restrictive articles under this agreement, and provide full explanation of relevant articles, both parties have no disagreement towards the understanding of any of the articles herein.

 

Party A (company seal or contract seal)

  

Party B (company seal or contract seal)

Legal representative

(or authorized person)

  

Legal representative/Responsible person

(or authorized person)


Supplementary agreement

Party A: NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Limited

Party B: Shenzhen Branch, CITIC Bank Corporation Limited

Upon mutual agreement, both parties have reached the below supplementary agreement to the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract signed on October 15, 2010, contract number (2010) Shenyinhouzongzi #014:

 

(1)

Both parties hereby ascertain Article I – Credit Balance in the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract refers to the total amount of outstanding principal and interest, incurred but not yet settled from application of the use of comprehensive credit limit under the loan contract. Where, the credit balance under the bank acceptance bill refers to the sum of the bank acceptance bill balance issued in accordance with this contract but not yet paid by Party B, deducting the sum of security deposit for the bank acceptance bills. The credit balance under L/C refers to the sum of the L/C issued in accordance with this contract but not yet paid by Party B, deducting the sum of security deposit for the letters of credit. The credit balance under letter of guarantee refers to the sum of the bank guarantee issued in accordance with this contract but not yet paid by Party B, deducting the sum of security deposit for the letters of guarantee.

 

(2)

Both parties agree to exposure management, therefore voiding Article 3.3 in the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract.

 

(3)

This agreement shall prevail in case of any discrepancies for Article I between this supplementary agreement and the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract.

 

(4)

This agreement is a supplementary agreement to the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, and shall have the same legal effect.

 

(5)

This contract is in duplicate, Party A holds one copy and Party B holds one copy, all having the same effect.

 

Party A (seal)

 

Party B (seal)

Legal representative or authorized agent (seal)

 

Legal representative or authorized agent (seal)

Date: October 15, 2010

 

Date: October 15, 2010

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

Ref No.:79092010280109

 

LOGO

Working Capital Loan Contract

 

- 1 -


Working Capital Loan Contract

Borrower:   NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Limited

Lender:  Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd

Whereas:

For liquidity needs, the Borrower applies for working capital loan from the Lender; the Lender agrees to grant the loan in accordance with the terms and conditions stipulated under this Contract after review and approval. In order to clear the rights and obligations of both parties, this contract is entered into upon mutual agreement, based on relevant laws, regulations and rules of the People’s Republic of China, and shall be binding on both parties.

At the same time, the Borrower and Lender ascertain the following paramount

clauses (tick ü to select, and x not to select):

x     This Contract is signed as the supplement financing agreement to the Financing Amount Agreement (hereunder referred to as the Agreement) No. , after this Contract comes into effect, al the terms are incorporated in the Agreement and form an inseparable constitute part of the Agreement ( this choice should be selected and the No. of the Agreement marked down if the Borrower has previously signed the Agreement,);

þ     This Contract is an independent financing document signed between the Borrower and the Lender (this choice should be selected if the there is no financing agreement signed between the Borrower and the Lender);

x     The purpose of the loan under this Contract is for repayment of existing loans, which is made known to the Guarantor. The name of the original agreement:                      .

Date of signing:                      No.:                      (this choice should be selected if the purpose of the loan is for the repayment of existing loans)

Part I: Commercial Terms

1.    Type of loan: þ Short term working capital loan

x Middle to long term working capital loan

 

- 2 -


  2.

The loan amount under this Contract is USD (currency) two million and five hundred thousand (in words).

  3.

The specific purpose of the loan under this Contract is: for the purchase of parts and raw materials from upstream and other operating activities.

 

  4.

The loan period under this Contract is: (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select)

þ from 2010 (yy) 11 (mm) 11 (dd) to 2011 (yy) 10 (mm) 06 (dd).

x              year (or              months) from the first withdrawal.

The actual withdrawal and repayment date to be determined based on the date on the due bill (loan borrowing voucher) by the Borrower and the Lender. The date of the last repayment shall not go beyond the loan period as agreed herein. The due bills (loan borrowing vouchers) form an inseparable constitute part of the Contract.

 

  5.

The interest rate for the loan under this Contract is (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select):

x (1) RMB interest rate:

   x The annual interest rate is determined as          %, at the time of signing this Contract, calculated according to the benchmark interest rate ( ¨ floating upward ¨ floating downward)          % of the grade loans with the same period, as announced by the People’s Bank of China.

   x  Other agreements:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

þ (2) Foreign currency interest rate (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select):

   þ Calculated according to LIBOR London Inter-Bank Offered Rate of the same period 12 month benchmark interest rate plus 400BPS (namely LIBOR+ 4%) , on the date of the loan granted by the Lender. “LIBOR” refers to the interest rate quoted by the arithmetic average shown on the corresponding page (if any) on the Reuters Screen (calculated to the nearest four digits after the decimal point). The abovementioned interest rate should be the interest rate quoted for the US dollar deposit with the corresponding period of loan at 11:00 am (London time) of the date of interest rate determination.

   þ Other agreements: fixed interest rate of 4.75875%

þ (3) Interest payment method (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select)

 

- 3 -


x Monthly, the interest settlement date is on the 20 th of every month;

þ Quarterly, the interest settlement date is on the 20 th of every quarter end;

x Both the principal and interest to be repaid upon maturity of the loan, interest to be paid at the same time with the repayment of principal;

x Other method:                                                              

  For installment payment of principal or interest. the interest for the last repayment shall be made at the same time with the repayment of the principal,

 

   x  (4)

Adjustment of interest rate for RMB loans under this Contract

The applicable benchmark interest rate for the RMB loans, in case of adjustment on interest rate by the People’s Bank of China before the loan is granted, is the benchmark interest rate for grade loans with the same period as published by the People’s Bank of China on the date when the loan is granted. When the benchmark interest rate is adjusted by the People’s Bank of China during the term of the loan after it’s granted, then (tick to ü select one, mark x not to select):

x Adjusted monthly, adjusted from the 21 st of every month;

x Adjusted quarterly, adjusted from the 21 st of every quarter end;

x Adjusted annually, adjusted from        month        date of every year;

x Interest rate is not adjusted

x Other agreement:                                                                                                       

þ (5) Interest rate adjustment for foreign currency loan under this Contract (tick

ü to select one, mark x not to select):

x The interest rate is adjusted every            month according to the latest foreign currency interest rate with the same period after the loan is granted;

þ Other agreement:      interest rate is fixed

 

  6.

The interest rate for penalty interest under this Contract is:

 

  (1)

The interest rate for overdue penalty interest under this Contract is determined as the loan interest rate on the date of overdue plus [ 50 ]% ¡

 

  (2)

The interest rate for appropriation penalty interest resulting from incompliance with the agreed purpose herein, is determined as the loan interest rate on the date of appropriation plus [ 50 ]% ¡

7.    The withdrawal period for the loan under this Contract is from 2010 (yy) 11 (mm) 11 (dd) to 2011 (yy) 01 (mm) 11 (dd).

 

  8.

The withdrawal plan for the loan under this Contract is as follows (tick ü to

 

- 4 -


select one, mark x not to select):

þ The withdrawal plan is as follow:

 

Order

  Withdrawal period    Withdrawal amount
1   2010     yy 11   mm 11 dd   

US dollar two million and five hundred thousand (in words)

2                     yy      mm      dd   

                                        (in words)

3                     yy      mm      dd   

                                        (in words)

4                     yy      mm      dd   

                                        (in words)

5                     yy      mm      dd   

                                        (in words)

   x Other withdrawal plan and agreement:                                                                                                                                        

 

  9.

The repayment plan for the loan herein is as follows (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select):

þ The repayment plan is as follow:

 

Order

   Repayment period    Repayment amount

1

   2011   yy 10     mm 06 dd    US dollar two million and five hundred thousand (in words)

2

                     yy      mm      dd                                            (in words)

3

                     yy      mm      dd                                            (in words)

4

                     yy      mm      dd                                            (in words)

5

                     yy      mm      dd                                            (in words)

   x Other withdrawal plan and agreement:                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

  10.

The default penalty for early repayment of the loan: equivalent to   /   % of the total amount of actual early repayment or   /   (currency)   /   (in words).

 

  11.

The amount of principal of early repayment shall not less than   /   (currency)   /   (in words).

 

  12.

Account set up: (tick ü to select one, mark x not to select)

x Non special Account Module

 

(1) The Borrower’s general settlement account at the Lender’s bank:

  

Bank:

       

Account name:

    

Account number:

    

 

- 5 -


  (2)

The Borrower’s capital recycling account under this Contract:

Bank:             

Account name:             

Account number:             

     þ Special Account Module

(1) The Borrower’s special account for working capital loan at the Lender’s bank:

Bank: Nanshan Branch (Shenzhen), Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

Account name: NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd – Working Capital Loan Account.

Account number: 79091455300000212

(2) The Borrower’s general settlement account at the Lender’s bank:

Bank: Nanshan Branch (Shenzhen), Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

Account name: NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd

Account number: 79091455300000077

(3) The Borrower’s capital recycling account under this Contract:

Bank:     Same as (2)

Account name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

Account number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

    13. The Lender’s entrusted payment: with specific payment subject and single repayment of loan amount exceeding (currency and amount) equivalent amount of RMB thirty million shall use the Lender entrusted payment method.

    14. The Borrower agrees to pay the Lender (currency and amount)              /                      of supervision fee for special working capital loan account, payment method is:             .

    15. The Borrower agrees to provide the following Guarantors and guarantee contracts for the debt secured under this Contract:

 

x Guarantor                                                      

  

Guarantee Contract No.

  

[                     ]

x Mortgagor                                                      

  

Mortgage Contract No.

  

[                    ]

     þ Pledgor NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd . Pledge Contract No. [   ZZ7909201000000004  ]

     x Other guarantee                                                           .

    16: Default treatment.

 

- 6 -


Default penalty: equivalent to one % (in words) of the loan principal or     /    

17. Appendix to this Contract includes:

(1)                 /                             

(2)                 /                              

(3)                 /                             

(4)                 /                              

(5)                 /                             

18. Other matters agreed by both partie s.                                                      /                                                                                                                                                                                               /                                         

 

19. This Contract is in quadruplicate, the Borrower keeps one copy, the Lender keeps two copies, and the     /     keeps     /     copy, all having the same effect.

 

 

Part II: General Terms

Article I: Loan

1.    The Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees and undertakes: the Lender has full discretion on the withdrawal of the loan herein at any time; the Lender has full discretion on the date of regular or irregular inspection on the loan, in the decision of whether continuous loans of any kind should be granted. The loan may be called upon by the Lender at any time in despite of any other provisions in the Contract or any other documents. The Lender is also entitled to terminate or suspend all or part of the loan, and cancel any further usage of the loan without prior notification to the Borrower.

2.    The loan under this Contract shall only be used in the way agreed, the Borrower may not appropriate and misuse the loan for fixed asset investment, share investment, and the loan shall not be used in the manufacturing and production of area or usage banned by the country or activities not in compliance with the working capital loan purpose.

Article II: Loan interest rate and calculation

 

- 7 -


1.    Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the interest rate under this Contract shall be calculated based on the actual amount and the number of days in use from the withdrawal date. The number of days in use includes the first day and excludes the last day. Daily interest rate=monthly interest rate/30, monthly interest rate=annual interest/12.

2.    The Lender is entitled to overdue penalty interest for any outstanding principal with maturity (“maturity” under this Contract includes the situation when early repayment is announced by the Lender), starting from the overdue day, calculated in accordance with the actual number of days overdue and overdue interest rate agreed herein, until the Borrowers settles both the principal and interest.

3.    In the event of loan usage not in compliance with this Contract, the Lender is entitled to appropriation penalty interest, based on the amount misused, calculated from the date of default and in accordance with the number of days in default and the appropriation interest rate agreed under this Contract, until the Borrower settles both the principal and interest.

4.    The Lender is entitled to compound interest for interest not paid in time (including normal interest, overdue penalty interest, appropriation penalty interest), from the date of overdue, calculated based on the actual number of days overdue in accordance with the date of interest payment and overdue penalty interest rate agreed under this Contract.

5.    Interest rate liberalization or market paralysis

 

(1)

Once the loan under the Contract is granted, the Borrower shall negotiate with the Lender for the determination of the interest rate standard, if interest rate liberalization policy of the RMB loan is implemented by the People’s Bank of China. In the event that no consensus agreement can be reached 5 (five) banking days after the commencement of the negotiation, then the Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan within thirty (30) days from the date an consensus agreement is not reached. (This is applicable to RMB).

 

(2)

Once the loan under the Contract is granted, the Borrower shall negotiate with the Lender for the determination of an alternative interest rate, if no relevant bank quotes the US Dollar deposit rate to the major banks in the London Interbank money market, by the hour of 11 am (London time) on the interest quote date of relevant interest period. In the event that no consensus agreement can be reached 5 (five) banking days after the commencement of the negotiation, then the Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan within thirty (30) days from the day a consensus agreement is not reached. (This is applicable to foreign currency).

Article III: Withdrawal of loan

 

- 8 -


1.    The Borrower shall satisfy the following condition before the first withdrawal, but the Lender is not obliged to verify the authenticity of the following document or condition:

 

(1)

Submit the withdrawal application (format refer to appendix), the completed borrowing(lending) voucher and other related document by the agreed time and method as stipulated herein;

 

(2)

Right of guarantee has been effectively set up, this Contract together with the corresponding guarantee contract (if any) have been signed and remain effective;

 

(3)

The Borrower provides currently valid business license, company article, financial statement close to the withdrawal date (include but not limited to the audited yearly financial statement of prior year and current year performance statement);

 

(4)

The Borrower provides the loan resolution approved by the board of directors/board of shareholders or other body with the same effect, the letter of attorney to the authorized representative from legal representative, original copy of the signature of the legal representative and authorized representative;

 

(5)

The Borrower has opened related accounts at the Lender’s bank, in accordance with the requirement of the Lender;

 

(6)

The Borrower has fulfilled the obligations specified under this Contract, and situations of default stipulated herein do not occur.

 

(7)

Irregular requisition of other documents or other conditions by the Lender.

2.    The Borrower shall satisfy the following condition before making each withdrawal except for the first withdrawal, but the Lender is not obliged to verify the authenticity of the following document or condition:

 

(1)

Submit the withdrawal application (format refer to appendix 1), the completed borrowing(lending) voucher and other related document by the agreed time and method as stipulated herein;

 

(2)

The Borrower has fulfilled the obligations specified under this Contract, and situations of default stipulated herein do not occur.

 

(3)

Irregular requisition of other documents or other conditions by the Lender.

3. Withdrawal

 

(1)

The Borrower shall make one time withdrawal or phased withdrawal in accordance with the withdrawing plan agreed under this Contract, and submit the withdrawing application to the Lender three (3) banking days before the maturity of every withdrawal for the processing of withdrawal procedure (format refer to appendix 1 or 2)

 

(2)

In case of a need to postpone or change the date of withdrawal, the Borrower shall obtain consent from the Lender three (3) banking days prior to the withdrawing day, and bear the resulting interest loss therefrom (interest

 

- 9 -


 

loss=interest incurred for postponing the withdrawal - interest on current deposit over the same period).

 

(3)

Application for the cancellation of all or part of the undrawn loan amount by the Borrower can only be done after obtaining approval from the Lender, by submitting the application to the Lender on the determined withdrawal day or three (3) banking days before the withdrawal day expires.

 

(4)

The Lender may notify the Borrower to handle related procedure within three (3) banking days, if the Borrower fails to fulfill the drawing procedure and does not apply for delayed withdrawal within the determined drawing withdrawal day or drawing period, and has the right to cancel the undrawn loan amount if the overdue handling procedure is not completed in time.

 

(5)

The Lender has the right to refuse the Borrower’s withdrawal application and cancel all or part of the remaining loan under this Contract as long as the loan is not drawn, in despite of the terms stipulated above.

Article IV: Account set up and management

1.    The Borrower shall have set up the general settlement account, capital recycling account (see Part I of this Contract) and special working capital loan account as agreed by both parties (if any) at the Lender’s bank at the time of signing this Contract. The Borrower agrees Lender’s right of monitoring on the abovementioned accounts.

2.    The general settlement account serves for the drawing and repayment of the loan borrowed from the Lender by the Borrower, for those with no special working capital loan account.

For those with special working capital loan account, the special working capital loan account serves for the drawing and repayment of the loan borrowed from the Lender by the Borrower, the interest for the funds in the account to be calculated based on current deposit. The Borrower agrees, the special working capital loan account should concurrently have the reserved seal of the Lender for the monitoring of working capital loan, in addition to the reserved seal of the Borrower. The lender shall not voluntarily change the reserved seal for the special working capital loan, without written consent from the Borrower.

3.    The Borrower confirms that the capital recycling account serves as the income account and repayment reserve account herein. The cash flow from income or the overall cash flow of the Borrower shall be deposited in the capital recycling account.

The Borrower warrants, the balance of the capital recycling account shall not be less than the amount of principal and interest falling due in the current period on each debt

 

- 10 -


service day and three days prior to the debt service day. The Borrower agrees, the Lender has the right to restrict or reject any external payments, on each debt service day and three days prior to the debt service day, which results in the balance of the capital recycling account lower than the current debt service amount, in order to ensure sufficient balance in the capital recycling account for the repayment of the principal and interest falling due for the current period.

The Lender is entitled to monitor the capital recycling account, and may request the Borrower for verification of reason and relevant actions in case of irregular cash flow movement in the account.

Article V: Payment Monitoring

1. The Borrower agrees, the Lender has right to manage and monitor the payment of the loan capital via entrusted payment or/and voluntary payment by the Borrower, in order to supervise the usage of the loan capital incompliance with the Contract.

The Lender’s entrusted payment refers to the payment of the lending amount made to the qualified payee of the Borrower in accordance with the agreed usage of the Contract, via the Borrower’s bank accounts, based on the withdrawal requisition and entrusted payment order from the Borrower.

Voluntary payment by the Borrower refers to the payment of the lending amount made to the Borrower’s account upon Borrower’s withdrawal requisition; the Borrower voluntarily makes payment to the payee in accordance with the agreed usage of the Contract.

2. The Borrower agrees, the Lender’s entrusted payment method should be used, if the credit relations between the Borrower and the Lender is newly established and the Borrower’s credit situation is general, or with specific payment subject and single payment amount exceeds the agreed amount (see Part I of this Contract) of lending amount payment, or other situations as specified by the Lender.

For payments made with the Lender’s entrusted payment method, the Lender has the right to audit whether the subject, amount and other information on the payment requisition is in conformity with relevant business contract and other documentary proof, in accordance with the agreed usage of the Contract. The Lender makes payment to the Borrower’s payee via the Borrower’s account after obtaining approval after the audit.

3. The Borrower shall provide documentary evidence in line with the Lender’s requirement when making an application to the Lender for the external payment of the loan capital, include but not limited to:

 

(1)

Documentary evidence of payment application in line with the Contract

 

- 11 -


 

stipulation;

 

(2)

Business contract and written document evidencing the Borrower’s payment obligation. Provide approved charging policies and standards from relevant authorities for making payment with no contract necessarily signed;

 

(3)

The Borrower shall provide the corresponding invoices or receipts after the payment is made if the invoices or receipts thereof are not obtained at the time of payment;

 

(4)

Valid proof of payment;

 

(5)

Other documents required by the Lender.

4.    For those without special working capital loan account, the Borrower shall submit the withdrawal requisition form (format see appendix) to the Lender three (3) banking days prior to the proposed withdrawing day, and designating the payment method as Lender entrusted payment or voluntary payment by the Borrower. The Borrower confirms that the Lender has the right to audit whether the related documents are in compliance with the payment condition stipulated under the Contract and may decide on the corresponding payment method.

    For those with special working capital loan account, the Borrower shall provide to the Lender, three (3) banking days before the date of payment, a payment requisition form (format see appendix 3) chopped with the Borrower’s reserved seal of working capital loan. The Lender has the right to audit whether the payment made is in compliance with the agreed payment condition. External payment shall be made, upon verification and approval of the Lender, with a payment voucher chopped with the reserved seal of working capital loan. When using the voluntary payment by Borrower payment method, the Borrower shall provide to the Lender, three (3) banking days before the date of payment, a payment requisition form (format see appendix 3) and other related documents, the Lender has the right to audit whether the payment made is in compliance with the agreed payment condition. Upon verification and approval of the Lender, the Borrower fills out a payment voucher (the total amount of each summary payment voucher shall not exceed the Lender’s entrusted payment amount agreed under this Contract). The Lender stamps the summary payment voucher with the reserved seal of working capital loan upon verification, and transfers the related fund to the general settlement account of the Borrower.

5.    For voluntary payment by Borrower method, the Borrower shall provide a report to the Lender, on specified days of each month, summarizing the status of voluntary payment made of the loan capital. The Lender has the right to audit whether the payment made is in compliance with the agreed usage and payment method via account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site investigation etc.

 

- 12 -


6.    For the clearing fee incurred due to the payment of the loan capital by the Lender, the Borrower confirms that the Lender has the right to directly deduct the actual fee at the time of occurrence.

7.    In case of any of the following events by the Borrower during the course of loan granting and payment, the Lender has the right to request the Borrower to supplement on the drawing condition and payment condition, or change the loan payment method, stop the granting and payment of the loan capital:

 

(1)

The decline of the credit status

 

(2)

Week main business profitability

 

(3)

Abnormal usage of the loan capital

Article VI: Repayment

1.    The Borrower shall make repayment of the loan principal, interest and expense thereof in time and in full, in accordance with the repayment plan agreed under the Contract. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender the right to initiatively deduct the abovementioned debt from the account set up with the Lender, at the repayment date or when meeting the condition agreed under the Contract.

2.    The Borrower shall notify the Lender, in writing ten (10) banking days prior to the anticipated repayment date and obtain the Lender’s written approval, for early repayment of the loan. The Borrower shall still pay the principal and interest in accordance with the term and interest agreed under the Contract if written approval from the Lender is not obtained in advance. The Lender will charge a certain amount of one-time default penalty (see Part I of the Contract), for the early repayment amount of loan by the Borrower without written approval from the Lender.

    Early repayment of the loan approved by the Lender shall be treated as early maturity. The Lender may have the right to request the Borrower for payment of a certain amount of default penalty (see Part I of the Contract) in accordance with the condition agreed herein.

    Interest for early repayment of loan shall be paid together with the principal, calculated based on the actual number of days in use; the principal portion of the early repayment shall not less than the limit agreed under Part I of the Contract; the amount of principal repaid shall be offset, in reversing order of the loan repayment plan, against the principal agreed herein.

3.    In the event that the Borrower is unable to repay with justified reasons, the Borrower shall file an application to the Lender for loan extension thirty (30) banking days prior to the agreed repayment date, and prepare the required document for the processing of related extension procedures. For loans under this Contract that is guaranteed, mortgaged or pledged, written evidence of approval from the guarantor,

 

- 13 -


mortgagor and Borrower shall be presented. The Lender has the final decision on loan extension, the loan will be transferred to overdue loan on the following day upon loan maturity, where no application for loan extension is filed or loan extension is not approved by the Lender.

Article VII: Statements and Warranties

The Borrower makes the following statement and warranties to the Lender, the statements and warranties are made at the time of signing this Contract and shall be effective during the validity of the Contract.

1.    The Borrower is an independent legal entity who possesses all of the necessary rights and abilities and is able to perform the obligations under this Contract in its own name and independently assume civil liability.

2.    The Borrower is entitled to sign this Contract and has completed all authorizations and approvals from the shareholders, board of directors and other authorities necessary for the signing of the Contract and performing the obligations hereunder. The provisions contained herein reflect the true will of the Borrower and have binding effect on the Borrower.

3.    The signing and performance of the Contract will not be in violation of the law (the law referred to herein includes laws, rules, regulations, local laws, and judicial interpretation etc, same hereunder), relevant documents of competent authorities, judgments, rulings which should be observed by the Borrower and are not in conflict with any Articles of Association, contract, agreements signed by the Borrower, or any other obligations undertaken by the Borrower.

4.    The Borrower warrants that all financial statements compiled by it, if any, are in compliance with the laws of China (for the purpose of this Contract, excluding the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions and Taiwan). The financial statements give a true, complete and fair view of the financial status of the Borrower. Furthermore, all information and documents including the Borrower itself and the Guarantor supplied to the Lender by the Borrower in the course of signing and performance of the Contract are true, valid, accurate and complete without any concealment of facts.

5.    The Borrower is in strict compliance with the policy of honesty and integrity in the course of signing and performance of the Contract, all the information and documents including the Borrower itself and the Guarantor supplied to the Lender by the Borrower are true, valid, accurate and complete without any concealment of facts.

6.    The Borrower warrants that it shall complete all filings, registrations or any other procedures necessary for the valid and lawful performance of the Contract, and

 

- 14 -


pay all taxes and costs thereof.

7.    There has been no material and adverse change to the business and financial status of the Borrower since the date of the latest audited financial statement.

8.    The Borrower warrants that it will be in strict compliance with laws and regulations during the course of operating activities; carrying out a series of activities in accordance with the operating scope regulated by the business license and law; handling the annual inspection procedures in time; manufacturing and operating legally and lawfully; with the ability to operate continuously and the payment of taxes and costs thereof.

9.    The Borrower warrants that it shall not abandon any maturing claims, and shall not dispose substantial assets free of charge of with any other inappropriate method.

10.    The Borrower has already disclosed to the Lender important facts and circumstances, which have come to his knowledge or should have come to his knowledge and is important for the Lender in deciding whether to grant the loan under the Contracts.

11.    The Borrower acknowledges that, on the date of signing of the Contract and during the performance of the Contract, there do not and will not exist cases of default on payments, including but not limited to salaries of staff, medical expenses, disability subsidies, relief payments and compensation.

12.    The Borrower warrants that its credit is in sound condition and there are no significant adverse records.

13.    The Borrower warrants that there do not exist situations or events which will or may have a material and adverse impact on the ability of the Borrower in performing the Contract.

Article VIII: Agreed Matters

The Borrower and the Lender agreed on the following matters:

1.    The Borrower warrants that it shall operate legally and the loan will be used as agreed herein and will not be appropriated. The Borrower shall provide, include but not limited to, in accordance with requirement by the Lender, regular financial information including monthly and annual report, actively facilitate the monitoring of the Borrower’s use of the loan and operating results by the Lender. The lender may inspect and monitor the use of the loan at any time via any means.

2.    The Borrower shall make repayment of the principal and interest under the Contract, in accordance with the timing, amount, currency and interest rate stipulated under the Contract, application form, borrowing/lending voucher. The actual timing,

 

- 15 -


amount, currency and interest rate for the repayment are subject to the borrowing/lending voucher.

3.    The Borrower warrants that it shall provide other new guarantees approved by the Lender in time, in case of situations or events which will or may have a material and adverse impact on the ability of the Borrower in performing the Contract.

4.    The Borrower undertakes no action to the following before obtaining the written consent of the Lender:

    Selling, gifting over, leasing, lending, transferring, mortgaging, pledging or otherwise disposing of all or part of its substantial assets.

   Contracting, leasing, joint operation, external investment, shareholding reform, merging(acquisition), joint venture(cooperation), division, share transfer, practical increase in debt financing, subsidiary set up, transfer of property rights, reduction in registered capital, stoppage of operation, dissolution, file a petition for bankruptcy, reformation and other actions that has potential impact on the repayment ability of the Borrower.

   ƒ Amendment to the Articles of Association or alteration of scope of business or core business.

   Providing guarantees to a third party and, as a consequence thereof, having a material and adverse impact on its financial condition or ability to fulfill the obligations under the Contract.

   Early settlement of other long term debts.

   Signing of contracts/agreements which have a material and adverse impact on the ability of the Borrower to fulfill the obligations hereunder or assuming relevant obligations with such implications.

5.    The Borrower undertakes that, in the event of the following circumstances, the Borrower shall notify the Lender promptly on the day of event occurrence and ensure that the original copy of the relevant notice (affixed with company seal) shall be dispatched and reach the Lender within five (5) banking days after the event takes place:

    The occurrence of relevant events which render the representations and warranties made by the Borrower under the Contract untrue and inaccurate.

   Where the Borrower or its controlling shareholders, de facto controller or its related persons are involved in litigation or arbitration, or its assets are subject to seizure, attachment, freezing, enforcement or other measures of the same effect are taken against it, or its legal representative/person in charge, directors, supervisors, or senior management are involved in litigation, arbitration or subject to other enforcement measures.

   ƒ Where there are changes of legal representative or authorized representative,

 

- 16 -


person in charge, key person in charge of financial affairs, or correspondence address , name of the entity, and work premises of the Borrower.

Where a petition for restructuring or bankruptcy is filed by other creditors or in case of revocation by higher-level competent authorities.

    Occurrence of other significant adverse events that have sufficient impact on the Borrower’s repayment ability.

6.    The Borrower warrants that it shall not violate the normal preferential right to be paid off and pay off other rights first, and shall not sign any contract or agreement that would render the loan under this Contract subordinate at any time.

7.    The Borrower shall make every effort in paying off the principal and interest with the same currency under this Contract. Under the circumstance where the Borrower pays off the principal and interest with a different currency, the Borrower shall voluntarily or authorize the Lender to convert the amount denominated in different currency to the currency of the loan under this Contract according to the exchange method specified under the “Stipulations on transfers of funds”, for paying off the principal and interest, and bear all the expenses and cost thereof. Under the circumstance where the Guarantor pays off the obligations on behalf of the Borrower with a different currency, from the “Stipulations on transfers of funds” under the Guarantor Contract, all the resulting expense and cost shall be borne by the Borrower.

8.    The Borrower shall promptly provide other guarantee approved and in accordance with requirement by the Lender, when the guarantee under the Contract experiences specific circumstances or with the occurrence of some specific changes. The specific circumstances or changes include but not limited to the suspension of business, stoppage of production, dissolution, suspension of business for internal rectification, revocation or cancellation of business license, apply or being applied for restructuring, bankruptcy, significant changes in operating or financial status, involved in material litigation or arbitration matters, the legal representative, director, supervisor, key management’s involvement in litigation, the decrease or possible decrease in the value of the pledge or being imposed of the property preservation measures, breaches under the Guarantee Contract and lifting of the Guarantee Contract.

9.    The Lender is entitled to onsite or offsite due diligence inspection on the Borrower; the operating and financial conditions, use of the loan capital and repayment etc after the loan has been discharged to the Borrower. The borrower has the obligation to actively cooperate with the Lender’s monitoring on loan payment, management after discharging and relevant inspection.

10.  The Lender is entitled to early collection of the loan capital under the Contract according to the capital recycling situation of the Borrower.

11.  Specific terms for Corporate Client (applicable to Corporate Client).

 

- 17 -


If the Borrower under this Contract is a Corporate Client, the Borrower warrants hereby:

(1)    The Borrower shall promptly report related party transactions over 10% of the net asset of the actual fiduciary, including: i) relationships among the transacting parties; ii) transactions and nature of transactions; iii) amount or equivalent proportion of the transaction; iv) pricing policy (including non monetary or only nominal amount transactions).

(2)    Any of the following events of default by the actual fiduciary shall be treated as breaches of the Borrower under the Contract, the Lender is entitled to unitarily cancel the remaining banking facility of the Client, and collect partial or all of the banking facility granted or request the Client to replenish the security deposit to 100%: i) provision of false information or conceal material facts of operation and financial standing; ii) change of the original usage of the banking facility without authorization from the Lender, appropriate or improper use of the credit in illegal, unauthorized trading; iii) taking of bank fund or facility by discounting or pledging with notes receivable, accounts receivable and other claims with banks without actual trading background, taking advantage of false contracts among related parties; iv) refusal of the monitoring and inspection by the Lender on its use of the credit funds and relevant operating and financial activities; v) appearance of major merger, acquisition and other situations that the Lender believes to have potential impact on the credit security; vi) intentional evasion of bank debts through related party transactions.

Article IX: Stipulations on transfers of funds

1.    The Borrower agrees, the Lender has the right to directly transfer the funds from the general settlement account and/or capital recycling account opened by the Borrower with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd, in paying of any outstanding debts falling due under the loan Contract. In the event where there is insufficient balance in the general settlement account or/capital recycling account for the repayment of the debts, the Lender is entitled to transfer the funds from any account opened by the Borrower with various branches of the Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

2.    Unless otherwise stipulated by the competent state authorities, the proceeds received therefrom shall be applied in the following order of priority: first, repayment of outstanding expenses due on the part of the Borrower, then settling the outstanding interest, and finally, repayment of the outstanding principal.

3.    The following method shall be observed, when the currency from the fund transfer differs from the currency of repayment:

 

- 18 -


(i)    If the loan currency is RMB, the principal and interest shall be repaid, by the RMB converted from the currency of fund transfer based on the purchase exchange rate published on the date of funds to be transferred by the Lender.

(ii)    If the loan currency is non RMB, and the currency for fund transfer is RMB, the principal and interest shall be repaid, by the loan currency converted based on the applicable selling exchange rate between the loan currency and RMB, published on the date of funds to be transferred by the Lender. l.

(iii)    if both the loan currency and the currency for fund are not RMB and differs from each other, then the principal and interest shall be repaid, first by RMB converted from the purchase exchange rate between the currency of fund transfer and RMB published on the date of funds to be transferred by the Lender, and then converted to the loan currency announced by the Lender on the date of borrowing, using the exchange rate between the loan currency and RMB.

Article X: Proof of Claims

The Lender maintains accounting ledgers for all the business activities related to this Contract on the accounting books, in accordance with its usual business practice, for proof of the loan amount by the Lender. The Borrower admits that the accounting documents compiled and recorded by the Lender according to its business practices constitute valid proof of the loan obligations under this Contract.

Article XI: Serving of Notice

1.    Any notice given by either party to the other party shall be sent to the addresses shown on the signing page herein, unless it is notified in writing by the other party of a change in address. Once the notice is sent to the above address, it is deemed to have been served on the following dates: for letters, the seventh (7) banking day after the dispatch of registered mail to the principal business address; for delivery by courier, the day when the recipient had signed to acknowledge receipt; for facsimile or emails, the day when the facsimile or emails are sent. However, all notices, requests or other correspondence sent or delivered to the Lender are deemed to have been served at the time when the Lender actually receives them. In addition, the originals (affixed with the company seal) of all notices and requests sent to the Lender via facsimile or email shall be delivered by hand or mailed to the Lender afterwards for confirmation purposes.

2.    The Borrower agrees that any summons or notices issued as a result of litigation instituted against it shall be deemed to have been served if they are

 

- 19 -


dispatched to the principal business address as shown on the signing page of this Contract. Any change to the above address will not take effect unless a written notice of the same has been given to the Lender in advance.

Article XII: Validity, Modification and Rescission

1.    This Contract is established and shall take effect after both the Borrower and Lender have affixed their seals and have their legal representatives (responsible persons) or authorized persons sign or seal it, and is valid until all the debts under this Contract are fully discharged.

2.    After the Contract comes into force, neither party to the Contract is permitted to modify or rescind the Contract in advance. Where modification or rescission is required for the Contract, both parties shall reach unanimity through consultations and enter into a written agreement.

Article XIII: Events of Default and Handling

1.    Events of default

The occurrence of any of the following circumstances shall constitute a default on the part of the Borrower to the Lender:

(i)    Any statement, description, or warranty made by the Borrower in this Contract, or any notice, authorization, approval, consent, certification and other documents arising from or in connection with this Contract are inaccurate or misleading at the time of being made, or are proved to be inaccurate or misleading, or are proved to be void or rescinded or have no legal effect.

(ii)    Any breach of the “Other matters agreed by both parties” in Part I (if any) or any agreed matter in Article VIII in Part II. on the part of the Borrower.

(iii)    Occurrence of any major cross-default events on the part of the Borrower, include but not limited to breaches of any loan contract/agreement signed by the Borrower; or default payment of due debts under other loan contract/agreement signed by the Borrower.

(iv)    Withdrawing funds, transfer of assets or voluntary transfer of share holdings by investment of the Borrower.

(v)    The Borrower has failed or shall fail to provide corresponding guarantee for the loan, or is in breach of the signed guarantee document.

(vi)    The suspension of business, stoppage of production, closure of business, suspension of business for internal rectification, liquidation, being placed in receivership or conservatorship, restructuring, dissolution, revocation or cancellation of business license, or bankruptcy of the Borrower.

 

- 20 -


(vii) The financial condition of the Borrower deteriorates, encountering great difficulties in operation, or an event or situation occurs which has an adverse impact on its normal operations, financial condition or solvency.

(viii) The Borrower, its controlling shareholders, de facto shareholders or related parties are involved in material litigation or arbitration or any of its significant assets is subject to seizure, attachment, freezing, enforcement or other measures carrying the same effect are adopted against it; or its legal representative, directors, supervisors or senior management are involved in any litigation, arbitration or subject to other enforcement actions which have an adverse impact on the solvency of the Borrower.

(ix) Failure to apply the loan in the agreed usage or failure to make payment of the loan capital with the agreed method.

(x) Provision of false, misleading document and information for the application of loan.

(xi) Do not meet or exceed relevant financial indicators agreed under this Contract.

(xii) Unusual movement of cash flow in the general settlement account/capital recycling account.

(xiii) Other acts in breach of this Contract by the Borrower or in prejudice to the normal interests of the Lender, which are sufficient to impede the normal discharge of the Contract.

2.    Treatment of default

(1)    If any one of more of the above events of default happens, the Lender is entitled to take one or more of the following measures as appropriate:

 

  i)

Request the Borrower to correct within defined period of time.

 

  ii)

Cancel the remaining unused loan balance, stop granting or pay out the unused loan to the Borrower.

 

  iii)

Declare that all or partial of the principal claims are due immediately on an earlier date and request the immediate repayment of partial or all of the loan, settle the outstanding interest, and seek for recourse from the Guarantor or Borrower with various means.

 

  iv)

Collect penalty interest and compound interest for overdue loan and misappropriated loan.

 

  v)

Make funds transfer at any bank account opened by the Borrower at various branches of the Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

 

  vi)

Request the Borrower to supplement on the loan discharging and method of payment, or modify the repayment method of loan.

 

  vii)

Request the Borrower to provide other guarantee approved by the Lender.

 

  viii)

Other necessary measures as regulated by the law.

 

- 21 -


  (2)

Other than the above measures, the Lender may further request the Borrower for default liability and repayment of default penalty (calculation of the default penalty refer to Part I of this Contract). Where the default penalty is insufficient to cover losses suffered by the Lender, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against all resulting losses.

 

  (3)

The Borrower shall bear all the expenses suffered by the Lender in connection with the Lender’s realization of debts and guarantee rights, where the Borrower fails to make sufficient repayment of principal and interest on time, including but not limited to collection expense, litigation fees, notary expense, notice fee, lawyer fee, travel expenses, translation expenses and all other payable expenses.

Article XIV: Other Provisions

 

1.

Definition

 

  i)

“All the debts” under this Contract refers to the principal, interest, default penalty and various expenses for the realization of the debts.

 

  ii)

“Interest” under this Contract includes interest, penalty interest and compound interest.

 

  iii)

“Banking day” under this Contract refers to the general open day for public business at the Lender’s place of residence, not including Saturdays and Sundays (except for business day open to the public due to holiday adjustment) or other public holiday by law.

 

2.

Applicable laws

The Laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this Contract, excluding the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions and Taiwan) are applicable to this Contract, and according to their interpretations.

 

3.

Dispute Resolution

All disputes arising from this Contract shall be resolved through friendly consultations. In the case that an agreement cannot be reached, the People’s Court where the Lender is located has exclusive jurisdiction over the matter. During the period of dispute, the parties shall continue to perform the undisputed provisions.

 

4.

Miscellaneous

(i)    The parties hereto may revise through negotiation matters not mentioned

 

- 22 -


herein and set out those additional terms and conditions in Part I of this Contract. Alternatively, the parties hereto may enter into a written agreement as an Appendix to the Contract. The Appendix to this Contract (detailed in Part I of this Contract) is an inseparable constituent part of the Contract and has the same legal effect as the main text.

(ii)    During the validity of this Contract, the Lender’s allowance of extension or delay in action in connection to any events of default or other acts of the Borrower, shall not damage, influence or restrict the Lender from enjoying all the rights and benefits in accordance with laws or with regards to this Contract, neither can be taken as recognizing events of default by the Borrower, nor can be treated as the Lender’s give-up on taking action against the Borrower’s current or future events of default.

(iii)    Invalidity of any article in this Contract shall not affect the validity of other articles. The Borrower shall bear the obligation for the repayment of all the debts owing to the Lender, regardless of reasons resulting in the invalidity of this Contract. In case of the abovementioned event, the Lender is entitled to terminate the execution of this Contract immediately. And may seek all the outstanding debts under this Contract from the Borrower.

(iv)    The Lender may transfer all or part of the rights and/or obligations under this Contract, and under this circumstance, the transferee is entitled to and/or bear the same rights and/or obligations as being a party to this Contract. The Borrower shall be liable to the transferee as agreed in this Contract, after obtaining notice from the Lender with regards to the transfer of debts.

(v)    Unless otherwise stated herein, the relevant terms and expressions in the Appendix to this Contract have the same meetings as those in this Contract.

(vi)    The insertion of headings herein is for reference only and should not be regarded as the basis of interpretation of the content under that heading.

(No main text below on this page)

(This is the signing page with no main text)

This Contract is signed by the Borrower and the Lender (as below) on 2010 (yy) 11 (mm) 11 (dd) . The Borrower acknowledges that, at the time of signing this Contract, both parties have explained and discussed all the provisions in detail. Both parties have no disagreement towards any of the provisions herein and have an accurate understanding of the legal implications of the provisions with respect to the rights and obligations, restrictions of responsibility or release provisions of the subject persons.

 

- 23 -


Borrower (company seal)

[sealed] NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd.

  

Pledgee (company seal)

[sealed] Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai

Pudong Development, Bank Co., Ltd.

Legal representative or authorized

person (signature or seal)

  

Responsible person or authorized

person (signature or seal)

 

Residential address:

  

NeoPhotonics Building No.8, 12 th  South Keji Road,

South Hi-Tech Industry

Park, Shenzhen

  

Principal place of business:

25,26/F Shenzhen International

Chamber of Commerce Tower,

Fuhua No. 3 Road , Futian District,

Shenzhen

Postal code:

  

518057

  

Postal code: 518048

Telephone No:

     

Telephone No:

Fax No.:

     

Fax No.:

Email:

     

Email:

Contact person:

     

Contact person:

Appendix 1:

Under “Working Capital Loan Contract”

Withdrawal Application Form

(Applicable to Non-special Working Capital Loan Account)

No:                                                         

Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

 

- 24 -


Whereas the Company signed Working Capital Loan Contract (referred to as “loan contract” hereunder) numbered              with the Bank on              (yy)              (mm)              (dd), according to the withdrawing plan agreed in the loan contract, the Company plans to withdraw the              amount on              (yy)              (mm)              (dd), amounting              (currency)              (in words).

In accordance with the terms of the loan contract, this amount shall be made to the general settlement bank account opened by the Borrower at Shanghai Pudong Development Co., Ltd., the bank account name is                  , bank account number is:                      .

The Company warrants hereby, as at the date of the issuance of this application form, there is no occurrence of any event or situation that would constitute events of default under the loan agreement. The Company further confirms, all the warrants and representation and commitments are executed accordingly and all the applicable prerequisites are satisfied as agreed under the loan contract.

For the amount to be withdrawn this time, the Company hereby makes specific application for the below              method of making external payment of loan capital:

(1)  The Lender’s entrusted payment method for all payments:

i)    The Company has provided the following documents to the Bank in compliance with the loan contract:

¨ Business Contract and written documents truthfully reflecting the Borrower’s payment obligation and written document relating to loan usage:

¨ Relevant invoices or receipts, the Borrower shall submit relevant invoices or receipts for the payment timely after payment has been completed, if not available at the time of payment;

¨ Lawful and valid payment voucher;

¨ Other                                                                  

The Bank agrees to transfer the principal to the following bank account of the transacting party, on              (yy)              (mm)              (dd), upon verification and approval as agreed in the loan contract:

 

Number

  Amount   Account name   Bank   Account number

 

- 25 -


                    
                    

    

               

(2)  The Borrower’s voluntary payment method for all payments:

The Company has provided the following documents to the Bank in compliance with the loan contract:

¨ Business Contract and written documents truthfully reflecting the Borrower’s payment obligation and written document relating to loan usage:

¨ Description on payment details:                                                           ;

¨ Other                                                              

(3)  Partial entrusted payment by Lender and partial voluntary payment by Borrower method:

(i)    The Lender’s entrusted payment amount of this loan principal withdrawal:                     

Amount of voluntary payment by the Borrower:                                                          

(ii)    The Company has provided the following documents to the Bank in compliance with the loan contract:

¨ Business Contract and written documents truthfully reflecting the Borrower’s payment obligation and written document relating to loan usage:

¨ Relevant invoices or receipts, the Borrower shall submit relevant invoices or receipts for the payment timely after payment has been completed, if not available at the time of payment;

¨ Lawful and valid payment voucher;

¨ Description on payment details;

¨ Other                                                          

(iii)    The Bank agrees to transfer the entrusted payment amount of loan principal withdrawal to the following bank account of the transacting party, on              (yy)              (mm)              (dd), upon verification and approval as agreed in the loan contract:

 

- 26 -


Number

   Amount    Account name    Bank    Account number
         
                     
         
                     
                     

 

The Company hereby warrants, the payment method of the abovementioned loan is subject to the Bank’s verification and approval, the Bank has the right to verify, adjust payment method in accordance with terms agreed in the loan agreement.

Applicant:

   (seal)  

Legal representative or authorized agent: (signature or seal)

Year

   Month            Day  

 

- 27 -


Appendix 2:

Under “Working Capital Loan Contract”

Withdrawal Application Form

(Applicable to Special Working Capital Loan Account)

    No:

To: Nanshan, Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Co., Ltd.

 

Whereas the Company signed Working Capital Loan Contract ( referred to as “loan contract” hereunder) numbered 79092010280109 with the Bank on 2010 (yy) 11 (mm) 11 (dd) , according to the withdrawing plan agreed in the loan contract, the Company plans to withdraw the first amount on 2010 (yy) 11 (mm) 11 (dd) amounting to USD (currency) two million and five hundred thousand (in words).

In accordance with the terms of the loan contract, this amount shall be made to the special working capital loan account opened by the Borrower at Shanghai Pudong Development Co., Ltd., the bank account name: NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd – Working Capital Loan Account. Bank account number: 79091455300000212

The Company warrants hereby, as at the date of the issuance of this application form, there is no occurrence of any event or situation that would constitute events of default under the loan agreement. The Company further confirms, all the warrants and representation and commitments are executed accordingly and all the applicable prerequisites are satisfied as agreed under the loan contract.

Applicant:            (seal)

Legal representative or authorized agent: (signature or seal)

Year        Month        Day

 

- 28 -


Appendix 3:

Payment Requisition Form

(Applicable to Special Working Capital Loan Account)

    No:

             Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

Whereas the Company signed Working Capital Loan Contract ( referred to as “loan contract” hereunder) numbered          with the Bank on          (yy)          (mm)      (dd), In accordance with the terms of payment monitoring of the working capital loan, the Company hereby makes specific application for the below   (2)     method of making external payment of loan capital from the special working capital loan account: .

 

  (1)

The Lender’s entrusted payment method for all payments:

 

  (i)

The Company has provided the following documents to the Bank in compliance with the loan contract:

Business Contract and written documents truthfully reflecting the Borrower’s payment obligation and written document relating to loan usage:

Relevant invoices or receipts, the Borrower shall submit relevant invoices or

receipts for the payment timely after payment has been completed, if not available at the time of payment;

Lawful and valid payment voucher;

Other                                                  

 

  (ii)

The Bank agrees to transfer the principal to the following bank account of the transacting party, on                  (yy)              (mm)               (dd), upon verification and approval as agreed in the loan contract:

 

Number

   Amount    Account name    Bank    Account number

    

                   
                     

 

- 29 -


                     

 

  (2)

The Borrower’s voluntary payment method for all payments:

  (i)    The Company has provided the following documents to the Bank in compliance with the loan contract:

Business Contract and written documents truthfully reflecting the

Borrower’s payment obligation and written document relating to loan usage:

Other                                         

Details of the payment:

       Payment Items (usage)    Payment Amount    Date of Payment

1

              

2

              

3

              

4

              

5

              

6

              

Total Amount:

         

(ii)    The total amount of principal stated above shall be made to the Company’s general settlement account opened at the Bank, upon verification and approval in accordance with the loan contract.

 

Applicant:

 

            (reserved seal for special working capital loan account)

Year

 

Month

  

    Day

 

- 30 -

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 15, 2010, except for Note 18, as to which the date is June 7, 2010, relating to the financial statements of NeoPhotonics Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

November 19, 2010